Document JrJxrDeqQnoN51p6EaDX9N3Jr

S- D FA ft J m .// 7~ PAINTS AND PROTECTIVE ARMY TM 5-618 NAVFAC MO-110 AIR FORCE AFM85-3 DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, THE NAVY AND THE AIR FORCE For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing" Office Washington, D.C. 20402 N4254 TECHNICAL MANUAL NO. TM 5-618 NAVY PUBLICATION NO. NAVFAC MO-110 AIR FORCE MANUAL NO. 85-3 TM 5-618 NAVFAC MO-110 AFM 85-3 DEPARTMENTS OF THE ARMY, THE NAVY, AND THE AIR FORCE u o n , D.C. 15 January 1969 Foreword This manual furnishes information about products, practices, procedures, materials, equip ment, methods, and safety measures used in the protective coating of buildings, structures, and other permanent facilities at DOD installations. Tables of recommended coating systems for a variety of applications are included. The principal causes of failures of protective coat ings are identified and specific corrective measures are suggested. In discussing protective coatings the terms paint and painting are frequently used in a broad sense herein to include enamels, varnishes, lacquers, sealers, bituminous products, cement-water coatings and mate rials for surface preparation and repair. The standards and methods prescribed are intended to accomplish the protective coating of real property in the most effective and economical manner. The procedures outlined have been developed from the best technical sources available in industry and the military services. Recommendations for modifying or improving this manual should be submitted, through channels, to the appropriate Military Department. BY ORDER OF THE SECRETARIES OF THE ARMY, THE NAVY, AND THE AIR FORCE Official: KENNETH G. WICKHAM Major General, United States Army, The Adjutant General W. C. WESTMORELAND, General, United States Army, Chief of Staff A. C. HUSBAND, Rear Admired, CEC, U.S. Navy, Commander, Naval Facilities Engineering Command Official: JOHN F. RASH, Colonel, USAF Director of Administration J. P. McCONNELL, General, USAF Chief of Staff This manual supersedes TM 5--61:8, 24 October 1946; NAVDOCKS Publication MO--110, January 1963; and part G, AFM 85-4, 1 October 195B. OPR: AFOCEMC i DUP030043572 DISTRIBUTION: Active Army: TAG (2) CofEngrs (ENGMC-PP) (20) DCSLOG(LOG-DP) (4) USCONARC (4) USASA (3) USAMC (2) USASTRATCOM (2) MTMTS (2) NG: None. OS Maj Comd (5) MDW (5) Armies (5) Instl (10) Gen Dep (10) Army Dep (10) except LEAD (22) Dep (10) Arsenals (10) PG (10) USMA. (2) USAES (100) Engr FLDMS (2) Dist Engr (5) Div Engr (5) USAR: None. For explanation of abbreviations used, see AR 320-50. Navy: Distribution: (5 copies) SNDL Nl; N9 Copy to: (2 copies except as otherwise listed) SNDL A3; A4A; A5; A6; E4 (Washington, D.C. only); E16; F9; F16; F17; F41; F42 (East Machias, Oso only); F48, F61; F81; F73; F77 (Groton) ; H3 (Beaufort, Camp Pendleton, Chelsea, Philadel phia, Portsmouth, Va., Long Island, San Diego only); H6; Till (Cairo); J3; J12; J37; J46; J60; J65 (10 copies); J66; J84; J90; JU7; K7; LI; L45A; L45B; M26; M27; M28; M69 (NPPSO-CL only) ; N5; N45A; P10A; P10B; PlOE; PlOF; P10M; P45A1; P45A4; P45B3; P80; Q20B; R10A; R10C; R1QD (less Mildenhal) ; R10E; R10J; R10K; Rll; R20; R45A1; R45A2; R45B7 Stocked: U.S. Navy Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19120 Air Force: F Si DUP030043573 Contents Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION Page Section 1--General 1.1.1 Purpose.......................................... 1.1.2 Scope .............................................. 1.1.3 Terminology .................... ........................ ......................................................... 1.1.4 Glossary ................ 1-1 1-1 1-1 1-2 Section 2--Purpose of Painting 1.2.1 Protection ............... 1.2.2 Sanitation andCleanliness......... .............. 1.2.3 Illuminationand Visibility.......... .......................................................................... .......... 1.2.4 Safety andEfficiency............................ 1.2.5 Appearance ...................... ............. .......................................................................... 1.2.6 Camouflage ............................................................... ............................... .................. 1.2.7 Tone Down (Passive Defense)................ ........................ ............... ....................... . 1.2.8 Fire Retardanee........... .'......... .................................................... ............................. 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3 1-3 Section S--Specifications, Sampling, Testing, Inspection 1.3.1 Use of Product Specifications............................................... .................. ................. 1.3.2 Sampling and Testing..................... .-....................... ......................... .................... 1.3.3 Job Inspection ....................................... .................................................................. . 1.3.4 Job Acceptance Inspection......... ................................ 1-3 1-3 1-3 1-3 Section J--Requirements for Painting Operations 1.4.1 Supervision .......................................... 1.4.2 Surface Condition ....................... 1.4.3 Weather ............ 1.4.4 Environmental Conditions......... .............. 1-3 1-4 1-4 1-4 Chapter 2. PROGRAMMED PAINTING Section 1--General 2.1.1 Purpose ..... 2.1.2 Economics ......... 2.1.3 Efficiency ............................................................. Section 2--Procedure 2.2.1 Inspection and Reporting---- .................... 2.2.2 Project Preparation .............. 2.2.3 Scheduling ............................. 2^2.4 Inspection During Application...................................... 2.2.5 Performance Inspection .............. 2.2.6 Historical Records............... 2.2.7 Records and Data,..................... 2.2.8 Evaluation ................... 2-1 2-1 2-2 2-2 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-4 2-4 Chapter 3. SAFETY Section 1--General 3.1.1 Hazards .....................................................................................................'.................. 3.1.2 Safety Measures ................... 3.1.3 Responsibility of Foremen....................................... Section 2--Accident Hazards 3.2.1 Causes .......................... 3.2.2 Precautions and Prevention .............. 3-1 3-2 3-5 3-6 3-6 iii DUP030043574 Chapter 3. SAFETY--Continued. Page Section 8--Fire Hazards 3.3.1 Causes ......................... 3-16 3.3.2 Precautions and Prevention.................. ............ --............ ...... ......... ......................... 3-20 Section t---Health Hazards 3.4.1 Causes ............................................................... ........... .............................................. 3-21 3.4.2 Precautions and Prevention................... 3-22 Section 5--Health Services 3.5.1 Medical Department ........................ 3-23 3.5.2 Medical Examinations andRecords................................................................................... 3-23 Chapter 4. PAINTING OPERATIONS Section 1--Paint Shop 4.1.1 Functions ............................................................... .............. ......................... . 4.1.2 Planning and Layout........................................... ............ .................... .................... 4.1.3 Equipment operation and maintenance ............................................................ . 4-1 4-1 4-1 Section 2--Paint Materials 4.2.1 Procurement ............................ ................................................................ ... -- ...... 4.2.2 Sampling and Testing............................................................... .......... ............ ,.......... 4.2.3 Materials Storage ................................................. ............................ .......................... 4-1 4-1 4-2 Section 3--Paint Conditioning and Mixing 4.3.1 General ..................... ........... ............... ........................................................*......... 4-3.2 Mixing ... I.................... ................. ............................................. ... ................. 4.3.3 Tinting ............................................ ........................... ............ ...................................... 4.3.4 Straining .................. ...................................................... ........................ .................... 4.3.5 Thinning .................. ..................... ............................................... .................. ........ 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-5 Section i--Preparation of Surfaces 4.4.1 General................ ...................................... .................... ............................................... 4.4.2 Mechanical Treatment ................................................. ................................................... 4.4.8 Chemical and Solvent Treatment...... ..................................................... ................... 4.4.4 Pretreatments ........................................................................................................ 4.4.5 Conditioners, Sealers and Fillers......................... 4.4.6 Applicable Specifications .................................. 4-6 4--7 4-14 4-17 4-18 4-20 Section 5---Repair of Surfaces 4.5.1 General.................. 4.5.2 Calking Compounds andSealants..................................................... 4.5.3 Putty ....................................................................... .............................................. 4.5.4 Glazing Compounds ............................... ........................................................................ 4.5.5 Application of Calking andGlazing Compounds, Putty and Sealants........................ . 4.5.6 Patching Materials ............... ............... ........................................ ................................ 4.5.7 Applicable Specifications______ ............................................... ,... ........................ 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-21 4-22 4-24 Section 6--Paint Application 4.6.1 General........................................ ......................... ................. ....................................... 4.6.2 Basic Application Procedures...................................... ................................................. 4.6.3 Brush Application ............ ............. ...................... ........................... ............... ............ 4.6.4 Roller Application.................................... ............................................. ......................... 4.6.5 Spray Application ............ ............................... . .............. -- .................... --......... 4.6.6 Paint Mitt Application ..... 4.6.7 CleanUp .......................... 4-24 4-24 4-25 4-28 4-31 4-35 4-35 Chapter 5. DETERIORATION OF COATINGS Section 1--Normal Deterioration 5.1.1 General ........................................ ............................................................................ . 5-1 5.1.2 Exterior Deterioration.............. .......................................................... ........................ . 5-1 iv 1 1 I DUP030043575 Chapter 5. DETERIORATION OF COATING--Continued. page 5.1.3 5.1.4 5.1.6 5.1.6 Interior Deterioration ..............................................'.......... ......................................... Coatings Subject to Abrasion..................... ......................... ........................................ Factors Affecting NormalDeterioration......................................................... Repainting.................................................... .............................................................. .. 5-8 5-9 5-9 5-10 Section 2---Abnormal Deterioration 5.2.1 General.......... ............................. ............................................. ............... ............ .... 5.2.2 Substrate Peculiarities ...................................... ..................... . 6.2.3 Abnormal Environments ......... ,.......... .................... ............ .......................... . 5.2.4 Incompatible Preservativesand Paints.............. ............................................ . 5.2.5 Improper Painting Operations..................................................... .............................. 5.2.6 Poor Painting Techniques................ ..................................... ........................ . 5.2.7 Entrance of Moisture Dueto Faulty Structural Conditions........................ 5-12 5-12 5-18 5-21 5-23 5-23 5-28 Chapter 6. PAINT MATERIALS Section 1--General....... .......................................................................... ............ ................... ......... 6-1 Section 2--Paint Binders 6.2.1 General.............. ......... ..................................................... ...................... ......... ......... .. 6.2.2 Alkyd ................................................................................ ......... ............... .................. 6.2.3 Cement ...................................... .................... .................................................. 6.2.4 Epoxy .............................. ........ ...................................................................................... 6.2.5 Epoxy--Coal Tar ................................................ ........ ........ ....................... ......... . 6.2.6 Inorganic ............. .......................... ................... ................................................... ........ 6.2.7 Latex ...... ............. ,........................ .......................................................................... 6.2.8 Oil .................... .......... ........... ....................... ................................................................ 6.2.9 Oil-Alkyd ................................................................ ........................................................ 6.2.10 Oieoresinous ........................................... ....... ....................... ........................................ 6.2.11 Phenolic .............................. .......................................... .......................................... . 6.2.12 Phenolic-Alkyd ................................................................. ........ .................................. 6.2.13 Rubber-Base .................................................................................................................... 6.2.14 Silicone ................................. ............................... ............. ................................... . 6.2.15 Silicone Alkyd .................. ........... ............ .................. .............................................. 6.2.16 Urethane ................ ................................................................................. ..................... 6.2.17 Vinyl ...................................................................................................... ...................... 6.2.18 Vinyl-Alkyd........... ......................................................................................................... 6.2.19 Comparison of Paint Binders......................... . ..................................................... ......... 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 6-4 Section 3--Types of Paints 6.3.1 General ...................... 6.3.2 Lacquer ................................... 6.3.3 Varnish .......... 6.3.4 Paint and Enamel.................... 6.3.5 Aluminum Paint ..................................... 6.3.6 Oil Stain ............ 6.3.7 Glaze Coating....... ................ 6.3.8 Water Repellent ............. 6.3-9 Special Purpose Paint Materials.............................................................----------.... 6.3.10 Accessory Paint Materials.............. 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-10 6-12 6-12 6-12 6-13 6-13 6-13 Chapter 7. INTERIOR PAINTING (EXCEPT FLOORS) Section 1--General 7.1.1 Scope ..................... .................................... .................................................. .......... . 7.1.2 Purpose of Interior Painting.............. ..................................... ......................... . 7.1.3 Choice of Finishes.............................. .............................. ................................ ........ 7-1 7-1 7-1 Section 2--Types of Products Available 7.2.1 General......... ....................................................... ..................................................... . . 7-2 7.2.2 Basic Types of Coatings............................. ................... ......................................... . 7-2 v DUP030043576 Chapter 7. INTERIOR PAINTING (EXCEPT FLOORS)--Continued. 7.2.3 7.2.4 7.2.5 Specialized Coatings ......................................................... Accessory Products ....................... ........................... Applicable Specifications ................. .......... ....................... Section 3--Surface Preparation and Repair 7.3.1 General ........................... .......................... . --................. 7.3.2 Techniques ................................ ............... .......... . Section 4--Selection, Preparation and Application of Coating Systems 7.4.1 Selection of Coatings................... ............................ 7.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use....................... 7.4.3 Application of Coatings....... .............................. . Chapter 8. EXTERIOR PAINTING Section 1--General 8.1.1 Scope......... ................... ............. ..................................... 8.1.2 Purpose of Exterior Painting_____.___________ ____ _ 8.1.3 Choice of Finishes.......................................................... , 8.1.4 Exposure Conditions ......... ................ ........................ . Section 2--Types of Products Available 8.2.1 General ....... ................................ ............. ...................... 8.2.2 Basic Types of Coatings....... ........................................ . 8.2.3 Specialized Coatings........................... .......... . 8.2.4 Primers..................... ......................... ................... .... 8.2.5 Accessory Products ............. ...................... .......... . 8.2.6 Applicable Specifications ............................ .................. . Section 3--Surface Preparation and Repair 8.3.1 General .......... ..................... ....................................... 8.3.2 Techniques............ .................... ................. Section U--Selection, Preparation and Application of Coating Systems 8.4.1 Selection of Coatings.......... .................. .......... ............. 8.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use............................ ......... 8.4-3 Application of Coatings.............. ...................... . Chapter 9. FLOOR FINISHES Section 1---General 9.1.1 Scope ..........................,............. ..,................. ............... 9.1.2 Purpose of Floor Finishing......... ...............................-- . 9.1.3 Choice of Finishes................ ............................ ............ Section 2--Types of Products Available 9.2.1 General ................................................................... .......... 9.2.2 Coating Products ..................................... ........................ 9.2.3 Accessory Products ................ ........................................ 9.2.4 Applicable Specifications ....... .......................................... Section 3--Surface Preparation and Repair 9.3.1 General ....... ........... ......................................................... 9.3.2 Techniques __ _________ _____________ __________ ___ Section U--Selection, Preparation and Application of Coatings 9.4.1 Selection of Coatings................. .......................... . 9.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use....................................... 9.4.3 Application of Coatings.................... ................. .......... Chapter 10. SPECIAL PURPOSE COATINGS Section 1--General 10.1.1 Scope ........................................ .................... .................... vi Page 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-4 7-4 7-7 7-7 7-8 8-1 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-2 8-3 8-3 8-3 8-5 8-6 8-6 8-6 8-8 8-9 8-9 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-1 9-2 9-2 9-2 9-2 9-5 9-5 9-6 10-1 I DUP030043577 Chapter 10. SPECIAL PURPOSE COATINGS--Continued. Page 10.1.2 Use of Special Purpose Coatings...........,...................................................................... 10-1 10.1.3 Choice of Finishes..................................... ...................... ........ ............. - -.................... 10-2 10.1.4 Surface Preparation ............................................................. ........ ............................... 10-2 Section 2--Types of Coatings Used for Special Purposes 10.2.1 General .................. ......................................................... ................... ............................ 10-2 10.2.2 Special Painting Materials...................................................... ........ .......... ................. 10-2 10.2.3 Special Areas and Objects.................................................................................... . 10-4 10.2.4 Special Surfaces .................................,............................... ........ ................................... 10-6 10.2.5 Accessory Products......... ........................ ........................................ .......................... .. 10-7 10.2.6 Applicable Specifications ............................................. ............... ........ ......................... 10-7 Section 3--Surface Preparation and Coating Application 10.3.1 General....................... ................. ............................ ................ ..................................... 10-7 10.3.2 Special Painting Operations.................................................... ....................................... 10-7 Chapter 11. SIGNS AND TRAFFIC MARKING Section 1---Signs 11.1.1 General ............. ..................................................................................... ......................... ll-l 11.1.2 Methods of Sign Preparation....................... .................................................... .............. 11-1 11.1.3 Background Surface Preparation.............. .................................................................... 11-1 11.1.4 Freehand Sign Painting.............. ................ ............. ............... ....................... . 11-2 11.1.5 Stenciling............................................... ..................................................... ................ 11-2 11.1.6 Screen Processing ............................................ ............................................ . 11-3 11.1.7 Pressure Sensitive Overlays..................... ....................... ................... .............. .............. 11-4 11.1.8 Jteflectorized Signs ................................................. ................................... .................. 11-6 11.1.9 Applicable Specifications ......... ............ ........................................................................ 11-6 Section 2--Traffic Marking 11.2.1 General....... ............. ............................................ .................... ...................................... 11-7 11.2.2 Types of Products Available...................................................... .......... . . .................... 11-7 11.2.3 Applicable Specifications .......................... --.................................... ............... . 11-7 11.2.4 Surface Preparation ..................................................................................... .................. 11-7 11.2.5 Selection of Coatings.................. ................... ................................................................ 11-7 11.2.6 Preparation of Coatings for Use....... ..................................................... ............ . 11-7 11.2.7 Application of Coatings................................................. ........ ........................................ 11-8 Section 3--References and Standards 11.3.1 References ................................ ........ .......................................... ............... ................... 11-9 11.3.2 Standards, Manuals and Regulations......................... ................... ............................... 11-9 vii DUP030043578 TABLES 1 . Safe Center Loads for Scaffold Plank................ 2 Use the Proper Fire Extinguisher..................... ......... 3 Mixing Procedures ........................... ......................... 4 Rate of Cleaning......................................... ........ ....... . 5 Effect of Abrasive.................. ...................................... 6 Treatment of Various Substrates.......................... . 7 Characteristics of Wood............................ ............. . 8 Roller Selection Guide............................ ................... . 9 Comparison of Paint Binders--Application Properties 10 Comparison of Paint Binders--Use and Service......... 11 Comparison of Paint Binders--Film Properties......... 12 Comparison of Paint Binders--Principal Properties. . 13 Types of Interior Finishes........................... ........ . 14 Abrasive Grain Sizes................................ ................... 15 Types of Exterior Finishes......................... ................ 16 Selection of Typical Primers for Iron and Steel....... 17 Types of Floor Finishes................................. . Page 3-14 3-21 4-4 4-10 4-10 4-15 4-19 4-30 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 7-3 7-4 8--4 8-5 9-3 viii DUP030043579 ILLUSTRATIONS Figure Page 1 Mechanical Filter Respirator..................... ......................................... ...................................... 3-3 2 Chemical Cartridge Respirator..................................... ........ ....................................................... 3-3 3 Supplied Air Respirator...................................... ............................................ ................................ 3-3 4 Abrasive Blasting Helmet............. ................. ..................... ..................................................... 3-4 5 Safety Goggles ........... ............... ......... ......... .......................................... ............. ........... .............. 3-4 6 Safety Goggles .............. ...................... .......................... .............. .................................. ... 3-4 7 Hard Hat ............................................... ........... ................................................. ........................... 3-4 8 Safety Shoes .............. ..................... ................. ............................................. .............. ................. 3-5 9 Acid-Proof Clothing ................................................................................................................... . 3-5 10 Acid-Proof Air-Supplied Suit................. ......... ,.................... ......... ........................ ........... ......... 3-6 11 Safety Check List............................ .......................................... ................. .............................. 3-6 12 Ladder Safety Shoes........................ ............. .................... ......................................... ....................... 3-7 13 Ladder Stability ..................................... ........................................ ....................................... . 3-7 14 Double Pole or Independent Scaffolding.............. ................................................ ..................... 3-8 15 Diagonal Bracing on Double Pole Scaffolding.............................. .................... ....................... ....... 3-9 16 Single Pole Scaffolding--Corner Construction................ 3-10 17 Horse Scaffold, Three Tiers (Max. Height).......... ...................... .................... -- ............. ......... 3-11 18 Outrigger Scaffold with Guard Rail...--......................... 3-12 19 Pipe Scaffolding ......... 3-13 20 Pipe Scaffolding--Roller Outrigger Type............................ 3-14 21 Pipe Scaffolding--One Man Assembly Type..................... ........................ .............. ....................... 3-14 22 Swinging Scaffold--Ladder Platform Type........ .......................... -- ................................ 3-15 23 Bosun Chair ..................... 3-16 24 Bosun Chair and Swinging Scaffold (Construction Details)............................ 3-17 25 Knots and Hitches Used in Painting Operations.................. 3-18 26 Grounding of Tank and Equipment ............................................. 3-19 27 Grounding of Blast Nozzle....................... 3-19 28 Combustible Waste, Separate Containers............................... 3-20 29 Keep Combustible Materials in Metal Waste Cans Tightly Covered....... ................................ 3-22 30 Paint Mixer-Drill Attachment ......... ....................................................... .......... ............................. 4-4 31 Paint Mixer--Vibrating Shaker ......... .......... ...................... . -- ...................................... 4-4 32 Paint Mixer--Propeller Type ................................................................... .............. ................ ........ 4-5 33 Manual Mixing and Boxing...... .................. .................. ........... -- ............................ . 4-6 34 Hand Cleaning Tools..................... ..................................... ................. ........................... 4-7 36 Typical Power Grinding Cleaning Tool --................. ................................... ............... ................ 4-8 36 Air Powered Cleaning Tools................................ ...................................... ...................... . 4-6 37 Power Tool Wire Brushes............ ..................................................................... . 4-8 38 Typical Drill Attachment Tool......... .................................... ..................................................... 4-9 39 Rotary Impact Cleaning Tool.... ............................. ............. ......................... ............. 4-9 40 Needle Scaler ..................................... ........... ...................... .................................................. -- .. 4-9 41 Flame Cleaning Equipment......................................... ..................................................... .................. 4-9 42 Flame Cleaning ............................................. ......... ................................................... 4-9 43 Dry Blast Cleaning Setup.............................. ............ .......................................... .......... 4-11 44 Direct Pressure Blast Cleaning Tanks............... 4-11 45 Vacuum Blast Cleaner................................................ .........-- ........ ................................. 4-12 46 Wet Blast Attachment........................ 4-12 47 Centrifugal Blaster--Cutaway View...................... ................... .......................................... ....... 4-12 48 Centrifugal Blasting ..................... 4-13 49 Calking ....... ..................................... ....................... ................. . --......... ..................................... , 4-21 50 Puttying ....... 4-21 51 Glazings--Wood Frames ..................... 4-22 52 Glazing---Metal Frames ......................... 4-23 53 Applying Joint Cement........................... ..................... ............................................... . ................. 4-23 54 Typical Paint Brush................ 4-25 55 Types of Brushes.........................................................................,........ ................................... .. 4-26 56 Loading a Paint Brush........................................................................................-......................... 4-27 57 Holding a Paint Brush....... .............. 4-28 58 Parts of a Roller................... 4-28 ix DUP030043580 ILLUSTRATIONS--Continued. Figure 59 Pipe Roller ............ .............................. ................................................................. 60 Fence Roller ......................... ......................... ........ ........................................ 61 Roller and Tray...................................................................................................... 62 Roller and Wire Screen Attachment to Can........................... ........... ................. 63 Basic Types of Spray............................................................................. ............... 64 Types of Spray Equipment......... ................ ....................... ............................... 65 Modern Production Spray Gun..................... .................................. ............. 66 Spray Gun--Cross-section .............................................................................. . 67 Spray Gun Held Perpendicular to Surface to Prevent Uneven Deposit of Paint 68 Proper Spray-Gun Stroke.......................... ............................ .......................... . 69 Spraying Large Flat Areas....... ............ .................................... ..................... 70 Spraying Horizontal Surfaces................ ............. .................. ........................... 71 Spraying Corners ..................................................................................... ........... 72 Spraying Edges and Corners................................ ................................. . 73 Painting Interior Corners........... .............................. .................... .................. 74 Spray Gun Adjustment and Cleaning.................................................................... 75 Paint Mitt .............. ......... ............................................................... ................... 76 Paint Mitt in Use........................................................... .................... ........ . 77 Remove Excess Paint................................ .................................................... 78 Clean Brush Until No Paint is Noticeable.................................. .......................... 79 Twirl Brush After Cleaning............................................................ ..................... SO Brush Should Be Completely Free of Paint............................... ........................ 81 Soiling or Dirt Collection (Upper Panel)................................ ........................... 82 Degrees of Chalk..... ............................................................................. .............. 83 Severe Chalking .............. ........................................... ................. . 84 Loss of Adhesion from Chalked Paint......................... .................... .............. 85 Severe Checking ............. ............ ............ ............................................................. 86 Severe Cracking ................ ....................... .................. ............ ........... 87 Moderate Erosion ...................................................................... .......................... 88 Severe Cheeking and Crumbling ......................... ................... ......................... 89 Severe Cracking, Curling and Flaking................................................ ................ 90 Rusting of Steel........................................................................................... 91 Spring and Summer Wood........................................................... .................... 92 Wood Grain .............................. ............................... .......... .................... . 93 Bleeding Around Knots.................................. ................. ............. ....................... 94 Rusting at Welds.................................... ......... ,....-........ ........ ......................... 95 Peeling From Galvanized Gutters........... ..................................... ...................... 96 Efflorescence on Concrete Block Wall............................ ........ .................. 97 Severe Efflorescence on Brick Wall................................ .......... --......... 98 Spotty Loss of Gloss................ ........................... ................................................ 99 Mildew ..... ........... ......... ............... ............................................................... 100 One Type of Mildew (Magnified)......... .................. .......................................... 101 Temperature Blistering ................................................ .................................. 102 Alligatoring ....... ........... ...................... .......... ................................................... 103 Crawling ....... ................... ................... ................................................................ 104 Intercoat Peeling .............................. ........ ............................ ............ .............. .. 105 Severe Wrinkling .................................... ............................. .................... .......... 106 Cross Grain Cracking................................................... .................... ................. 107 Blistering From Moisture................. ...................................... .......................... 108 Loss of Adhesion From Moisture................................................. ................. . 109 Moisture From Within a Structure............................ ..................... ............ 110 Faulty Flashing ................ ................................................................................. 111 Moisture Peeling Caused by Contact with Ground................................................ 112 Moisture Problem Areas...................... .................................................. ............ 113 Venting Outside Walls....................................................................... .................. 114 Effect of Pigment/Binder on Gloss.................................... .............. .................. 115 Moisture Meter....... ...................................... ............................................ 116 Belt Type Floor Sander......... ............. .......................................................... Page 4-29 4-29 4-31 4-31 4-32 4-33 4-34 4-34 4-34 4-35 4-36 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-37 4-38 4-39 4-39 4-40 4-40 4-40 4-40 5-2 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-11 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-25 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30 5--31 5-32 5-33 5-34 6-11 7-5 9-4 s DUP030043581 ILLUSTRATIONS--Continued. Figure 117 Disc Edger............................... 118 Scraping Corners .................... 119 Applying Clear Floor Finishes. 120 Sign Lettering ...................... . 121 Cutting Stencil .................. . 122 Stenciling ......................... . 123 Screen Printing Setup........ 124 Screen Printing ............. 125 Application of Overlays....... 126 Hand Propelled Traffic Marker 127 Self Propelled Traffic Marker 128 Traffic Marker--Truck Model. APPENDIXES A. Glossary .............................. ......... B. Painting Records .............. 1. Project Planning .................. . 2. Daily Project Report.............. 3. Performance Record ....... . 4. Historical Record ................... C. Paint and Cleaning Solvents....... . D. Painting Material Specifications.. 1. Product Specifications ........ 2. Listed by Source.............. ....... 3. Numerical List .......... 4. Recommended Coating Systems INDEX- Page 9-4 9-4 9-6 11-1 11-2 11-3 11-4 11-5 11-6 11-8 11-8 11-8 A-l B-l B-l B-2 B-3 B-4 C-l D-l D-l D--24 D-28 D-32 1-1 xi DUP030043582 CONTRIBUTORS This manual was prepared under the direction of the Protective Painting Committee repre senting the three Military Departments, through a contract administered by the National Bureau of Standards. The following Government agency, associations, and publications are herein acknowledged for their contributions to this manual: U.S. Dept, of Agriculture (USDA) Forest Service Washington, D.C. Associations and Publications American Brush Mfrs. Assoc. (ABMA) Philadelphia, Pa. American Iron and Steel Institute New York, N.Y. American Paint journal Co. St. Louis, Mo. Dover Publications New York, N.Y. Federation of Societies for Paint Technology (FSPT) Philadelphia, Pa. Goodheart-Willcox Painting and Decorating Encyclopedia (Encycl) Homewood, 111. National Association of Corrosion Engineers (NACE) Houston, Tex. National Paint, Varnish & Lacquer Association (NPVLA) Washington, D.C. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America (PDCA) Chicago, 111. Paint and Wallpaper Logic New York, N.Y. The Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers New York, N.Y. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Pittsburgh, Pa. Southern Pine Association New Orleans, La. Western Wood Products Assoc. (Western) Portland, Oreg. The following listing is also provided of those industry sources from which illustrations were obtained: Air Reduction Co. Inc. New York, N.Y. Allied Chemical Corp. Plastics Division Morristown, N.J. Aluminum Co. of America Pittsburgh, Pa. American Cyanamid Co, Bound Brook, NJ. Archer Daniels Midland Co. Minneapolis, Minn. Arseo Paint Rollers, Inc, Hialeah, Fla. v Bestt Rollr Inc. Fond du Lac, Wise. Bil-Jax Inc. Archbold, Ohio Binks Mfg. Co. Chicago, 111. Brooklyn Paint & Varnish Co., Inc. Brooklyn, N.Y. Carboline Co. St. Louis, Mo, Ciba Products Co. Summit, N.J. Air Reduction Alcoa Arsco Bestt Bil-Jax Binks Cities Service Co. New York, N.Y. Clemco-Clementina, Ltd. San Francisco, Calif. Robert C. Collins Co. Miami, Fla. The DeVilbiss Co, Toledo, Ohio Devoe & Raynolds Co., Inc. Newark, N.J. The Joseph Dixon Crucible Co. Jersey City, N.J. E. I. DuPont de Nemours & Co. Wilmington, Del. Eaglo Paint & Varnish Corp. Long Island City, N.Y. EZ Paintr Corp, Milwaukee, Wis. The Flood Co. Hudson, Ohio Neil B. Garlock Arlington, Va. Cities Service Clemco Collins DeVilbiss DuPont EZ Paintr Garlock xii DUP030043583 Gray Co. Minneapolis, Minn. Hartman-Walsh Painting Co. St. Louis, Mo. H & G Industries Inc. Belleville, NJ. Inertol Co. of Koppers Co., Inc. Newark, N.J. Inland Mfg. Co, Omaha, Nebr. The Marindus Co. Englewood, N.J. David Litter Laboratories New York, N.Y. Merkin Paint Co., Inc. Baltimore, Md. Mine Safety Appliance Co. Pittsburgh, Pa, Minnesota Mining & Mfg. Co. St. Paul, Minn. Mobil Company Metuchen, N.J. Benjamin Moore & Co. New York, N.Y. National Lead Co. New York, N.Y. Nordson Corp. Amherst, Ohio Oakite Products, Inc. New York, N.Y. The Pangborn Corp. Hagerstown, Md. PPG Industries Pittsburgh, Pa. Pratt & Lambert, Inc. Buffalo, N.Y. H&G Marindus Litter Mine Safety 3M Moore Nordson Pangborn Ply-On Coatings San Francisco, Calif, Purex Corp. Ltd. Wilmington, Calif. Reynolds Metals Co. Richmond, Va. Rust-Oleum Evanston, 111. Spencer-Kellog Div. Textron Inc. Buffalo, N.Y. The Sealube Co. Wakefield, Mass, Standard Safety Equipment Co. Palatine, 111. Steelcote Mfg. Co. St. Louis, Mo. Subox Div. Wyandotte Chemicals Hackensack, N.J. G. H. Tennant Co. Minneapolis, Minn. Union Carbide Corp. Fibers and Fabrics Div. New York, N.Y. United Cooperatives, Inc. Alliance, Ohio Vi-Cly Industries Compton, Calif. Wald Industries, Inc. Huntington, Pa. Montgomery Ward Chicago Heights, 111. R. D. Werner Co, Inc. Greenville, Pa. Willson Products Div. Reading, Pa. Kellogg Standard Tennant Wald Werner Willson Figure SOURCES OF INDUSTRY ILLUSTRATIONS 2 Chemical Cartridge Respirator............................................. .................. 3 Supplied Air Respirator..................... ........... ....................................... . 4 Abrasive Blasting Helmet.................................... ........... ...................... 5 Safety Goggles ................................ .................... ........ ................. ....... 6 Safety Goggles ........................................................................................ 7 Hard Hat .......... ,.... ........................................................................ 10 Acid-Proof Air-Supplied Suit........................................................ ......... 13 Ladder Stability ...................... ............................... ........... ................. . 19 Pipe Scaffolding ......... ............. .................... ................. ...................... 20 Pipe Scaffolding: Roller Outrigger Type......... ...................................... , 21 Pipe Scaffolding: One Man Assembly Type............................ ............ . 22 Swinging Scaffold: Ladder Platform Type.......................................... 23 Bosun Chair ...... .................................. ........ ..................................... ...... Willson , Mine Safety .Willson . Willson .Willson . Willson .Standard . Encycl Bil-Jax ,Bil-Jax .Werner Bil-Jax Cities Service xiii DUP030043584 Figure 26 Grounding of Tank and Equipment........... 27 Grounding of Blast Nozzle....................... 33 Manual Mixing and Boxing....................... 34 Hand Cleaning Tools Grinding Cleaning . 35 Typical Power Tool......... ........................ 36 Air Powered Cleaning Tools.................. 37 Power Tool Wire Brushes.................. . 38 Typical Drill Attachment Tool................. 39 Rotary Impact Cleaning Tool.................. . 40 Needle Scaler 41 Flame Cleaning Equipment..................... 42 Flame Cleaning........................................ 43 Dry Blast Cleaning Setup...................... . 44 Direct Pressure Blast Gleaning Tanks... 45 Vacuum Blast Cleaner........... ................. 46 Wet Blast Attachment...................... . 47 Centrifugal Blaster--Cutaway View..... 48 Centriugal Blasting ................................ 49 Calking ............................... ................... 50 Puttying ..................................... ........... 51 Glazing--Wood Frames ------ --------------52 Glazing--Metal Frames ............... 53 Applying Joint Cement...... ...................... 54 Typical Paint Brush............. .......... . 55 Types of Brushes ..................................... 56 Loading a Paint Brush............................. 57 Holding a Paint Brush............. .......... 58 Parts of a Roller......---------- --------59 Pipe Roller ........................... ................... 60 Fence Roller .................... ................... . 61 Roller and Tray.................. .................. . 62 Roller and 5 Gal. Can......................... . 63 Basic Types of Spray......................... . 64 Types of Spray Equipment............... 65 Modem Production Spray Gun......... . 66 Spray Gun--Cross-Section ................ . 69 Spraying Large Flat Areas............ 70 Spraying Horizontal Surfaces.......... 72 Edges and Corners.................................. 73 Painting Interior Corners............ .......... 74 Spray Gun Adjustments & Cleaning....... 75 Paint Mitt .......................... ........... . 76 Paint Mitt in Use..................... ............ 77 Remove Excess Paint......... . -- ..... 78 Clean Brush Until No Paint is Noticeable 79 Twirl Brush After Cleaning.................. . 80 Brush Should be Completely Free of Dirt 81 Soiling or Dirt Collection (Upper Panel) 82 Degrees of Chalk....................... ........... 84 Loss of Adhesion from Chalked Paint... 85 Severe Checking ... ................ 86 Severe Cracking .............. ........... . 90 Rusting of Steel......... .............................. 91 Spring and Summer Wood..................... 92 Wood Grain ......................... ........... 93 Bleeding Around Knots........................... 95 Peeling From Galvanized Gutters........... 98 Spotty Loss of Gloss................ ........... 104 Intercoat Peeling......... .......................... xiy .NACE .NACE .SSPC .SSPC . Collins .SSPC .SSPC . Collins .Tennant . Marindus .Air Reduction .Air Reduction .Clemco .SSPC .Clemco .SSPC .Pangborn .Pangborn .NPVLA . Encycl .NPVLA .NPVLA . Encycl . ABMA .H&G . Encycl . Encycl . Encycl . Arsco . Bestt .EZ Paintr ,EZ Paintr .Nordson .DeVilbiss . Binks .DeVilbiss .Binks .Binks . DeVilbiss .Binks . Binks . EZ Paintr . Bestt .NPVLA .NPVLA .NPVLA .NPVLA . DuPont .FSPT . DuPont .FSPT .FSPT .FSPT .USDA .USDA . Garlock . Garlock . Garlock .NPVLA DUP030043585 Figure 109 Moisture From Within A Structure 110 Faulty Flashing ............................ 112 Moisture Problem Areas.................. 113 Venting Outside Walls.................... 114 Effect of Pigment/Binder on Gloss. 115 Moisture Meter ....................... ....... 116 Belt Type Floor Sander................ . 117 Disc Edger .............. ............... ....... 118 Scraping Corners ................ .......... 119 Applying Clear Floor Finishes....... 121 Cutting Stencil................................ 122 Stenciling .............. ................. 125 Application of Overlays....... . 126 Hand Propelled Traffic Marker..... 127 Self Propelled Traffic Marker...... 128 Traffic Marker--Truck Model...... PDCA PDCA ALCOA NPVLA, Western Litter NPVLA Moore Moore Moore Kellogg Litter Litter 3M WALD WALD WALD xv DUP030043586 DUP030043587 Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1.1.1 Purpose. This technical manual has been prepared by the military services to provide complete uniform information and establish standard practices for the painting of buildings, structures and fixed equipment. Advances in paint technology have led to the development of many coatings formulated to meet specific requirements and conditions. Generally, more than one painting system is well suited for the combination of surface, environment and service required. Similarly, surface preparation, the choice of equipment for and the method of application may vary according to the severity of the exposure, the coating used and the conditions under which it is applied. Each of these factors contrib utes to the effectiveness of the completed job. The purpose of this manual is to describe proper methods for surface preparation, satisfactory paint systems, and to recom mend proper procedures for application of these paint systems to effectively protect and economically maintain a variety of surfaces. 1.1.2 Scope. The contents of this manual relate to the operations necessary to paint interior and exterior surfaces of all build ings, structures and related facilities, includ ing utility systems, traffic marking and signs. Exposure conditions covered include all en vironments. In addition, certain sections of the manual cover the application of special coatings such as odorless, vapor-proof and non-slip finishes, as well as the painting of special areas and surfaces such as hot sur faces, clean rooms, glass, plastics and insu lation. The manual is not concerned with the painting of mobile equipment such as air craft, ships, vehicles and missiles, nor equip ment not listed on the real property records. 1.1.3 Terminology. The following terms will be used frequently throughout the manual. 1.1.3.1 Paint or Coating. All materials used in painting, such as paints, enamels, varnishes, lacquers, sealers, and stains. The film-forming portion of these may include oil, alkyd, latex, vinyl, epoxy, urethane, phenolic, acrylic, and others. 1.1.3.2 Painting. All operations required to use paints properly including the deter mination of the condition of the surface, the preparation required for painting, the choice of products to be used, conditioning of paint before use, choice of equipment, application and inspection. 1.1.3.3 Surface Preparation. All opera tions necessary to prepare a surface to re ceive a coating of paint. Surface preparation consists of one or more of the following procedures: a. Cleaning: The removal from the surface of contaminants such as dirt, oil, grease, rust, mill scale and loose paint by cleansing, mechanical abrasion, or by chem ical etching. Liquid paint removers are sometimes used but are limited to small areas. Cleansing methods include washing with a detergent or soap solution, steam cleaning or solvent cleaning. Mechanical abrasion methods include wire brushing, sanding, abrasive blasting, or the use of chipping hammers and tools. Pickling is the most common type of chemical etching. h. Repair of Surfaces: The filling of all cracks and crevices in the substrate, set ting and covering all exposed nail heads, and any other general repairs necessary to return the substrate or fixture to a satisfactory con dition for painting. Procedures include calking, puttying, glazing and patching. 1-1 DU P030043588 c. Pretreatment: The chemical altera tion of the surface necessary to make it suit able for painting. Typical methods include the use of conversion treatments based on zinc or iron phosphate conforming to Federal Specification and tie coats (wash primers). d. Seal Coating or Conditioning: The sealing of very porous substrates such as plywood, or the treatment of degraded sur faces such as weathered concrete and ma sonry or chalky old paint to prevent excessive absorption of the first coat of paint. The sealer or conditioner is a thin liquid which penetrates the porous surface or ties in loose material. e. Wetting Oil: Used when all mill scale and rust cannot be readily removed. This oil penetrates rust and scale, thereby improving bonding of the subsequent coat ings applied. 1.1.3.U Useful Life. The length of time a paint coating is expected to remain ser viceable before repainting is required. 1,1.3.5 Paint Failure. The loss of use fulness of the paint coating. Premature fail ure may come from improper or inadequate surface preparation, faulty choice of paint, use of substandard materials, faulty appli cation or unusually severe conditions of exposure. 1,1.4 Glossary. A detailed listing of terms associated with painting, which will be use ful in understanding the manual, is given in Appendix A. Terms are listed alphabetically and explanations, though brief, are sufficient to acquaint the engineer, painter and inspec tor with their meaning. SECTION 2- PURPOSE OF PAINTING 1.2.1 Protection. Protection of the surface is the most important consideration in de termining the maintenance cost of struc tures. Typical causes of failure are sunlight, temperature variations, fresh and salt water, water vapor, rot, mildew, chemicals and abrasion. Paint serves as a protective shield between the base construction materials and the elements which attack and deteriorate them. Painting, when regularly programmed, offers long range protection that extends the useful life of the structure. 1.2.2 Sanitation and Cleanliness. Paint and proper painting operations promote sani tation and cleanliness, Paint coatings pro vide smooth, non-absorptive surfaces that are easily washed and kept free of dirt. Such surfaces tend to prevent foodstuffs from adhering. Adhering foodstuffs harbor germs and cause disease. The coating of rough or porous areas seals out dust and grease that would otherwise be difficult to remove. Paint coatings, merely by contrast, will reveal build-up of foreign substances thereby indi cating that better housekeeping practices are in order. Therefore, painting is an essential part of general maintenance programs for hospitals, kitchens, mess halls, offices, ware houses and living quarters. 1.2.3 Illumination and Visibility. White and light tinted paints applied to ceilings and walls reflect both natural and artificial light and help brighten rooms and increase visi bility. On the other hand, darker colors re duce the amount of reflected light. Flat paints diffuse, soften and evenly distribute illumination, whereas gloss finishes reflect more like mirrors and may create glare. Color contrasts improve visibility of the painted surface especially when the paint is applied in distinctive patterns. For example, white on black, white on orange, or yellow on black can be seen at greater distances than single colors or other combinations of colors. 1.2.4 Safety and Efficiency. Certain colors are universally associated with potentially dangerous situations or personal safety. Red, yellow and green are obvious examples. Materials handling equipment is generally painted yellow and fire apparatus is always painted bright red. Colors are also used to improve both safety and efficiency by color coding hazardous areas, emergency apparat us, power lines, piping, valves, switches and operational equipment. Marking paints are used to control flow of traffic and to indicate safe passages and parking areas. 1.2.5 Appearance. Painting is primarily used for maintenance and to improve safety and efficiency. Decorative painting is of 1-2 DUP030043589 secondary importance and should be kept at a minimum. However, the functional use of color does create comfortable living and working conditions and more pleasant sur roundings that result in improved morale and increased efficiency. 1.2.6 Camouflage. Camouflage paints have special properties which are different from conventional paints and their use is limited to special applications. Do not use camouflage paints as substitutes for conven tional paints unless special instructions have been received to do so. 1.2.7 Tone Down (Passive Defense). Tone down represents the use of conventional coat ings for blending existing exposed facilities with the surrounding environment. This is done in order to render selected military installations less conspicuous. 1.2.8 Fire Retardance. Certain paints de lay the spread of fire and assist in confining it to its origin. This allows more time during which fire fighting equipment can arrive to extinguish the blaze before it gets out of control. The use of fire-retardant paints is restricted to appreciable areas of highly com bustible surfaces and for selected uses. Their use is further restricted to interior surfaces except for Arctic areas. Fire-retard ant paints must not be considered as substi tutes for conventional paints and their use must be justified and must be governed by specific agency criteria. SECTION 3 - SPECIFICATIONS, SAMPLING, TESTING, INSPECTION 1.3.1 Use of Product Specifications. Prod uct specifications have been developed for paints and allied products to clearly establish quality standards. They provide a fair basis on which manufacturers can bid competi tively, and a sound basis for acceptance or rejection of material by the buyer. A list of applicable specifications is given in Appendix D. Note: These specifications are referred to by basic symbol only, with no reference to the final suffix letter, e.g., TT-E-489 not TT-E-489d, because of the frequency with which specifications are modified. In writing contract specifications designate the latest product specifications including amendments, also the type or class if applicable. 1.3.2 Sampling and Testing. Sample and test all paints and allied products before use. Unless such testing is done and the sample found to comply with the specification, the user cannot be certain of the quality of the material. When samples are taken from con tractor material, a representative of the con tractor should be present during sampling and certify that sampling was properly done. 1.3.3 Job Inspection. All painting requires continuous inspection for best results. In spectors, who are especially trained, will check all jobs daily. Examine all surfaces to be painted to determine that preparation is adequate. Check all materials to see that they are those specified or selected for the job and have not been tampered with. In spect the job during application to determine that proper procedures are used, that film thickness is as specified and that the applied paint is of the correct color and appearance, and is uniform without sags or runs. Fre quent, diligent inspection of all materials and procedures during each stage of surface preparation and paint application is the most effective means of insuring quality control. 1.3.4 Job Acceptance Inspection. Post job inspection must be preceded by complete step by step on-the-job inspection to insure that proper procedures were followed. In spection of a completed job is less effective without certain knowledge that the product was correctly applied to a properly prepared surface in accordance with specification re quirements. The main purpose of post job inspection is to be sure that the applied paint system meets the established minimum re quirements for film thickness, leveling, gloss (or flatness), hiding and color, prior to final approval. SECTION 4 - REQUIREMENTS FOR PAINTING OPERATIONS 1.4.1 Supervision. Use only experienced personnel as supervisors. This is important in the operation of specialized equipment, 1-3 DUP030043590 and in the use of highly toxic materials. Foremen must have a thorough knowledge of painting procedures, maintenance prob lems, operation and maintenance of equip ment, and safety precautions. All jobs must be checked frequently to be sure that per sonnel are preparing surfaces properly, are using paints properly with regard to mixing and conditioning; that application is uniform and at proper film thickness, and that the proper drying time is allowed between coats. Supervisors will set up program schedules for painting on a systematic basis, and are responsible for recording work progress, gallonage used, and for daily project and job acceptance inspection reports. 1.4.? Surface Condition. The condition of the surface to be painted is of utmost im portance, particularly in maintenance paint ing where protective requirements are most stringent and premature film failure is costly. Adhesion of coatings is best when the sur face is clean, dry and slightly rough. There fore, surfaces must be free of dirt, oil and grease, rust and mill scale, loose paint, ex cessive chalk, mildew and any other sub stances which affect adhesion immediately or after prolonged exposure. Knots and pitch streaks in new or bare wood must be primed with a special sealer. Glossy surfaces must be sanded or roughened. Old paint, which is not glossy but otherwise in good condition, can be painted with nominal cleaning pro vided that similar or compatible coatings are applied over it. There is no substitute for proper and complete surface preparation. Service life of a paint can be greatly extended by good surface preparation before painting. 1.4.3 Weather. Surface, ambient, and ma terial temperatures, moisture conditions and wind velocity affect the application, drying time and adhesion of paints as well as the efficiency of the painter. Low temperatures thicken paints making them difficult to ap ply, prevent smooth leveling and retard dry ing. High temperatures cause the opposite to take place, i.e., viscosity is low so that paints spread too far resulting in inadequate film thicknesses. Also, paints tend to sag and set up too rapidly. This results in lap marks and may even result in wrinkling and loss of adhesion under extreme circumstances. Humidity, dampness and frost retard drying time and are common causes of blistering and poor adhesion. High wind velocity makes application extremely difficult. 1.4.4 Environmental Conditions. All struc tural materials will deteriorate if not pro tected, hence the need for an adequate paint system which will resist the particular environment. . l.U.U.l Interior Environments, Interior painting is intended primarily for cleanliness, illumination and general appearance. The areas where the environment can be detri mental are limited to specific areas such as shower rooms and laundries where Water, water vapor and steam are present, to kitchens where heat and cooking fumes are also present, and to floors where abrasion is a problem. l.U.U-2 Normal Exterior Environments. Exterior paints must protect the structure against exposure to sunlight, rain and snow fall, to wind and to temperature changes. Therefore, careful surface preparation and paint application are more important than for interior finishes, and paints formulated especially for exterior exposure must be used. l.U.U.S A bnormal Exterior Environments. The most difficult environments to which structures are exposed are those in which conditions are abnormal or where corrosive materials are present. Examples and typical areas are as follows: a. Extreme temperatures--as found in the tropics and in Arctic regions b. Rapid temperature changes--as ob served in the central United States c. Intense ultraviolet radiation--as pres ent in the southwest United States d. Excessive moisture (continual high humidity and/or heavy rainfall)--as present in the southern United States and the tropics e. Salt water and vapor--as present in coastal areas f. Corrosive fumes (sulfide and other chemical fumes)--as present in industrial areas. i--4 I tt i \ DUP030043591 Protection against these environments re quires the choice of paints especially designed for resistance to these exposures, plus par ticularly careful surface preparation and paint application. Deterioration, if allowed to take place, will proceed much more rapidly than under normal conditions. There must be no compromise whatsoever in the paints used, painting operations and inspection, in order to achieve the desired service in abnor mal environments. 1-5 DUP030043592 DUP030043593 Chapter 2 PROGRAMMED PAINTING SECTION 1 - GENERAL 2.1.1 Purpose. Programmed painting is a systematic process for establishing when painting is required, what painting should be done, by whom, with what materials, at what time, and in what manner. Paint systems deteriorate and will lose their protective abil ity unless the film is intact. The principal objective of painting is to prevent deteriora tion of the substrate at a minimum cost per square foot per year. One procedure fre quently used for providing protection has been to completely repaint after the original coating has failed. This failure results in an unsightly surface, expensive preparation be fore repainting, and possible deterioration of structural members. Another procedure is to completely repaint by applying two and even three coats at arbitrary intervals. This may be too late in cases where deterioration has already taken place, but completely unneces sary in others. Extensive surface prepara tion will be required in the first case, and film thickness will eventually become exces sive in the latter case, leading to early failure by cracking and peeling. The most practical method of protection, therefore, is a continu ous program of inspection, and painting as necessary. By means of programming and careful record keeping, a history of past per formance is accumulated which aids mate rially in selecting the best paint systems and painting procedures. 2.1.2 Economics. Systematic inspection and record-keeping, and programmed paint ing, rigidly carried out and established on a routine basis, result in significantly lower cost of protection per square foot per year. 2,1.2.1 Preventive Maintenance. Applied paint systems do not deteriorate uniformly. Even when they are applied by skilled paint ers, some pinholes, holidays and breaks at sharp edges or seams are often present. Left untouched, corrosion and deterioration will start at these points, eventually undermining the coating and then spreading to adjacent areas. Furthermore, as corrosion increases, it does so at an accelerated rate until large areas of the surface are left unprotected. Programmed painting enforces inspection and work scheduling to provide for relatively easy spot-painting of these minor breaks in the film long before any serious harm is done. Spot-painting describes the painting of only the small or localized areas in which the coating has begun to deteriorate. Not only does spot-painting save costly surface prepa ration and repainting of large areas, but the life expectancy of the paint system and struc ture can be extended considerably. Further more, when repainting is desired to achieve adequate film thickness or for uniform ap pearance, it can be accomplished economically with the minimum number of coats, since the surface will be in sound condition. An added advantage derived from preventive maintenance is the detection of faulty struc tural conditions or problems caused by leak age or moisture before they become serious due to oversight. 2,1.2.2 Painting Crew. Programmed painting accounts for substantial savings in manpower costs. Advance scheduling of main tenance painting results in more efficient distribution of work loads and tends to elimi nate both slack periods and crash programs. Painting crews can be used more efficiently by having their work laid out in advance, con sidering the season of the year, the weather, as well as types of jobs to be handled. For example, work should be scheduled in such a 2-1 DUP030043594 manner so as to have exterior surfaces painted in warm weather; when cold weather sets in, the painting crews should be em ployed indoors. Thus, slack periods will be substantially reduced. 2.1.2.S Painting Costs. Systematic in spection and record keeping will lead to the selection of paint materials that provide optimum protection for the particular sur face and environment, as well as aiding in the selection of more efficient equipment and procedures for surface preparation and ap plication. Consequently, the total cost of paint materials, surface preparation and ap plication will be less per year of service. Furthermore, the use of the proper coatings based on past performance (from actual rec ords) will result in longer service life and thus establish lower maintenance costs. 2.1,2.A Example, The economic advan tages of programmed versus non-programmed painting costs have been compared for one industrial establishment. During the first five years of the period analyzed, paint ing costs per year varied from a high of $520,000 to a low of $280,000, averaging over $380,000. During the next five year period, after a thorough analysis of the painting requirements, a planned program of maintenance painting was undertaken with a resultant decrease in average cost of $80,000 per year. Furthermore, projected cost sav ings indicated that, during the next five year period, painting costs would be further re duced to a level of approximately one half of the initial annual coverage or an overall saving of almost $200,000 per year. 2.1.3 Efficiency. Painting programs are based on defining what must be accomplished, using available manpower, setting realistic completion dates, improving performance based on historical records, and constantly seeking to prevent wasted effort resulting from ignorance, procrastination and chance. Work is laid out so that projects can be car ried out throughout the year with due con sideration to weather and other conditions. Paint materials are chosen as a result of past performance based on accurate records, thus eliminating guesswork and the possible choice of improper materials for the surface being painted or its environment. SECTION 2-PROCEDURE 2.2.1 Inspection and Reporting. One of the important aspects of programmed painting is the examination of the nature and condition of all surfaces before, during and after paint ing. It is important that the inspector be trained in this respect and that this function be one of his primary responsibilities. Suc cess of the entire program depends on correct detailed inspection and reporting done on a systematic and continuous basis. 2.2.1.1 Inspection. AH painted struc tures should be inspected at definite intervals. They should be inspected at approximately six months intervals in exterior or corrosive environments, in areas where heavy traffic may cause rapid wear (floor finishes) and in areas where sanitation is important. Other areas should be inspected at approximately yearly intervals. The inspector should ob serve their condition with reference to type and stage of deterioration, and make recom mendations for spot-painting, repainting or more frequent inspection. Inspections should also be made during all stages of painting and immediately after the job is finished. 2.2.1.2 Reporting. It is important that all findings be reported in written form. Descriptions and area calculations must be specific and consistent. Setting definite stan dards for such reports is vital if they are to have meaning and value for future refer ence. Provisions should be made to assure that the information requested is sufficient to result in a report that covers, fully and accurately, all factors of importance for future planning. For guidance, see sample inspection forms in Appendix B. 2.2.2 Project Preparation. Data from the Performance Painting Records (Appendix B-3) will determine the necessity for spotpainting or complete repainting. The next step is to determine the painting materials required, depending on the surface and en vironment, type and extent of surface prepa ration, equipment for both surface prepara tion and application, manpower time required 2-2 I 1 i i DUP030043595 and possible hazards due to area location. The final step is to phase this project into the overall program considering seasonal conditions if the location is exposed, and oth er factors which may affect paint schedules. A typical Project Planning form is shown in Appendix C-l. 2.2.2.1 Priority. Assign maintenance painting project priorities in the following order: First--Preventive maintenance painting, i.e., spot-painting of coatings that are basically sound. Second--Repainting of surfaces which re quire refinishing but do not require ex tensive surface preparation. Third--Repainting of surfaces which re quire both extensive surface preparation and refinishing. The deciding factor for selecting the above priority list is which job offers the greatest return in relation to the time spent on it, and which represents the greatest loss if de layed. Spot-painting and refinishing without extensive surface preparation can be done relatively quickly and at low cost. However, any significant delay will result in the neces sity of costly surface preparation due to the probability of an accelerated increase in cor rosion or deterioration. Surfaces which re quire refinishing but have not deteriorated in any areas present no problem, and their repainting can be meshed into the overall program to fit in with the work schedule considering weather conditions (see 2.2.3.1). However, repainting should be done before any deterioration does begin. On the other hand, a delay of even a few months before repainting a badly deteriorated coating will not significantly affect service life or the cost of repainting. Complete surface preparation and repainting will be required regardless of when the work is scheduled. 2.2.2.2 Contractors and In-House Crew. It is preferable to have a permanent staff of skilled painters who can be kept busy the year round. Contractors should be used for seasonal painting, for painting large areas and where special skills or equipment are required. The In-House crew should be used to carry out the preventive maintenance pro gram on a continuing basis, for painting interiors and exteriors as appropriate, for painting Small items and areas, and for gen eral housekeeping painting. 2.2.3 Scheduling. Work should be sched uled sufficiently in advance to assure ade quate time to coordinate manpower, materi als and equipment. Work crews who do not have On hand the necessary paint or equip ment to start and complete the assignment are being wasted. Other projects are thus delayed so that the entire program suffers. Effective scheduling provides for the orderly assignment of work based on need for the work, availability of manpower, materials, and equipment, seasonal nature of the work, and weather conditions. 2.2. B.1 Seasons and Weather Conditions. Scheduling for exterior painting must take into consideration seasonal and climatic con ditions since painting can be delayed by weather changes. Schedules should be so arranged as to allow diversion of crews to inside work or special projects in such an event. 2.2. B.2 Preparation of Schedules, The preparation of painting schedules should only be undertaken by personnel experienced in estimating the exact demands of a given project. Inaccurate scheduling that falls far short of the mark, i.e., under or over esti mating time to complete a job, can lead to considerable confusion and loss of efficiency. Too little time allotted to a job encourages shortcuts and omission of important pro cedures, in an effort to catch up to the time table. If too much time is allotted to a. job, workmen either slow down or finish ahead of time and waste what would normally be productive time waiting for a new assign ment. Inasmuch as the cost of labor is by far the major part of the total cost of the job, such slack periods are extremely un economical. In addition, other structures may reach more advanced stages of deteri oration while the painting crew is tied up with prior commitments. A typical Project Planning form is shown in Appendix B-l. 2.2.4 Inspection During Application. Con tinuing and systematic inspection of each 2--3 DUP030043596 job is necessary even when correct paint systems have been selected and properly ap plied. Such inspection is the best method of determining the value of the paint job. Inspect jobs daily as they progress and im mediately upon completion. Check materials to be used, environmental conditions and con dition of the surface before painting is start ed. Then check each coat for spreading rate, film thickness and cure. The finished job should then be inspected for gloss and gen eral appearance. A typical Daily Project Re port is shown in Appendix B-2. 2.2.5 Performance Inspection. Regular in spection of painted areas on a definite sched ule is of utmost importance. By this means, deterioration can be detected before it be comes widespread. Then, spot-painting can be accomplished at low cost, rather than hav ing to do a complete paint job. Check all painted surfaces with respect to changes in appearance and for degree of deterioration. Recommendations can then be made for the painting required, if any. A typical Per formance Record is shown in Appendix B-3. 2.2.6 Historical Records. Accurate records of paint jobs which have been carried out are the best means of determining the best paint system for a particular surface and environment. There is no short cut for actual experience in the field. A typical Historical Painting Record is shown in Appendix B-4. 2.2.7 Records and Data. It is extremely important to properly and continuously re cord all observations made of the conditions of the surface and environment, the paint system used, surface preparation, applica tion, appearance and long range perform ance. In addition, include information on costs and man hours involved. Do not try to save time and effort by cutting corners. Although omission of information will save time initially, it will make the records much less valuable in the future. The following typical forms for recording data are shown in Appendix B. B-l "Project Planning" To be used for setting up painting projects. B-2 "Daily Project Report" To be used for inspection before, dur ing and after completion of painting projects. B-3 "Performance Record" To be used for continual inspection of painted structures. B-4 "Historical Record" To be used to keep a continuous rec ord of painting jobs on each struc ture, 2.2.8 Evaluation. The main reason for gathering data and maintaining records is to use the information to arrive at meaning ful evaluations of completed jobs and to determine methods of improvement or cost reduction on future jobs. These records can be used : a. To determine the effectiveness of a particular paint system on different surfaces or in varying environments. b. To compare different paint systems under similar conditions. c. To compare the use of different equip ment for surface preparation or application. d. To determine manpower efficiency un der varying conditions. e. As a basis for the use of better or low er cost paint systems on planned jobs. f. As a basis for more efficient use of manpower and equipment on planned jobs. g. To determine frequency of spot paint ing and repainting. The proper use of records tightens guide lines and replaces haphazard action and guesswork with purposeful direction and planning. Goals can be established realisti cally and with confidence based on recorded experience. The ultimate result is a sys tematic program of preventive maintenance inspections and painting which provides an economical and efficient means of protecting facilities. 2-4 DUP030043597 H DUP030043598 Chapter 3 SAFETY SECTION 1 - GENERAL 3.1.1 Hazards. Every painting assign ment exposes maintenance personnel to con ditions and situations that represent actual or potential danger to themselves and to others in the area. The frequent necessity to use toxic and flammable materials, pres surized equipment, ladders, scaffolding and rigging always presents a potential hazard. Hazards may also be inherent in the very nature of the environment, or caused through ignorance or carelessness of the operator. It is, therefore, extremely important to be aware of all potential hazards, since con tinuous and automatic precautionary meas ures will minimize the problem and improve both efficiency and morale of the painting crew. 8.1.1.1 Paint Materials. Most paint ma terials are hazardous to some degree. All, except water-thinned paints, are flammable ; many are toxic and others can irritate the skin. However, most paints are quite safe if simple precautions are followed. 8.1.1.2 Surface Preparation Materials. Preparing a surface for painting often re quires the use of solvent, acid, or alkali cleaners. All of these will harm the skin unless used with care. Paint removers are also very irritating to the skin. The use of high pressure abrasive or water blasting methods may be hazardous. Pressures as low as 10-15 PSI have been known to cause serious injuries. In addition, carelessness during abrasive blasting operations may re sult in lung disease after continued exposure. Steam cleaning procedures employ high heat and pressure, both very hazardous to the operator and personnel nearby if not proper ly handled. 3.1.1.3 Equipment. Ladders, scaffolding and rigging must be used for areas which are not readily accessible from the floor or ground. Pressure equipment is used to pre pare surfaces and to apply paint. All of this equipment can be extremely hazardous if handled carelessly. The proper setting up and dismantling of equipment, the required safety checks and the basic precautions in handling equipment, may require more time than their actual use. Nevertheless, precau tions should not be omitted on the basis that risk decreases in proportion to time of use. S.l.l.h Environment. Painting condi tions vary from job to job. One obviously hazardous location is the interior of a tank. However, painting the interior of a small room or closet may be more hazardous, since often no special precautions are taken and ventilation may be inadequate. Furthermore, the painter may encounter other hazards that exist in the area in which he is working in addition to the hazards inherent in the painting operation. For example, slippery floors or obstacles located on the floor may cause falls. Electrical or mechanical equip ment may produce shocks or other serious injuries. Uninsulated steam lines or hot pipes may cause severe burns or too rapid evaporation of solvent thus creating a toxic hazard. 3.1.1.5 Painting Crew. Lack of train ing, experience or knowledge of hazards on the part of any painter produces a possible threat to the safety of the crew and others in the painting area. An element of risk is present even when well trained workers fol low all prescribed safety procedures. Proper precautions will reduce this risk to a mini mum, but no safeguard can guarantee pro tection against ignorance. Carelessness of 3-1 DUP030043599 even a trained painter will also increase haz ards tremendously. Deviation from estab lished procedures by taking "short cuts" often produces unsafe working conditions resulting in accidents with consequent loss of time and materials, and, of greatest con cern, human suffering. 3.1.1.6 Degree of Hazard. The risks in volved vary from job to job. Painting the interior of a home with water-thinned paints, for example, is much less of a hazard than painting a water tank 100 feet above the ground. The foreman must be responsible for taking the special precautions, designa ting the equipment required and advising his crew of the specific hazards for each job. However, the painter should never forget that hazards exist in every job, though they vary in degree. To ignore hazards in any job is to increase the odds that accidents will occur. Relaxing of precautions in one job will inevitably lead to carelessness in all jobs, regardless of the degree of hazard. Thus habits are formed which will even tually result in an unnecessary increase in the accident rate, 3.1.2 Safety Measures. The potential haz ards present in all painting operations make a continuing and enforced safety program absolutely essential. Adequate safety pro cedures will provide protection against the three major types of hazards, namely, acci dents, fire and those to health. All personnel must be thoroughly familiar with safety rules. Each worker is responsible for ad hering to all established precautionary pro grams for his own protection as well as that of others. Disregarding safety measures will increase potential dangers and the odds that an accident will occur. See Corps of Engi neers Manual EM 385-1-1 "General Safety Requirements", Department of the Navy Manual NAYSO P-2455 "Safety Precautions for Shore Activities" and Air Force Hand book AFM 127-101 "Accident Prevention". Also see MIL-STD-1212, "Industrial Safety Belts and Straps". 3.1.2.1 General Health. All personnel should be in good health. Painters who are sensitive to toxic or skin-irritating materials should only work with non-sensitive paint materials such as water-thinned paints. Any worker sensitive to heights should not work on ladders, scaffolding, or rigging. Person nel who have an improper attitude towards safety should not be allowed in painting crews. 3.1.2.2 Environment. Study the working environment before sending painters into any work area. Look for hazards such as poor ventilation and noxious fumes. Before a painter is allowed to enter such an area, he must be protected by devices that will allow him to work in safety. If ventilation is re quired, then outside air should be provided at a minimum rate of 15 cubic feet of air per minute per person or 1% changes per hour, whichever is greater. Otherwise respiratory protective equipment should be provided. If exhaust systems are used, such as in a tank, for example, the system must take suction from the bottom of the tank or a similar area in which the work is being done. Never work alone in a hazardous area (see 3.1.2.6). The discharge from exhaust systems must be arranged so that contaminated air will not create a health hazard in surrounding areas. Temperatures should be kept at 65 F to 75 F, if possible, 3.1.2.3 Respiratory Protection. Person nel must wear the proper type of face mask in hazardous areas. A11 must be devices ap proved by the United States Bureau of Mines. The most important types of respira tors are as follows: a. Dispersoid respirators for protec tion against dusts as are present when sand ing. These respirators contain filters only. (See Figure 1.) b. Chemical cartridge respirators for protection against fumes and solvent vapors. These respirators contain activated carbon cartridges which absorb the fumes or vapors. (See Figure 2.) c. Supplied air respirators for use in closed areas where ventilation cannot be sup plied, (See Figure 3.) Fresh air blowers of the positive pressure type, Bureau of Mines approved, shall be provided for each two respirators and the hoses limited to 150 feet. 3-2 I DUP030043600 I I d. Abrasive blasting helmets for use sanding, or spraying. They must be kept when blast cleaning surfaces to be painted. clean and readily available. They should fit (See Figure 4.) well, contain lenses of unbreakable glass or See Department of the Army Technical Bul plastic, and allow adequate peripheral as well letin TB MED 223 and Department of the as straight ahead vision. (See Figures 5, 6.) Air Force Pamphlet AFP-161-1 "Respira tory Protective Devices", also Department of the Navy NAVDOCKS P-342 "Fuel Storage Tank Cleaning at the Shore Establishment". The life or health of the wearer may depend on the availability and proper functioning of respiratory equipment. They must be cleaned immediately after use and be properly main tained and stored in clean, dry compartments. Filters, cartridges, and rubber parts should be inspected before each use, and at regular intervals, for any signs of deterioration. Replace any suspect filter or cartridge imme diately. 3.1.2.4- Eye Protection. Safety goggles must be worn in areas where there is any possibility of dust, fumes or solvents touch ing the eyes as may occur when blasting, Figure 2, Chemical Cartridge Respirator. 111 Figure 1. Mechanical Filter Respirator. Figure 3. Supplied Air Respirator. 3--3 DUP030043601 3.1.2.5 Protective Clothing. Personnel should wear clean clothing covering them as much as possible to avoid skin contact with painting or cleaning materials. Cuffs, tears or rips, loose pockets, loose ties and jewelry should be avoided since they are potential causes of accidents. Safety helmets should be worn when using abrasive blasting media. (See Figure 4.) Hard hats and steel toed safety shoes should be worn wherever there is any possibility of danger from falling objects. Shoes should have non-skid rubber soles when working in enclosed spaces or where flammable vapors may be present. Acid-proof clothing should be worn when han dling acid cleaners. Use acid-proof air-sup plied suits when using acid cleaning materials in enclosed areas. (See Figures 7 thru 10.) 3.1.2.6 Buddy System. Personnel should never work alone in hazardous areas. At least two men should be assigned to such jobs, and each should be visible to the other at all times during the painting operations. Then, if one should have an accident, the other can immediately come to his aid. Figure 5. Safety Goggles. N I m !i Figure 6. Safety Goggles. Figure 4. Abrasive Blasting Helmet. 3-4 Figure 7. Hard Hat. DUP030043602 3.1.3' Responsibility of Foremen. The fore man should lay out the work and manage projects in such a manner as to produce the safest possible conditions. Safety of person nel is one of his prime responsibilities. A safety check-off list as illustrated in Figure 11 should be used by the foreman before a job gets underway. In addition all foremen should adhere to the following program: a. Always be aware of potential haz ards in the area. b. Be sure that each painter under stands and accepts his personal responsibility for safety and that he is informed of all safety rules. c. Be sure that all safety measures have been taken each day before any job is started. d. Insist that the men work safely, Use disciplinary action in accordance with existing personnel directives, if necessary, e. Be sure that all equipment meets safety standards. Use non-sparking tools in hazardous areas. Anticipate possible risks with new types of equipment. Secure expert advice on potential hazards in advance. f. Encourage the men to discuss the hazards in their work. No job should pro- ceed if any question about safety remains unanswered. Be receptive to their ideas and suggestions ; these may be the best source of field experience that will prevent accidents. g. Set a good example for the men by demonstrating safety in personal work and conduct. 1 Figure 8. Safety Shoes. Figure 9. Acid-Proof Clothing. 3-5 DUP030043603  "No Smoking" warnings ' Clothing Eye Protection Respiratory protection Safety Belts Warning tags and signs Toxic materials Burns to skin Falling objects Electrical hazards Footing Moving objects, cranes, traffic, etc Safety showers and eye baths Fire alarm station Fire extinguishers , fire blankets Nearest telephone Barricades Equipment grounded Sparkproof tools Safety or fire permits Flammability or flash point Condition of ladders and scaffolding Figure- 11. Safety Check List. SECTION 2 - ACCIDENT HAZARDS 3.2.1 Causes. Accidents during painting operations are caused by unsafe working equipment, unsafe working conditions and careless personnel. Any or several of the following can cause accidents: a. Lack of knowledge, experience and training in the use of painting materials and equipment, b. Improper maintenance and storage of equipment. c. Failure to pre-check equipment for mechanical and structural flaws. d. Improper use of equipment. e. Failure to consider environmental conditions and existing hazards in work areas before, during and after painting operations. f. Personal carelessness. Accidents most frequently involve commonly used equipment. The most common and seri ous accidents, by far, are falls either from a height or on the ground because of a loss of footing. Falling or moving objects are the next most serious hazard. 3.2.2 Precautions and Prevention. Nothing should be taken for granted. Proper use of equipment must be taught to all personnel by 1 I 3r DUP030043604 qualified operators. Refresher courses on the (8) Do not use stepladders over 10 use of all equipment must be regularly- feet high. Never use one as a straight ladder. scheduled. Never stand on the top platform. 3.2.2.1 Equipment Check And Use. The (9) Place ladders so that the hori following basic procedures in setting up and zontal, distance from the top support to foot use of equipment are imperative to assure is at least !4 of the working length. Be safety standards and maximum protection of sure that the ladder is securely in place. all personnel. Rope off all doorways in front of the ladder a. Ladders: (1) Store wood ladders in a warm, and place warning signs. (See Figure 13.) (10) Use hand lines to raise or lower dry area protected from the weather and tools and materials. Do not overreach when ground. (2) Protect wood ladders with clear working on ladders. Move the ladder instead. (11) Never use metal ladders in coatings only, so that cracks, splinters or areas where contact with electric power lines other defects will be readily visible. is possible. (3) Inspect all ladders frequently Note: The use of portable metal lad for loose or bent parts, cracks, breaks or ders is not recommended by the Navy until a splinters. (4) All straight and extension lad satisfactory specification is approved by the Navy Department (NAVSO P-2455). ders must have safety shoes. These should be of insulating material for metal ladders. (See Figure 12.) (5) Do not use portable ladders greater in length than can be readily carried and placed by two men. Never splice ladders to form a longer ladder. (6) Pre-test all ladders and scaffold ing before use by placing horizontally with blocks under ends and "bouncing" in the center or walking along ladder or scaffold. (7) Extension ladders should have a minimum overlap of 15% for each section. (See Figure 13.) Ladder Safety Shoes. Figure 12. Ladder Safety Shoes. 3-7 DUP030043605 b. Scaffolding (See Figures 1U thru 21 for types of Scaffolding): (1) Inspect all parts before use. Re ject metal parts damaged by corrosion and wood parts with defects such as Checks, splits, unsound knots and decay. J I Figure 14. Double Pole or Independent Scaffolding. 3-8 DUP030043606 (2) Provide adequate sills or under pinnings when erecting on filled or soft ground. Be sure that scaffolds are plumb and level. Compensate for uneveness of the ground by blocking or using adjusting screws. (3) Anchor scaffolds to the wall about every 28 feet in length and 18 feet in height. Do not force braces to fit. Use hori zontal diagonal bracing at bottom and at every 30 feet in height. (4) Lumber should be straight grained. All nails should be driven full length and not subject to direct pull. (5) Provide guard railings regard less of height, on the full length of the scaf fold and also on the ends. (6) Erect scaffolding so that ladders are lined up from top to bottom. Always use ladders when climbing scaffolding. (7) Tubular pole scaffolds should be made of two inch O.D. galvanized steel tub ing or other corrosion resistant metal of equal strength. They should be erected or dismantled by experienced personnel only. Figure 15. Diagonal Bracing on Double Pole Scaffolding. 3-9 DUP030043607 VVV Figure 16. Single Pole Scaffolding-Corner Construction. 3-10 DUP030043608 Figure 17. Horse Scaffold, Three Tiers (Max. Height 15 Ft.) 3-11 DUP030043609 3-12 DUP030043610 55^5 Figure 19. Pipe Scaffolding. 3-13 DUP03004361 1 B I I Figure 21. Pipe Scaffolding One Man Assembly Type. Figure 20. Pipe Scaffolding Roller Outrigger Type. (8) Planking should have at least a two foot overlap. Secure well to wood scaf folding. Platforms should be made of plank ing of uniform thickness laid close together. They must overlap and be fastened at sup ports. Do not use planking for other pur poses ; paint them only at the ends to identify them. Nominal sizes of planking should be determined from Table 1 below. Values are given in pounds for loads at center and allow for weight of planking. (9) Test scaffolds and extensible planking (extended to working length) by raising them one foot off the ground and Table 1. Safe Center Loads for Scaffold Plank Span feet 2x8* 2x10* 2x12* 8x8* 3 x 10* 3x12* 6 200 255 310 525 665 805 8 150 190 230 390 500 605 10 120 155 185 315 400 485 12 100 130 155 265 335 405 14 -- 110 135 225 285 346 16 --r -- 115 195 250 305 Above values are for planks supported at the ends, wide side of plank face up, and with loads concen trated at the center of the span. For loads Uniformly distributed on the wide surface throughout the length, the safe loads may be twice those given in the table. Loads given are net and do not include the weight of the plank. If select structural coast region Douglas fir, merchantable structural longleaf southern pine, or dense structural square edge sound southern pine are used, above loads may be increased 25 percent. * Dressed sizes of planks, reading left to right, are: 1% x 1%, 1% x 9%, 1% x 11%, 2% x 7%, 2% x 9%, 2% x 11%, respectively. 3-14 DUP030043612 loading them with weights at least 4 times the anticipated working load, c. Rolling Towers: (1) Inspect all tower parts before use. Do not use parts which are damaged by corrosion, deterioration, or misuse. (2) Guy or tie off towers with heights more than three times the minimum base dimension, and fix towers at every 18 feet of elevation. Maintain stability of towers over 25 feet high with out-riggers or handling lines. Use horizontal diagonal bracing at bottom and at every height section. (3) Provide unit lock arms on all towers. Do not use casters less than 6 inches in diameter. Do not extend adjusting screws more than 12 inches. (4) Do not ride towers. Look where you are going when moving them. Do not attempt to move a tower without sufficient help, Apply all caster brakes when tower is stationary. d. Swinging Scaffolds, Swing Stages, Bosun Chairs. (See Figures 22 thru 2U): (1) Always read instructions on the proper use and maintenance of the equip ment. Follow prescribed load capacities. (2) Stages should be at least 27 inches wide and supplied with guard rails (not rope). (3) Only experienced personnel are to erect or operate stages. Check ropes and blocks before use by suspending stages one foot off the ground and loading at least 4 times the anticipated work load. Before locating on the job site, check for nearby electric power lines. Figure 22. Swinging Scaffold Ladder Platform Type. 3-15 DUP030043613 (4) Power stages should have free fall safety devices with hand controls in case of power failure. e. Ropes and Cables: (1) Store ropes and cables coiled in dry empty drums. (2) Use wire rope at least % inch diameter for platform slings; use manila rope at least % inch diameter in bosun chairs and life lines. Use proper clamps with wire rope, and proper knots and hitches when handling materials with manila rope. (See Figure 25.) (3) Inspect ropes frequently. Dis card if exposed to acid or excessive heat. Check for dry rot, brittleness or excessive wear. Never use frozen rope. (4) Inspect all wire ropes and cables frequently in accordance with current ser vice safety criteria. (5) Do not attempt to salvage rope or cable by splicing. f. Pressurized Equipment: These rules apply to all types of equipment used both for spraying and blasting. (1) Use only approved equipment. Use remote control deadman valves on high pressure equipment (60 lbs. or higher). These should be activated by the same air used for blasting or spraying. See Air Force Technical Orders T.O. 00-25-232N "High and Low Pressure Terminology" and T.O. 34Y11-171 "Hydrostatic Testing". (2) Conduct a hydrostatic test at least once, preferably twice a year. Test safety relief valves daily. (3) Use conductive hose. Ground nozzles, tanks and pressure equipment when in use, also object being sprayed. (See Figures 26 and 27.) (4) Store hose in dry areas. When in use, avoid sharp bends, especially when curved around an object. Secure high pres sure hose no more than 10 ft. from operator. (5) Never point gun or nozzle at anyone or any part of the body. When handling or carrying, hold by the grip and remove the fingers from the trigger. (6) Release all pressure before dis connecting any part of the equipment. 3-16 Figure 23. Bosun Chair. SECTION 3 - FIRE HAZARDS 3.3.! Causes. Most paint products are highly flammable and extremely dangerous when they or their vapors are exposed to open flames, sparks or excessive tempera tures. Flammable liquids and vapors, espe cially the latter, are, by far, the chief causes of fire and explosion. 3.3.1.1 Solvents. Most paint products are flammable because of the solvents they contain. These solvents are highly volatile, and some flash, in the presence of a flame, at temperatures below normal ambient paint ing temperatures. Thus, they may be safe in cold weather yet be potentially dangerous in midsummer. It is safer to use paint materials which will flash at temperatures significantly higher than painting tempera tures since environmental changes can quick ly change a safe condition to a dangerous one. DU P030043614 For example, mineral spirits, with a flash point of 105F, is considerably safer to use than V M & P Naphtha (benzine) which has a flash point of 50 F or less. Furthermore, a paint, varnish or lacquer containing a mix ture of solvents will flash at a temperature close to that of the most volatile solvent since this solvent vaporizes more quickly than the others. A low flashing paint mate rial cannot be made safe by blending with another having a higher flash point. Since low flashing solvents volatilize or vaporize readily, they are most likely to bring about high concentrations of vapor in enclosed Figure 24. Bosun Chair and Swinging Scaffold (Construction Details). 3-17 DUP030043615 spaces. This is especially true when spray ing, since spray paints usually contain low flashing solvents to accelerate drying. A spray gun which applies a pint to a quart of paint per minute will cause a much greater concentration of vapor than a dozen brush painters. Every gallon of solvent in the paint will create more than 100 gallons of poten tially dangerous gas or vapor. This condition is even more dangerous in confined spaces 3-18 Figure 25. Knots and Hitches Used in Painting Operations. DUP030043616 since it is possible to cause an explosion, if a critical ratio of solvent vapor to air is reached, in the presence of a flame or spark. This is why spray equipment must be grounded to prevent ignition by a spark from static electricity. Furthermore, solvent vapors, which are heavier than air, will move along the ground for dozens of yards from the area of application. For this rea son, all flames must be extinguished any where near the painting area. Flash points and flammable vapor/air limits of common paint solvents are given in Appendix C. 3,3.1.2 Oil Paints. Many exterior paints for wood and steel are based on raw or re fined linseed oil. These represent a very definite fire hazard if paint-soaked waste or wiping rags are allowed to remain lying around. As the paint dries, the oxidation of the oil can cause the temperature to rise to the point where the rag or waste material will ignite spontaneously. The situation is especially dangerous with rags contaminated with pure raw or boiled linseed oil. (See Figure 28.) 3.3.1.3 Other Paints. The majority of paints applied on site contain high flash sol vents (over 100F), therefore, are relatively low in hazard and require only normal pre cautions. However, some finishes represent an abnormal fire and explosion hazard. Among these are spray finishes as described Nozzle Conductive-type hose Non-locking plug-type connector Expansion-type steel bracelet for wrist of operator Magnetized steel contact roller (Use clip if steel surface is covered with paint or dirt.) Figure 27. Grounding of Blast Nozzle. 3-19 DUP030043617 Figure 28. Combustible Waste, Separate Containers. in 3.3.1.1 because of the low flashing solvents used. Others are nitrocellulose lacquers which burn rapidly because of the nitro cellulose present, and two-component prod ucts which are subject to spontaneous com bustion if mixed in large quantities. 3.3,2 Precautions and Prevention. Certain general rules regarding fire and explosion hazards apply to all situations. All paint materials should have complete label instruc tions which stipulate the potential fire haz ards and precautions to be taken. Painters must be continuously advised and reminded of the fire hazards that exist under the particular conditions of each job, so that they will be aware of the dangers involved and assure that the necessary precautions are taken and maintained. Fire fighting equipment, of the proper type, must always be readily available in the paint shop, spray room and work areas where a potential fire hazard exists. Electric wiring and equipment installed or used in the paint shop, including storage room and spray room, must conform to the applicable requirements of the Nation al Electrical Code for Hazardous Areas. 3.3.2.1 Specific Safety Measures. a. Prohibit smoking anywhere that paint is either stored, prepared for use or applied. b. Provide for adequate ventilation in all of these areas. c. Perform recurrent spray operations on portable items, e.g., signs, in an approved spray booth equipped with adequate ventila tion, a water wash system of fume removal and explosion proof electrical equipment. d. Wet down spray booth surfaces be fore cleaning thexn. e. Use rubber feet on metal ladders, and be certain that personnel working in hazardous areas use rubber soled shoes. f. Use non-sparking scrapers and brushes to clean metal surfaces where fire hazards are present. g. Wet down paint sweepings, rags and waste with water, and store in closed metal containers until disposed of in an approved manner. Do not burn in heaters or furnaces. (See Figure 29.) h. Extinguish all pilot lights on water heaters, furnaces and other open flame equip ment on all floors of the structure being painted. Be sure to turn the gas valve off, i. When painting in confined areas near machinery or electrical equipment, open all switches and tag them to prevent their being turned on inadvertently. j. Be sure that all mixers, pumps, mo tors, and lights used in the paint shop, spray room or on the job are explosion proof and electrically grounded. k. Use pails of sand (never sawdust) near dispensing pumps and spigots to ab sorb any spillage or overflow. l. During painting operations keep fire extinguishers nearby. Be sure that they are of the proper type. (See Table 2.) 3-20 DUP030043618 Table 2. Use the Proper Fire Extinguisher Choose from these 5 basic types of extinguishers Three Classes of Fires CLASS A FIRES Paper, wood, cloth, excel sior, rubbish, etc,, where quenching and cooling effect of Water is re quired. CLASS B FIRES Burning liquids (gasoline oil, paints, cooking fats, etc.) where smothering action is required. ' CLASS C FIRES Fires in live electrical equipment (motors, switches, appliances, etc.) where a non-con ducting extinguishing agent is required. CARBON DIOXIDE ........... Small surface fires only. YES Excellent Carbon dioxide leaves no residue, does not affect equipment or foodstuffs. YES Excellent Carbon doxide is a non conductor, leaves no res idue, will not damage equipment. YES YES Excellent Excellent u ................ Small surface fires only. Chemical absorbs heat and Chemical is a non-conduc releases smothering gas tor; fog of dry chemical on fire; chemical shields shields operator from I operator from heat. heat. YES Excellent NO NO WATER ......................... Water saturates material Water will spread fire, not Water, a conductor, should and prevents rekin put it out. not be used on live elec dling. trical equipment. FOAM ............................. YES Excellent Foam has both smother ing and wetting action. YES Excellent Smothering blanket does not dissipate, floats on top of most spilled liquids. NO Foam is a conductor and should never be used on live electrical equip ment. VAPORIZING LIQUID ..... Small surface fires only. YES Releases heavy smother ing gas on fire. YES Liquid is a non-conductor and will not damage equipment. m. Check ventilation and temperature regularly when working in confined areas. n. Consult with electricians before painting in areas where high voltage lines and equipment are located. o. Keep all work areas clear of ob structions. p. Clean up before, during and after painting operations. Dispose of sweepings and waste daily. SECTION 4-HEALTH HAZARDS 3.4.1 Causes. A variety of ingredients used in the manufacture of paint materials are injurious to the human body in varying degrees. While the body can withstand nom inal quantities of most of these poisons for relatively short periods of time, continuous or over exposure to them may have harmful effects. Furthermore, continued exposure to some may cause the body to become sensi tized so that subsequent contact, even in small amounts, may cause an aggravated reaction. To this extent, these materials are a very definite threat to the normally healthy individual and a serious danger to persons with chronic illnesses or disorders. These materials are divided into two major groups, i.e., toxic materials and skin irritating ma terials. S.U.1.1 Toxicity, Toxic materials may be present in the form of vapor, dust, or spray mist and may enter the body either 3-21 DUP030043619 Fire Vlatai'</*/ Figure 29. Keep Combustible Materials in Metal Waste Cans Tightly Covered. by breathing, swallowing or by absorption through the skin. Symptoms of excessive exposure can be irritation of the nasal mem branes, headache, dizziness, loss of appetite, nausea and fatigue. Typical examples of toxic materials are as follows: a. Pigments: The most common toxic pigments are lead-containing compounds and zinc chromate. Lead may be present in white or tinted paints as white lead ; in primers as lead chromate, red lead, or basic lead silico chromate, and in paint driers. Refer to the specification for the analysis, and take proper precautions if the level of toxic pigment is greater than 1 % of the total weight of solids in the dry paint film. b. Solvents: The maximum allowable concentrations (threshold limit values) for the common paint solvents are listed in Ap pendix C. Among the most toxic solvents are benzol (benzene), methyl (wood) alco hol and chlorinated solvents, e.g,, carbon tetrachloride. However, these solvents are rarely used in common paint materials. See also AFP 161--2-1/TB MED 265. c. Binders : Some binders or vehicles are toxic; for example: epoxies, amines, polyurethanes and polyesters. Avoid breath ing fumes and spray or contact with skin. Wash hands and face thoroughly before eat ing or smoking. 34.1.2 Dermatitis, Dermatitic materials affect the skin. The skin becomes irritated and, if left untreated, infection can set in and progress to allergic sensitization and finally to incapacitation and hospitalization. Typical examples of dermatitic materials are: a. Solvents : All solvents tend to re move natural oils and fats from the skin, leaving it dry, chapped, irritated, and sensi tive to infection. The milder solvents, such as mineral spirits, are not as irritating to the skin as the stronger solvents such as tur pentine, xylol (xylene), MEK (methyl ethyl ketone) or methylene chloride. (Methylene chloride is the most common solvent used in non-flammable paint removers.) b. Resins and Resin Hardeners : Epoxy resins, amine hardeners, and some urethane and polyester resins irritate the skin and should be handled with special care. 34.1.3 Other Hazardous Materials. The following materials are also dangerous if handled carelessly: a. Corrosive agents in paint removers and paint brush cleaners, e.g., phenol (car bolic acid). b. Acid and alkaline cleaners; acid component of wash primer. 3.4.2 Precautions and Prevention, Health hazards can easily be avoided by a common sense approach of avoiding unnecessary con tact with hazardous materials and by strict adherence to established safety measures. See 3-22 I I DUP030043620 Air Force Regulations AFR 161-10 "Pre cautionary Measures for Handling Solvents" and AFR 1.61-18 "Use of Potentially Toxic and Hazardous Materials". 3.U.2.1 Specific Safety Measures. The following rules should always be strictly ob served : a. Toxic or dermatitic materials must be properly identified and kept tightly sealed when not in use. b. Designate a competent person to check the operation of paint spray booths. Check at regular intervals to insure that the equipment is in a safe and proper operating condition. c. Be sure that ventilation is adequate in all painting areas. Provide artificial ven tilation where natural ventilation is inade quate. Use supplied air respirators, if neces sary. d. Spray all portable items within ex haust ventilated booths especially designed for that purpose. e. Wear goggles and the proper type of respirator when spraying, blast cleaning or performing any operation where any ab normal amount of vapor, mist or dust is formed. f. When handling dermatitic materials, use protective creams or preferably gloves, and wear appropriate clothing. Change and clean work clothing regularly. g. Avoid touching any part of the body, especially the face, when handling derma titic materials. Wash hands and face thor oughly before eating and at the end of the day. S.^.2.2 First Aid. First aid kits must be well stocked with fresh materials and be available and easily accessible during any painting operation. All personnel should be able to give emergency aid. However, any illness must be reported to the medical and industrial safety departments, regardless of whether or not it appears to be serious. Some toxic materials do not take full effect for days. SECTION 5 - HEALTH SERVICES 3.5.1 Medical Department. The foreman must consult with the installation medical department regarding any questions or prob lems relating to the personal health and hy giene of the men assigned to him. Decisions in this area are to be made by the installa tion medical officer and must be strictly followed. Recommendations made by the medical department are to be presented to the painting crew and enforced by the fore man. 3.5.2 Medical Examinations and Records. All painting personnel are initially required to have thorough medical examinations with the results entered into their permanent record files. Subsequent examinations may be required periodically before personnel as signed to the painting crew can be exposed to any job or paint material considered to be at all hazardous. The foreman will also im mediately request a medical examination of any person suspected of having an illness or affliction which may have been the result of painting operations, or which may be aggra vated by intended painting operations. 3-23 DUP030043621 DUP030043622 Chapter 4 PAINTING OPERATIONS SECTION 1 - PAINT SHOP 4.1.1 Functions. The paint shop is used for storage, paint preparation and painting of small items. It provides storage space for painting equipment and limited stocks of paints and paint materials. It is used for preparing paints for field use, i.e., condition ing, mixing, limited testing, thinning and straining. Special ventilated booths are lo cated in the paint shop for spraying and drying small items. Lettering and sign painting are also done in this area. 4.1.2 Planning and Layout. Locate the paint shop in a firesafe area with all paint storage cabinets of non-combustible construc tion (see 4.2.3). Provide adequate space, facilities, heating, lighting and mechanical ventilation for storage, paint preparation and sign painting. Facilities include spray booths large enough to allow spraying of the largest anticipated signs or other items which will be painted. These booths should be of the water-wash type, capable of remov ing all fumes without leaving any solvent vapor in the working area. Provide all nec essary safety equipment (see Chapter 3) and post appropriate warning signs desig nating danger areas within the shop. For example, paint storage cabinets should be marked, "Danger, Flammable. Keep Flame and Excessive Heat Away", "No Smoking" signs should be posted at several locations within the shop. Equip the paint shop with all equipment, tools and supplies required for paint mixing, limited testing, thinning and straining, surface preparation and applica tion by brush, roller or spray. Also provide all doors, windows and equipment storage spaces with adequate locking devices. 4.1.3 Equipment Operation and Maintenance. Cleaning of spray booths, either by scraping or high pressure washdown, should be per formed at frequent intervals. Apply a thin coating of a water soluble material such as a liquid soap to the walls of spray booths to collect excess spray. See Standard No. 33 of the National Fire Protection Association for details concerning the operation and maintenance of paint spray booths and associated equipment. SECTION 2 - PAINT MATERIALS 4.2.1 Procurement. Purchase all paint materials in accordance with applicable pro curement regulations. Procurement is to be by requisition, competitive bids, or by open market purchases. Procurement by open market purchases is to be undertaken only for small orders when rapid delivery is essential, or for special projects. Refer to General Services Admin istration Federal Supply Service Stores Stock Catalog for paint materials available from their stock. 4.2.2 Sampling and Testing. Specification paint materials furnished by a contractor or procured on the open market will be tested to determine acceptability before use. Tests will be made by a qualified government or qualified independent testing laboratory to insure compliance with applicable specifica tions. Limited testing will also be done just prior to use (see 4.2.2.2). It.2.2.1 Sampling Procedure. Select sam ples from each lot of paint purchased by the government or supplied by the painting con tractor. A representative of the contractor 4-1 DUP030043623 should be present to certify, in writing, that the sample was properly taken. Samples will be a full gallon if the paint is delivered in gallon containers, or two quarts if the paint is delivered in other sizes. Before taking a sample from a larger container, mix the paint thoroughly until it is of the same con sistency from top to bottom. Inspect con tainers to determine that full measure has been received. Eecord the following on each sample container: a. Number and exact title of specifica tion including amendment or revisions, also class or type of paint. b. Manufacturer's name and address. c. Contractor's name and contract number when applicable. d-. Batch or lot number. e. Date of manufacture. f. Number of gallons represented by the sample. Forward the samples to the laboratory with a written request for the tests required, whether for full compliance or the specific test desired. Include the above information in the request form. U.2.2.2 Inspection and Paint Shop Test ing. It should not be necessary to sample paint materials when it is known, by actual test, that the paint complies with specifica tion requirements. Limited testing should be done when preparing the paint for use and during painting operations by contractors, to determine if paints have been adulterated. Limited field testing should not be considered as a substitute for standard professional laboratory techniques. Field testing does serve to discover major flaws or adulteration in a coating material. Sampling on the job is done by the paint inspector or his qualified representative (see 4.2.2.1). Check for the following properties: a. Weight per Gallon: Weigh an empty gallon can ; then weigh a full gallon of the paint. The difference between these two weights gives a close enough approximation to the number of pounds of material which are included in each gallon of paint. The result should be within the requirements out lined in the product specification. Any great er variation may indicate improper mixing or unauthorized addition of thinners. b. Application Properties, Dry Time, And Appearance: Brush the paint on to a substrate which is similar to the substrate which will be coated and hang it vertically to dry. If the paint is intended for brush application, note its brushing qualities. Check to see if it dries within the specification limits. After it has dried, note its appearance and compare it with specification standards for such prop erties as gloss, color, leveling and resistance to sagging. 4.2.3 Materials Storage. U.2.3.1 Storage Areas. Store paint ma terials in warm, dry and well ventilated areas. The best temperature range is 65F to 85F. Low temperatures cause paints to in crease in viscosity and require conditioning for 24 hours before use. Freezing tempera tures may ruin water-thinned paints and may also cause containers to bulge or burst. Conversely, high temperatures will cause paints to thin down and settle more rapidly. If the coating material is sensitive to heat, temperatures over 100 F may bring about reactivity within the container resulting in a viscosity increase to the point of gelation. Such paints are then not usable. Also, pres sure build-up may cause covers to blow off, creating a serious fire hazard. Application is seriously affected when paint materials are drawn from stocks in overly cold or warm storage. Additional conditioning time and efforts are required to assure proper applica tion and maximum surface protection. Other factors to be considered are high humidity which causes containers to corrode and labels to deteriorate, and poor ventilation which allows the collection of excessive concentra tions of solvent vapors that are both toxic and combustible. Pumps for drawing liquids from steel drums must be types approved by fire underwriters. Do not use gravity spigots other than self-closing types for this pur pose. Stock should be stored so that all labels can easily be read and so that containers can be rotated to use up older material first. 4-2 DUP030043624 Provide an orderly method of maintaining SECTION 3 - PAINT CONDITIONING records of paints entered into storage as well AND MIXING as an appropriate system of arranging paint S8&SSS materials in storage to be certain that all 4.3.1 General. Essentially, paints consist like types and colors are kept in their desig of two principal components--the solid pig nated sections. ment and the liquid vehicle. The purpose of conditioning and mixing is to redisperse or J4..2.3.2 Issue. Issue paint materials so reblend settled pigment with the vehicle, to that oldest stocks are used first. Make all eliminate lumps, skins or other detriments paints ready for use before issuance, e.g., conditioned at the proper temperature and mixed thoroughly. Avoid using left-over to proper application, and to bring the paint materials to their proper application tem perature. All paint materials should be paint but, if necessary to do so, condition and placed in the paint shop at least twenty-four strain before issuance. hours before use in order to bring their U.2.3.3 Containers. Store paint material in full, tightly sealed containers. Avoid par tially filled containers. Try to use paint on the job so as to have little or none left over temperatures between 65F and 85F. After this time paints are mixed, thinned or tinted if specified, and finally are strained, if necessary. (accuracy in advance estimating will accom 4.3.2 Mixing. Mix paint materials in the plish this). It is safer to discard small paint shop just prior to issuance. Mixing quantities than to use paint that has skinned. procedures will vary among different types Otherwise, place leftover paint in smaller of paints. Regardless of the procedure used, .^1 containers, filling them full, and seal. Be cer take care to avoid the incorporation of an tain to copy all information from the original excess of air through overmixing. Table 3 container and mark this directly on the new outlines the type of equipment and pro container as follows: cedure to be followed for various types of a. Name or title of paint b. Specification number c. Stock number d. Manufacturer e. Date of manufacture coatings. Mixing is done by either manual or mechanical methods, but the latter is definitely preferred to insure maximum uni formity, The two most commonly used types of mechanical mixers are those which vibrate the full, sealed container, and those which f. Contents by volume utilize propellers that are inserted into the g. Color h. Batch number i. Instructions for use. paint. Vibrating shakers are used for full containers, up to 5 gallons. Propeller mixers are used for containers ranging from 1 quart or larger. (See Figures 30 through 32.) U.2.3.U Storage. Store smaller contain Manual mixing is less efficient than mechan ers, e.g., 1/4, 1, 2 and 5 gallon cans, on ical methods in terms of time, effort and re shelves or in cabinets constructed of non- sults. It is to be done only when absolutely combustible materials. Store full drums ei necessary and should be limited to containers ther vertically on concrete floors or horizon no larger than one gallon. Five gallon con tally on steel raeks. Refill partially used tainers may be stirred manually, if done drums into 5-gallon cans to prevent skin with care. To accomplish this, half of the ning. Storage spaces must be firesafe (See paint is poured off into an empty container NFPA Standard No. 30 for guidance) . For and the remainder is then stirred thorough bid smoking or open flames in the area. Post ly, being certain to scrape off and break up all necessary precautionary signs through any settled matter on the bottom or lower out the area. Take adequate safeguards as sides of the container. Stirring is continued to temperature, humidity and ventilation as the other half of the paint is returned (see 4.2.3.1). slowly to the original container. The stirred 4-3 DUP030043625 Coating Enamel, semigloss or flat paints (oil type), Water based paints (latex type). Clear finishes ......................... Extremely viscous finishes, e.g., coal tar paints. Two package metallic paints, e.g., aluminum paint. Two Component Systems............. Table 3. MIXING PROCEDURES Equipment Remarks Manual, propeller or shaker..... Mix until homogeneous. Manual or propeller ...................... Manual, propeller or shaker..... Propeller ...................................... Propeller .................................... Propeller or shaker...................... Use extreme care to avoid air entrapment. Generally require little or no mix ing. Use extreme care to avoid air entrapment. Add small amount of liquid to paste; mix well. Slowly add re mainder of vehicle, while stir ring, until coating is homogene ous. With metallic powder, first make into a paste with solvent, and then proceed as above. Mix until homogeneous. Check label for Special instructions. Figure 30. Paint Mixer-Drill Attachment. Figure 31. Paint Mixer-Vibrating Shaker. 1 paint must have a completely blended ap pearance with no evidence of varicolored swirls at the top, indicating unmixed pig ment or vehicle. Neither should there be evi dence of lumps indicating the presence of unredispersed solids or foreign matter. (See Figure 33.) it-.3.2.1 Sequence of Operations. Com plete conditioning and mixing of ready mixed paints (as received) is mandatory prior to introducing thinners or other additives, and these must be thoroughly blended into the paint after being introduced. In addition, use the same conditioning procedures for all components of multi-component paint mate rials before mixing. Manufacturers' label directions regarding proper mixing are to be strictly followed. 4.3.2.2 Boxing. Paints tend to settle during storage. To assure that they are uni form, box all paints before use. (See Figure 33.) If different production batches are used (check batch nos.), compare them for color and gloss after boxing. If any differences are observed, either use them in different areas or box enough for the job using larger containers. 4.3.3 Tinting, Avoid tinting as a gen eral practice. Purchase paints in the desired color to minimize waste and errors in on-thejob tinting. This procedure also eliminates 4-4 I DUP030043626 not tint chalking type exterior paint except for identification of intermediate coats. U.B.S.1 Tinting Colors. There are two types of colors used for tinting: colors-in- oil and universal tinting colors. a. Colors-in-Oil are limited to use with standard paints based on oil, alkyd resin, chlorinated rubber and butadiene styrene resin. They cannot be used with the other synthetics or with water thinned paints. b. Universal Tinting Colors are used in the same manner as colors-in-oil. They are much more compatible with a wide vari ety of paint materials. Many can be used with both solvent-thinned and water-thinned paints. Follow the manufacturer's directions carefully when using these products, Jf.,3.3.2 Tinting Procedure. When tint ing is necessary, it should be done in the paint shop, and only by experienced per sonnel. The paint must be at application viscosity before tinting. Colorants must be compatible, fresh and fluid, so as to mix in readily. Mechanical agitation is of utmost im portance to insure uniform color distribution throughout the applied paint. Avoid over- mixing (see 4.3.2). Test the resultant color by applying the paint and allowing it to dry for comparison with the manufacturer's ref erence chip, if one is used. Maintain a writ ten record of the tinting formula and mark the container appropriately. Also apply a spot of the final paint to the can cover as a Figure 32. Paint Mixer-Propeller Type. further reference. 4.3.4 Straining. Paint in freshly opened containers should not normally require fiiSSiJM the problem of matching special colors at a later date. One exception is the tinting of intermediate coats which is done to differ entiate between that coat and the topcoat so as to assure that there are no missed areas. Tinting colors affect the properties of the paint to which they are added, often reducing performance to some extent. Tinting should be done with care. Use only colors which are known to be compatible, and, add no more than 4 ozs. per gallon of paint, if at all possi straining. In all instances, however, strain paints after mixing, if there is any evidence of skins, lumps, color flecks or foreign ma terials. First remove skins from the paint surface, thoroughly mix the paint, thin to application viscosity, if necessary, e.g., for spraying, then strain through a fine sieve or commercial paint strainer. Use straining as a standard procedure in all instances where the paint is to be applied by spray to avoid clogging of the spray gun. ble. Never use more than 8 ozs. per gallon, 4.3.5 Thinning. Paints should be ready otherwise, the paint may not dry well and for application by brush or roller when re will surely be degraded in performance. Do ceived. While thinning is frequently re- 4-5 - &SSS SK DUP030043627 Four off thin portion into a rtran container. Stir tlie settled paste, breaking up the lumps, if any. For gallon cans, use a paddle about l!s inches wide. Mix thoroughly, using a figure 8 motion. Then fol low with a lift ing and beating motion. Continue stir ring while gradu ally returning the poured-off portion to the original container. Box paint liy pouring several times back and forth from one rontainer to the other until uni form. Figure 33. Manual Mixing and Boxing. quired for spray application, avoid the arbi trary addition of thinners to any coating. Unnecessary or excessive thinning results in an inadequate film thickness, and drastically reduces the longevity and protective qual ities of the applied coating. In ail instances, measure the viscosity of the material to de termine that it is correct for the method of application as established by the manufac turer. When thinning is necessary, it is to be done by competent personnel using only compatible thinning agents recommended in label or specification instructions. Thinner can be added for brush or roller application with only prior approval of the supervisor or inspector. Do not thin to improve brush ing or rolling of paint materials which are overly cold. These should be pre-conditioned to bring them up to 65F to 85F- SECTION 4 - PREPARATION OF SURFACES 4.4.1 General. Proper preparation of the surface prior to painting is essential to 4-6 achieve maximum life of the coating. The best quality paint will not perform effectively if applied on a poorly prepared surface. The initial cost of adequate surface preparation is more than compensated for by increased durability, minimum repairs and repainting. The selection of surface preparation systems is dependent upon : a. nature of substrate b. condition of surface to be painted c. type of exposure d. practical limitations, i.e., time, loca tion, space, and the availability of equipment e. economic considerations f. type of paint to be applied g. safety factors. Many surface contaminants reduce adhesion and cause blistering, peeling, flaking, and underfilm rusting. Among these contami nants are: dirt, grease, rust, rust scale, mill scale, chemicals, moisture and efflorescence. In addition, the following surface defects will affect adhesion adversely: irregular weld II DUP030043628 areas, metal burrs, crevices, sharp edges, irregular areas, weld splatter, weld flux, knots, splinters, nail holes, loose aggregates and old paints in various stages of failure. Because of its importance, methods of pre paring iron and steel for painting are given particular emphasis in the folowing para graphs. 4.4.2 Mechanical Treatment. U.U.2.1 Hand Cleaning. Hand cleaning will remove only loose or loosely adhering surface contaminants. These include rust scale, loose rust, mill scale and loosely ad hering paint. Hand cleaning is not to be considered an appropriate procedure for re moving tight mill scale and all traces of rust. In general terms, hand cleaning cannot be expected to do more than remove major surface contamination. As such, it is pri marily recommended for spot-cleaning in areas where corrosion is not a serious factor. In extreme situations, as when areas are not accessible to power tools, hand cleaning may have to be used by necessity. Inasmuch as hand cleaning will remove only the loosest contamination, primers are required which will thoroughly wet the surface. All applied coats must be capable of overcoming the interference of contaminants left behind after hand cleaning to achieve satisfactory adhesion, assuring maximum anticipated coating life under normal conditions. Before hand cleaning, the surface must be free of oil, grease, dirt and chemicals. This can best be accomplished with solvent cleaners (see 4.4.3). Then remove rust scale and heavy build-up of old coatings with impact tools such as chipping hammers, chisels and scalers. Remove loose mill scale and non adhering paint with wire brushes and scrapers. Finish up by sanding, especially on woodwork. All work must be done to avoid deep marking or scratches on the sur face by the tools used, (See Figure 34.) Start painting as soon as possible after clean ing, U.U.2.2 Power Tool Cleaning. Power tool cleaning methods provide faster and more adequate surface preparation than hand tool methods. Power tools are used for removing Figure 34. Hand Cleaning Topis. small amounts of tightly adhering contami nants which hand tools cannot remove, but they remain uneconomical and time con suming as compared with blasting for large area removal of tight mill scale, rust or old coatings. Power tools are driven either elec trically or pneumatically and include a vari ety of attachments for the basic units. Chip ping hammers are used for removing tight rust, mill scale and heavy paint coats. Rotary and needle scalers are used for removing rust, mill scale and old paint from large metallic and masonry areas. Wire brushes (cup or radial) are used for removing loose mill scale, old paint, weld flux, slag and dirt deposits. Grinders and sanders are used for complete removal of old paint, rust or mill scale on small surfaces and for smoothing rough surfaces. As with hand tools, care must be exercised with power impact and grinding tools not to cut too deeply into the surface, since this may result in burrs that are difficult to protect satisfactorily. Care must also be taken when using wire brushes to avoid polishing metal surfaces and thus prevent adequate adhesion of the subsequent coatings. Power tool cleaning is to be pre ceded by solvent or chemical treatment (see 4.4.3) and painting must be started and completed as soon after power cleaning as possible. (See Figures 35 thru 40.) U.U.2.B Flame Cleaning. (For Metal Only) Flame cleaning is a method of passing high-velocity, oxy-acetylene flames over a metal surface. This method is satisfactory 4-7 DUP030043629 Figure 35. Typical Power Grinding Tool. Figure 37. Power Tool Wire Brushes. Figure 36. Air Powered Cleaning Tools. for both new and maintenance Work. Oil and grease must be removed prior to flame cleaning both for safety and adequacy of preparation. Wire brushing normally follows flame cleaning to remove loose matter. Ex treme caution is necessary to prevent acci- dents from the flame, and adequate ventila tion must be provided during the process. The coating is applied while the substrate is still warm, thereby speeding up drying time and also permitting painting when ambient temperatures are somewhat below 50F. However, avoid painting until com pletion of the cleaning operation because the flame presents a definite fire hazard with solvent thinned paints. (See Figures 41 and 42.) See also Steel Structures Paint ing Council SSPC-SP4. U.U.2.U Blast Cleaning. Blast cleaning abrades and cleans through the high velocity 4-8 DUP030043630 r Figure 38. Typical Drill Attachment' Tool. Figure 41. Flame Cleaning Equipment. Figure 39. Rotary Impact Cleaning Tool. Figure 42. Flame Cleaning. Figure 40. Needle Scaler. impact of sand, metal shot, metal or syn thetic grit or other abrasive particles on the surface. Blast cleaning is most often used on metal structures in the field but may also be used, with caution, on masonry substrates. It is, by far, the most thorough of all mechanical treatments. There are four degrees of blast cleaning. Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) Manual No. 2 should be referred to for greater detail. a. White Metal Blast: (SSPC-SP 5) Blast cleaning to white metal is the ultimate in blast cleaning. It is used for coatings which must withstand exposure to very cor rosive atmospheres, where a high cost of 4-9 DUP030043631 surface preparation is considered to be war ranted. Blast cleaning to white metal pro vides for the complete removal of all rust, mill scale and other contaminants from the surface. This will assist in maximum paint system performance. b. Near-White Metal Blast : (SSPC-SP 10) In this procedure the blasted surface will show shadows, streaks and/or discolorations but they will appear across the general sur face area and not be concentrated in spots. Thus, the evaluation of the completed clean ing job must be of a visual judgment. This preparation effects a 10% to 35% savings over white metal blasting and has proven to be sufficiently adequate for many of the special coatings developed for long-term pro tection in moderately severe environments. c. Commercial Blast: (SSPC-SP 6) Commercial blast describes the removal of all loose scale, rust and other surface con taminants. This method of surface prepara tion will result in a high degree of cleaning, and is generally considered adequate to the long life of the majority of paint systems under normal exposure conditions. d. Brush-Off Blasting: (SSPC-SP 7) This is a relatively low cost method of clean ing to remove old finishes in poor condition, loose rust and loose mill scale. Brush-off blasting is not intended for use where severe corrosion is prevalent, but is, instead, in tended to supplant hand tool and power tool cleaning where blast cleaning equipment is available. The brush-off method is also used for the removal of loose or degraded paint from masonry. (See Table 4.) Table u. RATE OF CLEANING (Approximate cleaning rates using 100 PSI with a 5/16 inch nozzle.) sq. ft. per hour White-Metal...,................. 100 Near-White ................... Commercial .............................. Brush-Off ............ 175 870 870 Jt.U.2.5 Procedures. Blast cleaning in volves the high velocity impact of abrasive particles on the surface. The abrasive is dis charged, either wet or dry, under pressure. The wet system differs from the dry in that water, or a solution of water and a rust in hibitor, is incorporated with the blast abra sive. The water is either mixed with the abrasive in the pressure tank or is intro duced into the blast stream just behind or just in front of the blast nozzle. All blasted metal surfaces require that prime painting be started and completed the same day to prevent new rust from forming, since such blast cleaned surfaces are subject to rapid rusting if not coated. Metal or synthetic shot, grit or similar abrasives are used where recovery of the abrasive is possible. Sand is used when the agent is expendable, but this is a costly procedure. The grit, in any case, must be of a size sufficient to remove Surface contamination without working the surface to excess. Overworking creates ex treme peaks and valleys (anchor pattern) on the surface which require an additional buildup of the applied paint film for adequate protection. The peaks, even then, if too high, Table S. EFFECT OF ABRASIVE* Average Rate Max. Height of Mesh Sq. ft./hr. Profile (mils) Steel grit (dry honing) .............. .......... ............ 100 120 1.5 Ottawa Sand--Very fine..................... 80 175 1.5 Ottawa Sand--Fine................ .......................... 40 150 1.5 Ottawa Sand--Medium.................. ........... 18 115 2.0 Ottawa Sand--Coarse............................... . 12 90 2.8 Iron grit--Fine.......... ^....................................... 50 100 2.0 Iron grit--Medium.................... ........................ 25 65 8.2 Iron grit--Coarse........................... .................. 16 60 4.5 Iron shot.......................................... ............ 30 110 2.0 Iron shot.................... ........ .......... .................... 18 75 2.5 * 80 PSI using 5/16 in. Venturi nozzle at 18-24 ins. from mill scale covered mild steel plate. 4-10 I DUP030043632 represent possible areas of premature paint failure. (See Table 5.) a. Dry Blasting': There are two general methods of dry blasting; conventional and vacuum. (1) Conventional blasting. Conven tional blast cleaning is a term used to desig nate the usual method of field blasting, in which no effort is made to alleviate the dust hazard or reclaim the blast abrasive. (See Figures 48 and 44.) This procedure pre cludes the need for special rinsing, as re quired for wet blasting, but requires that health precautions be taken to protect the operator and other personnel in the area from the fine, abrasive dust. Machinery in the vicinity must also be shielded. After blasting, the surface must be brushed, vacu umed, or air-cleaned to remove residues or trapped grit. (2) Vacuum blasting. Vacuum blast ing is a relatively new method, which mini mizes the dust hazard and in which the blast abrasive is reclaimed. (See Figure 45.) This procedure, also known as dry honing, pro vides for practically no dust to escape and Figure 43. Dry Blast Cleaning Setup. intermittent Continuous Figure 44. Direct Pressure Blast Cleaning Tanks. 4-11 DUP030043633 Figure 45. Vacuum Blast Cleaner. ing and rinsing water. The blasted surface must be thoroughly dry before coatings are applied. c. Centrifugal Blaster : (See Figures 47 and 48) Large steel plates can be blast cleaned automatically and uniformly before erection. The Wheelabrator is a piece of equipment commonly used for this purpose. The abrasive grit is dropped into a spinning contaminate the atmosphere. The vacuum method of blasting is less efficient than con ventional blasting methods on highly irregu lar surfaces because of the poor vacuum on such surfaces. When the blasting cone is held firmly against the surface to prevent abrasive loss, and the surface is heavily con taminated with rust, algae, or other foreign matter, the machine may not be able to func tion more than a short time without becoming clogged. In such instances the vacuum blaster is used as a semi-open blasting device, i.e., the cone containing the nozzle is held at a slight distance away from the surface. The dust created is appreciable (workmen must wear respirators) but not nearly as great as with conventional blasting equip ment. However, vacuum blasting is very efficient and economical for cleaning repeti tive, small-scale surfaces in a shop. The process results in considerable savings in abrasive costs, and also reduces the dust and health hazard. b. Wet Blasting: (See Figure 46) This method reduces to a minimum the dust associated with blasting, but is not suitable for all types of work. Steel structures, con taining a large number of ledges formed by upturned angles and horizontal girders, pre sent a large amount of troublesome cleanup work if the Wet method of blasting is used. Wet sand and other blast residues trapped on these ledges are more difficult to remove than dry materials. Also, a sufficient amount of sludge adheres to wet blasted surfaces to necessitate removal by rinsing, brushing, or compressed air. Moreover, there is a ten dency for the wet-blasted surface to rust even though inhibitor is present in the mix- WATER AIR 3 SAND v. STANDARD SANDBLAST NOZZLE Cross section view of wet blast attachment which sucks water from any water supply for wet blast cleaning. Figure 46. Wet Blast Attachment. Figure 47. Centrifugal Blaster--Cutaway View. 4-12 For Descaling STRUCTURALS Figure 48. Centrifugal Blasting. 4-13 DUP030043635 vaned wheel at a controlled rate. The grit is thus impinged against the steel plate mov ing beneath it at a predetermined rate. The result is a controlled, uniformly cleaned sur face. U-U.2.6 Precautions. Use goggles, gloves and dust respirators for all mechanical clean ing operations which create a threat to the health and safety of personnel. (See Chap ter 3 and Figure 43.) Large amounts of surface grease or oil must be removed by solvent cleaning, prior to blasting (See 4.4.3.1). Avoid dry blasting if temperature of the steel is less than 5F above the dew point to prevent condensation and subse quent rusting. U.U.2.7 Summary. The principal me chanical surface preparation methods can be classified into four categories according to their increasing order of effectiveness: Class 1: Nominal cleaning with hand or power tools where the corrosive en vironment is mild to normal, and coatings used will satisfactorily adhere to tight residues normally remaining on surfaces after clean ing. Class 2: A better grade of surface prepara tion through flame cleaning or brush-off blasting. It extends the life of the applied coating when the severity of the environment in creases. Class 3: Commercial blast cleaning for preparation required in moderately corrosive atmospheres including immersion in water and exposure to industrial or marine environ ments. Class U: The optimum cleaning procedure including white metal or nearwhite blasting of ferrous metal surfaces exposed to, or in direct contact with strong chemieals, where any degree of rust forma tion on the surface would be in tolerable or when maximum coat ing life demands warrant the ulti mate in preparation procedures. Refer to "Pictorial Surface Preparation 4-14 Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces"-- Steel Structures Painting Council SSPCVIS 1 and ASTM Standard D2200. See also Table 6, "Treatment of Various Sub strates". 4.4.3 Chemical and Solvent Treatment. U.U-2.1 Solvent Wiping and Degreasing. Solvent cleaning is a procedure for remov ing oil, grease, dirt, chemical paint stripper residues and other foreign matter from the surfaces prior to painting or mechanical treatment. Solvents clean by dissolving and diluting to permit contaminants to be wiped or washed off the surface. The simplest pro cedure is to first remove soil, cement spatter and other dry materials with a wire brush. The surface is then scrubbed with brushes or rags saturated with solvent. Clean rags are used for rinsing and wiping dry. More effective methods include immersing the work in the solvent or spraying solvent over the surface. In either case, the solvent quickly becomes contaminated, so it is essential that several clean solvent rinses be applied to the surface. Mineral spirits is an effective solvent for cleaning under normal condi tions. Toxic solvents and solvents with low flash points represent hazards to health and safety. Appendix C lists the flash points and relative toxicity of common solvents. Do not use a solvent for cleaning if its flash point is below 100 F, or its maximum allow able concentration (M.A.C.) is less than 100 parts per million. Rags must be placed in fireproof containers after use. Review Chap ter 3, "Safety". U.U.3.2 Alkali Cleaning, Alkali cleaning is more efficient, less costly and less hazard ous than solvent cleaning, but is more dif ficult to carry Out. Alkaline cleaners are dis solved in water and used at relatively high temperatures (150F-200F) since cleaning efficiency increases with temperature. Alka lis attack oil and grease, converting them into soapy residues that wash away with water. Other active ingredients contained in the alkali cleaners aid in removing sur face dirt and other contaminants such as mildew. These cleaners are also effective in removing old paint by saponifying the DUP030043636 Table 6. TREATMENT OF VARIOUS SUBSTRATES Mechanical Wood Hand Cleaning...................... ........................................... S Power Tool Cleaning........................... ,................... S* Flame Cleaning ........................................................................ , Blast Cleaning: Brush-Off .......... ........................ ........ --..............., ------ All Other ................................................................................... Metal Steel Other SS S SS s Chemical and Solvent Solvent Cleaning.....................................................,... S ss Alkali Cleaning.........................................................................., s Steam Cleaning.................................................. ......................... s Acid Cleaning .......................................... ............ ....................... s Pickling .......................................... ................................................. s Pretreatments Hot Phosphate ............................... .......... .................--. Cold Phosphate ............................. ................................................ Wash Primers ............................................ ,........................... s Conditioners, Sealers and Fillers Conditioners ........................................................ ........................... Sealers.............................. .................................................. S Fillers ......... ............... ................,.................................... S S--Satisfactory for use as indicated * --Sanding only Concrete Masonry S S Plaster Wallboard S ......... .. S S s s s s dried vehicle. The most commonly used alka line cleaners are trisodium phosphate, caus tic soda and silicated alkalis. They can be applied by brushing, scrubbing, spraying or by immersion of the surface into soak tanks. Thorough water rinses are absolutely necessary to remove the soapy residue as well as all traces of alkali, to avoid reactivity with the applied paint. Otherwise, cleaning may do more harm than good. The water should be hot and, preferably, applied under pressure. If used on steel, these cleaners should contain 0.1% chromic acid or potas sium dichromate to prevent corrosion. Uni versal pH test paper, placed against the wet steel, should be used to check for the presence of free alkali after rinsing. Do not use alkali cleaners on aluminum or stainless steel. U.Jp.S.3 Steam Cleaning. Steam or hot water under pressure is used in this method of cleaning. A detergent should be included for added effectiveness. The steam or hot water removes oil and grease by liquefying them because of the high temperature, then emulsifying them and diluting them with water. When used on old paint, the vehicle is swelled so that it loses its adhesiveness and is easily removed. Steam or hot water alone is commonly used to remove heavy dirt deposits, soot and grime. Wire brushing and/or brush-off blast cleaning may be nec essary to augment the steam cleaning process by removing remaining residues. U.U-3.U Acid Cleaning, This method is used for cleaning iron, steel, concrete and masonry by treating them with an acid solution. a. Iron and Steel: These surfaces are treated with solutions of phosphoric acid containing small amounts of solvent, deter gent and wetting agent. (Do not use on alu minum or stainless steel.) Such cleaning effectively removes oil, grease, dirt and other foreign contaminants. In addition (and unlike alkali cleaners), it also removes light rust and faintly etches the surface to assure better adhesion of ap plied coatings. There are many types of phosphoric acid metal cleaners and rust re movers, each formulated to perform a spe cific cleaning job. There also are four basic 4-15 DUP030043637 methods of using acid cleaners and each requires a variation in the phosphoric acid concentration as well as a different detergent system. The methods are : Wash-off--This involves the application of the cleaner, a time allowance for it to act, a thorough rinsing and a drying period before painting. Wipe-off--This is used when rinsing is im practical and involves the application of the cleaner, a time allowance for it to act, wiping of the surface with clean, damp cloths, final wiping with clean dry cloths and a drying period prior to painting. Hot-dip--This involves immersion of the work in hot cleaner, a rinse in hot or cold water after the surface is sufficiently cleaned, a second rinse in weak cleaner solution (5 percent) and a drying time before painting. Spray--This involves the same steps as with the wash-off method but requires pressurized spray equipment. b. Concrete and Masonry: These sur faces are washed with 5 to 10% muriatic (hydrochloric) acid to remove efflorescence arid laitance, to clean the surface, to remove any glaze, and to etch the surface. Efflores cence is a white, powdery, crystalline deposit often found on concrete and masonry sur faces. Laitance is fine cement powder which floats to the surface after concrete is poured. Coatings applied over loose deposits of efflo rescence or laitance will loosen prematurely and result in early coating failure. Remove as much of the loose efflorescence or laitance as possible using a clean dry, wire or stiff fiber brush. Putty knives or scrapers may also be used. All oil and grease must also be removed prior to acid cleaning, either by solvent wiping or by steam or alkali clean ing. To acid clean these surfaces, thoroughly wet the surface with clean water, then scrub it with a 5 percent solution (by weight) of muriatic acid, using a stiff fiber brush. In extreme cases, up to a 10 percent muriatic acid solution may be used, and may be al lowed to remain on the surface up to five minutes before scrubbing. Work should be done on small areas, not greater than four square feet in size. Immediately after the surface is scrubbed, wash the acid solution completely from the surface by thoroughly sponging or rinsing with clean water. Rins ing must be done immediately to avoid for mation of salts on the surface which are difficult to remove. The above procedure is also used when it is desired to etch the sur face, e.g., to remove the glaze. Often, when concrete surfaces are steel troweled they may become so dense, smooth and even glazed that paint will not adhere to the surface. A simple method to determine whether etch ing is required is to pour a few drops of water on the surface. If water is quickly absorbed, etching is unnecessary. In addi tion to this acid washing, glaze may be re moved by rubbing with an abrasive stone, lightly sandblasting, or allowing the surface to weather for six to twelve months. It may also be removed by treatment with a solution of 3 % zinc chloride plus 2 % phosphoric acid to etch the surface. This is not flushed off but is allowed to dry to produce a paintable sur face. It may be necessary, in certain in stances, to use acid cleaning methods to neu tralize concrete and masonry surfaces before applying a coating which is sensitive to alkali (see 5.2,2.3). To detect the presence of free alkali, dampen the surface in several spots and applied dampened pH testing paper. U-U-3.5 Pickling. This method is used in the shop to completely remove all mill scale, rust and rust Scale. Sulfuric, hydrochloric, nitric, hydrofluoric and phosphoric acid are used individually or in combination. Sulfuric acid is most frequently employed because of its low cost, high boiling point and general suitability. Pickling is usually accomplished by immersing work in tanks, but the same principles apply if the solution is sprayed or washed over the contaminated surface. Be cause mill scale itself is not chemically con sistent throughout its composition, the outer layer tends to resist the acid solution, but the lower layers (and base metal) are solu ble in the acid. Thus, the diluted acid pene trates cracks in the outer scale layer, dis solves some of the scale beneath, penetrates to the lowest layer and base metal to dissolve them rapidly and cause all of the scale to 4-16 I ***>< DUP030043638 eventually flake off the surface. During this process, any rust or rust scale is dissolved completely in the acid solution, being con siderably less resistant to the acid action. Inhibitors are added to the solution to mini mize acid action on base metal exposed in those portions of the surface that have cleaned faster than others. Work must be solvent-or alkali-cleaned to remove oil and grease before pickling (pickling will not suitably accomplish this). Following pick ling several rinses are necessary to remove acids and salts with a final rinse in a weak alkali solution to retard rusting. It should be noted that pickling is a low-cost shop procedure, provided there is sufficient work to keep the equipment in regular use. Do not use this method on aluminum or stainless steel. See also SSPC-SP 8. h.U.3.6 Paint Removers. Paint and var nish removers generally are used for small areas. Solvent type removers or solvent mix tures are selected according to the type and condition of the old finish as well as the nature of the substrate. Removers are avail able as flammable or non-flammable types, also liquid or semi-paste in consistency. While most paint removers require scraping or steel wool to physically remove the soft ened paint, types are available that allow the loosened finish to be flushed off with steam or hot water. Many of the flammable and non-flammable removers contain paraffin wax to retard evaporation. It is absolutely essential that this residue be removed from the surface prior to painting to prevent loss of adhesion of the applied coating. In such instances, follow the manufacturer's label directions or use mineral spirits to remove any wax residue. As a safety precaution, it should be noted that, while non-flammable removers eliminate fire hazards, they are toxic to a degree (as are all removers). Proper ventilation must be provided when ever they are used. UJ+.3.7 Summary. Chemical methods of surface cleaning are usually more suited to paint shop application while mechanical methods are generally more practical in field work. On the basis of overall effectiveness and efficiency, chemical cleaning is superior to mechanical methods, with the exception of blast cleaning. The paint or paint system selected for any given surface and environ ment is of primary importance. The coating and environment then, determine the degree of surface cleaning required. The existing surface conditions, job location, equipment availability and economic factors will serve as a guide to the cleaning method required. Project specifications also will provide a guide to the recommended cleaning method. In the case of paint systems, manufacturer's directions will probably be even more spe cific, including the cleaning methods recom mended, See Table 6 for a list of substrates and satisfactory cleaning procedures. 4-4-S.3 Precautions. Use goggles and rubber gloves when handling chemical clean ers, and protective clothing where acid or alkaline solutions are used. Adequate venti lation is essential. Use respirators when cleaners must be applied in confined areas. Flammable cleaners necessitate that all prop er fire precautions be taken. Only experi enced personnel will be permitted to perform cleaning by steam, acid, pickling or other methods that constitute a hazard if mishan dled or improperly supervised. Under no circumstances will procedures be followed without full and complete knowledge of the operation. (See Chapter 3.) 4.4.4. Pretreatments. Pretreatments are applied on metal surfaces after cleaning to improve the adhesion and to improve the effectiveness of the applied paint. Refer also to Steel Structures Painting Council Manual No. 2. U.k-b.l Hot Phosphate Treatments. Hot phosphate treatments utilize zinc or iron phosphate solutions to form crystalline de posits on the surface of the metal. They great ly increase the bond and adhesion of applied paints while reducing underfilm corrosion. Zinc phosphate generally produces the best results and is most widely used. The hot phosphate solutions are somewhat critical in their application and require carefully con trolled conditions and cleaned surfaces. As these deposits thicken, the system becomes more brittle. However, adhesion increases 4-17 DUP030043639 and rust prevention is more effective. When painting, it usually is necessary to apply thicker paint coats over the heavier phos phate coatings if a gloss finish is desired, because the heavier phosphate coatings ab sorb considerably more paint. If a higher gloss finish is desired, iron phosphate is preferred to the zinc phosphate pretreaement, because it produces a finer crystalline structure and hence a thinner film. The hot phosphate treatments are excellent proce dures leading to tight bonds between the surface and applied paint. The mechanics of hot phosphate treatment limit its use to the paint shop. See also SSPC-PT 4. Cold Phosphate Treatments. These treatments are produced with a mix ture of phosphoric acid, wetting agent, water miscible solvent and water. An acid concen tration of about 5 to 7Jo (by weight) will produce the desired reaction with steel when the area to be treated is not exposed to high summer temperatures, direct sunlight, or high wind velocities. Such environmental conditions cause rapid evaporation and con sequent high acid concentration. When a dry, powdery surface, grayish-white in color, de velops within a few minutes after applica tion, the acid has reacted properly and has the proper dilution. If a dark color develops and the surface is somewhat sticky, the acid is too concentrated. In such cases, if the area is small, wiping with damp rags may bring about the desired appearance. Otherwise, rinse the surface with water and re-treat with a more dilute solution. Although cold phosphate treatments produce a crystalline deposit on the metal surface, the density of the deposit is not as great as the hot phos phate treatment; therefore paint adhesion is not quite as good. The procedures used for cold phosphating are adaptable to field use on large or small structures. See also SSPC-PT 2. U-U-U-S Wash Primers. Wash primers are actually a form of cold phosphatizing. They perform more efficiently than the standard cold phosphating treatments and are gen erally replacing them for field use. Wash primers are so called, because they are ap plied in very thin or "wash" coats. They contain polyvinyl butyral resin, phosphoric acid, and a rust inhibitive pigment such as basic zinc chromate or lead chromate. Wash primers develop extremely good adhesion to blast cleaned or pickled steel, and provide a sound base for topcoating. They are also used to promote adhesion of coatings to sur faces generally considered difficult to paint, such as galvanized or stainless steel and aluminum. 4.4.5 Conditioners, Sealers, and Fillers. Con ditioners are often applied on masonry to seal a chalky surface in order to improve ad hesion of water-based topcoats. Sealers are used on wood to prevent resin exudation or bleeding. Fillers are used to produce a smooth finish on open grain wood and rough masonry. (See Table 6.) i,A-.5.1 Conditioners. Latex (waterthinned) paints do not adhere well to chalky masonry surfaces. To overcome this problem, an oil-based conditioner is applied to the chalky substrate before the latex naint is applied. The entire surface should be vigor ously wire brushed by hand or power tools, then dusted to remove all loose particles and chalk residue. The conditioner is then brushed on freely to assure effective penetration and allowed to dry. This surface conditioner is not intended for use as a finish coat. U.U.5.2 Knot Sealers. Sealers are used on bare wood to prevent resin exudation (bleeding) through applied paint coatings. Freshly exuded resin, while still soft, may be scraped off with a putty knife and the affected area solvent cleaned with alcohol. Hardened resin may be removed by scraping or sanding. Since the sealer is not intended for use as a priming coat, it should be used only when necessary, and applied only over the affected area. When previous paint on pine lumber has become discolored over knots, the sealer should be applied over the old paint before the new paint is applied. Jp.U.5.3 Fillers. Fillers are used on por ous wood, concrete, and masonry to fill the pores to provide a smoother finish coat. a. Wood Fillers: Wood fillers are used on open-grained hardwoods. In general those hardwoods with pores larger than in birch 4-18 should be filled, (See Table 7.) When filling is necessary, it is done after any staining operations. Stain should be allowed to dry for 24 hours before filler is applied. If stain ing is not warranted, natural (uncolored) filler is applied directly to the bare wood. The filler may be colored with some of the stain in order to accentuate the grain pattern of the wood. To apply, first thin the filler with mineral spirits to a creamy consistency, then liberally brush it across the grain, fol lowed by light brushing along the grain. Allow to stand five to ten minutes until most of the thinner has evaporated, at which time the finish will have lost its glossy appearance. Before it has a chance to Set and harden, wipe the filler off across the grain using burlap or other coarse cloth, rubbing the filler into the pores of the wood while removing the excess. Finish by strok ing along the grain with clean rags. It is essential that all excess filler be removed. Knowing when to start Wiping is important; wiping too soon will pull the filler out of the pores, while allowing the filler to set too long will make it very difficult to wipe off. A simple test for dryness consists of rubbing a finger across the surface. If a ball is formed, it is time to wipe. If the filler slips under the pressure of the finger, it is still too wet for wiping. Allow the filler to dry for 24 hours before applying finish coats. b. Masonry Fillers: Masonry fillers are applied by brush to bare and previously prepared (all loose, powdery, flaking material removed) rough concrete, concrete block, stucco or other masonry surfaces, both new and old. The purpose is to fill the open pores by brushing the filler into the surface to produce a fairly smooth finish. If the voids on the surface are large, it is preferable to apply two coats of filler, rather than one heavy coat, in order to avoid mud-cracking. Allow 1 to 2 hours drying between coats. Allow the final coat to dry for 24 hours be fore painting. Table 7. Characteristics of Wood Name of Wood Type-----Grain ... Soft Closed Hard . Open Closed Ash............................................ ..................... Alder ................................................ Aspen ........................ ..................................., Basswood........................ ............. ................ Beech ............................. Birch ............................................................. Cedar.................................................... Cherry......... ........ ......................................... Chestnut .................. ................. ................... Cottonwood...................... ........................... Cypress ................................. ....................... Elm ...................................... .......................... Fir .................................................................. Gum ............. ......................... ......... ............ Hemlock ...................................................... Hickory .......................................................... Mahogany ..................................................... Maple_____________________ _____ ______ Oak .,.......... ................... ................................ Pine .................................... ........................ .. Teak ,......................... ................................ Walnut ................................. ....................... Redwood ....................................... ........... X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X ........ . X X Note: Any type finish may be applied unless otherwise specified. Notes on Finishing Requires filler. Stains well. Paints well. Paints well. Paints poorly ; varnishes well. Paints and varnishes well. Paints and varnishes well. Varnishes well. Requires filler; paints poorly. Paints well. Paints and varnishes well. Requires filler ; paints poorly. Paints poorly. Varnishes well. Paints fairly well. Requires filler. Requires filler. Varnishes well. Requires filler. Variable depending on grain. Requires filler. Requires filler. Paints well. 4-19 DUP030043641 4.4.6 Applicable Specifications. The speci fied products which are recommended for surface preparation before painting are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 1. SECTION 5 - REPAIR OF SURFACES 4.5.1 General. All surfaces must be in good condition before painting. Repair or replace degraded wood, concrete, masonry, stucco, metal, plaster and wallboard. Remove and replace all loose mortar in brickwork. Replace broken windows and loose putty or glazing compound. Securely fasten or replace loose gutter hangers and downspout bands. Fill all cracks, crevices and joints with calk ing compound, or sealants. Drive all exposed nail heads below the surface. Patch all cracks or holes in wood, masonry and plaster. The final surface should be smooth, with no openings or defects of any kind. These pre paratory procedures eliminate the major areas for the entrance of moisture which can lead to blistering and peeling of the paint film. 4.5.2 Calking Compounds and Sealants. Calking compounds are oil and/or resin based. They are used in fixed joints of wood, metal, or masonry, also in joints with very limited movement. Sealants, on the other hand, are elastomeric, rubber-like compounds. They are intended for use in expansion or other movable joints. Sealants are available as one or two component compounds. i.5.2.1 Calking Compounds. Calking compounds are used to fill joints and crevices around doors and windows in wood, brick, concrete and other masonry surfaces. They are supplied in two grades, a gun grade and a knife grade. The gun grade is most popu lar since it is easier to use and faster in application because it employs the use of a calking gun, whereas the knife grade must be applied by hand using a putty knife. The gun grade is supplied in two forms, i.e., in bulk and in factory prefilled cartridges. The cartridge type fits directly into a calking gun and is preferred for convenience of use. Triggering the gun extrudes the calking com pound directly into the crevice. A variety of different shaped tips aid in speeding up the work. Calking compounds tend to dry on the surface but remain soft and tacky within the crevice. The applied calking should be painted each time the surrounding area is painted to help extend its life. k.5.2.2 Sealants. Sealants are an ad vanced and much more durable type of calk ing compound. Compared with calking com pounds, they have better adhesion to the walls of the crevices, have better extensibil ity so that they do not pull away when the walls contract in cold weather, and they remain flexible for much longer periods of time. Although they are considerably more expensive than calking compounds, their longer life is often well worth the difference in cost. There are many types of sealants, and they may be divided into three groups : a. One Component: These are similar to calking compounds in general handling. All are available in bulk and some are also available in cartridges. They are applied in a manner similar to calking compounds. b. Two Component: These are supplied only in bulk since they must be pre-mixed before use. Their useful, or pot-life when mixed, is normally, not less than three hours. High temperatures may drastically shorten this time. The two components react to form a tough rubbery seal with excellent adhesion, extensibility and durability. c. Preformed Tapes: These sealants are supplied in an extruded bead so that they can be applied simply by pressing the tape into crevices by hand without the use of tools. 4.5.3 Putty. Putty is used to fill nail holes, cracks and imperfections in wood surfaces. It is supplied in bulk form and is applied with a putty knife. Putty is not flexible and should not be used for joints or crevices. It dries to a harder surface than calking com pound. 4.5.4 Glazing Compounds. Glazing com pounds are used on both interior and exterior wood and metal window sash either as bed ding or face glazing. They are used to cush ion glass in metal or Wood frames and are not intended to keep or hold the glass in position. Glazing compounds set firmly, but 4-20 not hard, and have some limited flexibility. They are more flexible than putty. They tend to harden upon exposure with life expectancy estimated to be approximately ten years, if they are properly applied. Painting over glazing compounds will extend their useful life. Glazing compounds are relatively inex pensive though more costly than putty. 4.5.5 Application of Calking and Glazing Compounds, Putty and Sealants. All surfaces must be clean and dry to obtain good adhe sion. Remove all oil, grease, soot, dirt or loose paint, or old materials. Be sure the crevice openings are large enough to allow an adequate amount of material to be in serted. Prime substrate, when recommended by the manufacturer, in accordance with directions given. If the opening is deep, first insert back-up materials such as oakum, foamed plastic or rubber, fiberglass, or fiberboard. U-5.5.1 Gun Grade Calking Compounds and Sealants. When applying gun grade material, move the gun along the crevice while triggering so that the compound is extruded directly into the crevice. Move the gun slowly and steadily, so as to push the bead into the crevice rather than pull it away. Allow the compound to overlap the opening slightly for a better seal, and to allow sufficient surface area for adhesion. The best position to hold the gun is at a slight angle with the bevel parallel to the work. (See Figure 49.) Compound should finally be tooled to insure close contact with the joint surfaces. i.5.5.2 Knife Grade Calking Compounds, Sealants and Putty. When applying knife grade material or putty, use a putty knife and press firmly into cracks or holes until full. Then smooth with the flat side of the knife by sliding it across the surface. The exposed area should be slightly convex to allow for shrinkage. (See Figure 50.) Jf.5.5.8 Face Glazing. For face glazing, apply a generous quantity of glazing com pound into the glazing rabbet, and gently press the glass into the rabbet leaving a bed of back glazing material of approximately 1/16". Apply glazing points to hold the glass in place. Strip surplus glazing compound at an angle to allow for run-off of condensation. Apply additional glazing compound to the face and tool into place with the aid of a Figure 49. Calking. Covering nail heads with putty, after priming coat has dried. The putty should be squeezed into the nail hole and cut off with a putty knife while under pressure. The surface of the putty should be slightly convex to allow for shrinkage, as shown in the detail. DUP030043643 putty knife, applying sufficient pressure to completely fill the void. Tool face glazing approximately 1/16" short of sight line to allow paint to overlap onto glass. (See Fig ures 51 and 52.) U-5.5.U Channel Glazing. For bead or channel glazing, apply a generous amount of the compound to the fixed (stationary) side and the bottom of the channel. Place nonporous resilient spacer shims (such as vinyl floor tile) at points around the perimeter of the channel to position glass and prevent squeezing out of compound (keep spacer shims below edge of channel) . Press glass into place until intimate contact with spacer shims is made. Spread compound on remov able bead and gently press into place. Insert spacer shims between glass and removable bead (opposite spacer shims on fixed side of the channel) and apply pressure to remov able bead until intimate contact with spacer shims is made. Fasten bead in place and strip excess compound. When glazing com pound has attained a surface skin, apply paint, slightly overlapping the sight line. (See Figures 51 and 52.) 4.5.6 Patching Materials. Cracks, holes and crevices in masonry, plaster, wallboard and wood are filled with patching material. It is supplied either ready for use or as a dry powder to which water is added before use. There are a variety of types depending on the surface and its conditions. J/..5.6.1 Patching Plaster. This is used for repairing large areas in plaster. It is similar to ordinary plaster except that it hardens quickly. It is supplied as a powder. Jf.5.6.2 Spackle. Spackling compound is used to fill cracks and small holes in plaster and wallboard. It is very easy to work with 4-22 I ** /16 MIN. /16 MIN, VARIES TO 3/(6" WITH GL. SIZE Hl > VARIES r VI# 1 V LI THICKNESS 3/8 MIN. VARIES WITH 6L. SIZE a THICKNESS Channel Glazing Figure 51. Glazing -- Wood Frames. and sands very well after it hardens. It is supplied both as a paste and as a powder. J/..5.6.3 Joint Cement. This is used pri marily to seal the joints between wallboards. It can also be used to repair large cracks. It is supplied as a powder and is used in con junction with perforated tape which gives it added strength. (See Figure 53.) Channl Glazing Face Glazing Figure 52. Glazing -- Metal Frames. Covering joint between pieces of wallboard with perforated tape. Left. Filling joint and covering nail heads. Right. Embedding tape in cement. Figure 53. Applying Joint Cement. 4-23 DUP030043645 4.5.6.4 Portland Cement Grout. This is used to repair cracks in concrete and mason ry. Hydrated lime is often added to slow up its cure time and lengthen its working life. 4.5.6.5 Plastic Wood. Plastic wood is a filler suitable for such repair work as filling gouges and nail holes. It is also used for building up and filling in wood patterns and joiner work. It is applied in a manner simi lar to putty. Sand plastic Wood smooth after it has completely dried before applying paint. 4.5.6.6 Application of Patching Materi als. When using any of the above patching materials (except plastic wood) on masonry, plaster, or wallboard, the crack should first be opened with a putty knife or wall scraper so that weak material is removed and the patching compound can be forced in com pletely. Dampen these areas with clear water and apply the compound with a putty knife or trowel depending on the size of the hole. Level and smooth off the surface allow ing it to be slightly convex to allow for shrinkage. Follow manufacturer's instruc tions explicitly if they are available. None of these materials requires attention during drying, except for the Portland cement grout which should be kept damp at least one, and preferably two or three days for optimum cure. When the surface is dry and hard, sand it (except Portland cement) until it is smooth and level with the surrounding area. 4.5.7 Applicable Specifications. The prod ucts which are specified for surface repair before painting are listed in Appendix D-l, Tables 1 and 2. SECTION 6 - PAINT APPLICATION 4.6.1 General. The most common meth ods of applying paint are by brush, roller and spray. Dip and flow coat methods are also used but the mechanics of application limit their use to shop work. Of the three designed for field use, brushing is the slowest method, rolling is much faster, and spraying is usually the fastest of all. The choice of method is based on many additional factors 4-24 such as environment, type of substrate, type of coating to be applied, appearance of finish desired and skill of personnel involved in the operation. 4.6.1.1 Environment. General surround ings may prohibit the use of spray applica tion because of possible fire hazards or poten tial damage from overspray. Typical of these are parking lots and open storage areas. Adjacent areas, not to be coated, must be masked when spraying is performed. This results in loss of time and, if extensive, may offset the advantage of the rapidity of spray ing operations. 4.6.1.2 Type of Surface. Holler coating is most efficient on large flat surfaces. Cor ners, edges and odd shapes, however, must be brushed. Spraying also is most suitable for large surfaces, except that it can also be used for round or irregular shapes. Brushing is ideal for small surfaces or for cutting in corners and edges. Dip and flow coat meth ods are suitable for volume production paint ing of small items in the shop. 4.6.1.3 Type Of Coating. Rapid drying, lacquer type products, e.g., vinyls, should be sprayed. Application of such products by brush or roller may be extremely difficult especially in warm weather or outdoors on breezy days. 4.6.1.4 Appearance Of Finish. Coatings applied by brush may leave brush marks in the dried film; rolling leaves a stippled ef fect, while spraying yields the smoothest finish, if done properly. 4.6.1.5 Shill Of Painting Personnel. Per sonnel require the least amount of training to use rollers, and the most training to use spray equipment. The degree of training and experience of personnel will influence the selection of the application method. 4.6.2 Basic Application Procedures. To ob tain optimum performance from a coating, there are certain basic application proce dures which must be followed, regardless of the type of equipment selected for applying the paint. Cleaned, pretreated surfaces must be first-coated within the specific time limits established. It is essential that surface and ambient temperatures are between 50 F and 90F for water-thinned coatings, and 45F to 95 F for other coatings, unless the manufacturer specifies otherwise. The paint material should be maintained at a tempera ture of 65 F to 85 F at all times. Paint is not to be applied when the temperature is expected to drop to freezing before the paint has dried. Wind velocity should be below 15 miles per hour and relative humidity below 80%. Masonry surfaces that are damp (not wet) may be painted with latex or cementi tious paints. Otherwise, the surface must be completely dry before painting. Paints should be applied at recommended spreading rates. When successive coats of the same paint are used, each coat should be tinted differently to aid in determining proper application and to assure complete coverage. Sufficient time must be allowed for each coat to dry thor oughly before topcoating. Allow the final coat to dry for as long as is practical before service is resumed. 4.6.3 Brush Application. J/,.6.3.1 Equipment. Brushes, as any oth er tools, must be of first quality and main tained in perfect working condition at all times. Brushes are identified, first, by the type of bristle used. Brushes are made with either natural* synthetic or mixed bristles. Chinese hog bristles represent the finest of the natural bristles because of their length, durability and resiliency. Hog bristle has one unique characteristic in that the bristle end forks out like a tree branch. This "flag ging" permits more paint to be carried on the brush and leaves finer brush marks on the applied coating which flow together more readily resulting in a smoother finish. Horse hair bristles are used in cheap brushes and are a very unsatisfactory substitute. The ends do not flag, the bristles quickly become limp, they hold far less paint and do not spread it as well. Brush marks left in the applied coating tend to be coarse and do not level out as smoothly. Some brushes contain a mixture of hog bristle and horsehair, and their quality depends upon the percentage of each type used. Animal hair is utilized in very fine brushes for special purposes. Bad ger hair, for example, produces a particu larly good varnish brush. Squirrel and sable are ideal for striping, lining, lettering and free-hand art brushes. Of the synthetics, nylon is by far the most common. By arti ficially "exploding" the ends and kinking the fibres, manufacturers have increased the paint load nylon can carry, and have reduced the coarseness of brush marks. Nylon is steadily replacing hog bristle because of the difficulties in importing the latter. Nylon is almost always superior to horsehair. The very fact that nylon is a synthetic makes it unsuitable for applying lacquer, shellac, many creosote products and some other coatings that would soften or dissolve the bristles. Because water does not cause any appreciable swelling of nylon bristles, they are especially recommended for use with latex paints. Brushes are further identified by types, that is, the variety of shapes and sizes as are required for specific painting jobs. Types can be classified as follows: (See Figures 54 and 55.) a. Wall Brushes: Flat, square-edged brushes ranging in widths from 3" to 6" and used for painting large, continuous sur faces, either interior or exterior. 4-25 DUP030043647 OVAL AND SEMI OVAL PAINT AND VARNISH SHUSHES 4-26 Figure 55. Types of Brushes. DUP030043648 b. Sash and Trim Brushes : Available in four shapes, flat square-edged, flat angleedged, round and oval. These brushes range in width from IV2" to 3" or diameters of 1/2" to 2" and are used for painting window frames, sash, narrow boards, also interior and exterior trim surfaces. For fine-line painting, the edge of the brush is often chisel-shaped to make precise edging easier to accomplish. c. Enameling and Varnish Brushes: Flat square-edged or chisel-edged brushes available in widths from 2" to 3". The se lect, fine bristles are comparatively shorter in length to cause relatively high viscosity gloss finishes to lay down in a smooth, even film. d. Stucco and Masonry Brushes : These have the general appearance of flat wall brushes and are available in widths ranging from 5" to 6", Bristles can be of hog, other natural bristle or nylon; the latter is pre ferred for rough surfaces because of its resistance to abrasion. Use the right size brush for the job. Avoid a brush that is too small or too large. The latter is particularly important. A largearea job does not necessarily go faster with an over-size brush. If the brush size is out of balance for the type of painting being done, the user tends to apply the coating at an uneven rate, general workmanship de clines, and the applicator actually tires fast er because of the extra output required per stroke. Synthetic fibre brushes are ready to use when received. The performance of nat ural bristle brushes is very much improved by a previous 48 hour soak in linseed oil followed by a thorough cleaning in mineral spirits. This process makes the bristles more flexible and serves to swell the bristles in the ferrule of the brush resulting in a better grip so that fewer bristles are apt to work loose when the brush is used. 4..6.S.2 Application. Dip the brush into the paint up to one-half of the bristle length, then withdraw and tap against the inside of the bucket to remove excess paint, (See Fig ure 56.) Hold the brush at an angle of 45 to the work. (See Figure 57.) Make several light strokes in the area to be painted ; this will transfer much of the paint to the sur face. Then spread the paint evenly and uni formly. Do not bear down on the brush. When one section of the surface is painted, adjacent areas should be painted so that the brush strokes are completed by sweeping the brush into the wet edge of the paint previ ously applied to the first section. This helps to eliminate lap marks and provides a more even coating. Finally, cross-brush lightly to smooth the painted surface and eliminate Paint brush bristles should not be dipped into the paint more than half' the length of the bristles. should be removed .from brush by gently tapping against side of can as shown at left, and NOT by wiping brush across top of can as shown at the right, Figure 56. Loading a Paint Brush. 4-27 DUP030043649 A, B. Grasping brush with pencil grip. C. Grip used for painting, walls and floors. D. Simple grip withall fingers around' brush handle, suitable for use when painting ceilings. Figure 57. Holding a Paint Brush. brash or sag marks. Very fast-drying fin ishes will not permit much brushing and crosslapping. In such cases the paint should be applied, spread rapidly and then allowed to dry undisturbed. To go back over such paint will only cause a piling up of the coat ing, Start major work on topmost area first, such as the ceiling of a room, then work downward, painting walls down to the floor. Begin painting at a corner or other logical vertical division. Cover only that area which can be easily reached without moving the ladder. Work downward painting progres sive sections to the floor or ground level, then start at the top of the adjacent area and work down again. Paint trim, doors, windows or similar areas after walls and ceilings or other major surfaces are com pleted. A possible exception would be paint ing jobs where scaffolding is required. In such instances, paint both the major surface and any trim in the section as the scaffolding is moved along from area to area. When painting clapboards, mouldings or other sur faces with narrow leading or indented edges and other similar areas, paint these first and then paint the surrounding continuous sur faces. Corners and edges are always painted so that the stroke is completed by sweeping 4-28 off the corner or edge. Avoid poking the brush into corners or crevices. Instead, use the edge of the brush and twist it slightly if necessary to cover rough surfaces. 4.6.4 Roller Application. A.6.4.1 Equipment. A paint roller con sists of a cylindrical sleeve or cover which slips on to a rotatable cage to which a handle is attached. (See Figure 58.) The cover may be IV2" to 21/4," inside diameter, and usually 3", 4", 7" and 9" in length. Special rollers are available in lengths from IV2" to 18", Proper roller application depends on the se lection of the specific fabric and the thick ness of fabric (nap length) based on the type of paint used and the smoothness or rough ness of the surface to be painted. Special rollers are used for painting pipes, fences and other hard-to-reach areas. (See Figures 59 and 60.) The fabrics generally used are as follows: a. Lambs Wool (pelt) : This is the most solvent resistant type of material used and is available in nap lengths up to 1%". It is recommended for synthetic finishes for application on semi-smooth and rough sur faces. It mats badly in water, and is not recommended for Water paints. b. Mohair: This is made primarily of Angora hair. It also is solvent resistant and is supplied in 3/16 and 1/4 inch nap length. It is recommended for synthetic enamels and Figure 58. Parts of a Roller. I 1 DUP030043650 for use on smooth surfaces. It can be used with water paints also. c. Dyne!: This is a modified acrylic fibre which has excellent resistance to water. It is best for application of conventional water paints and solvent paints, except those whieh contain strong solvents, such as ke tones, It is available in all nap lengths from 44" to 144". d. Dacron: This is a synthetic fibre which is somewhat softer than Dynel. It is best suited for exterior oil or latex paints. It is available in nap lengths from 5/16" to i/2". e. Rayon: This fabric is not recom mended because of the poor results generally obtained from its use. Furthermore, rayon mats badly in water. Table No. 8 can be used as a guide for choosing the proper roller cover. i-6.4-2 Application. Pour the pre-mixed paint into the tray to about one-half of the depth of the tray. Immerse the roller com pletely, then roll it back and forth along the ramp to fill the cover completely and remove any excess paint. As an alternative to using the tray, place a specially designed galva nized wire screen into a five gallon can of the paint. This screen attaches to the can and remains at the correct angle for loading and spreading paint on the roller. (See Fig ures 61, 62.) The first load of paint on a roller should be worked out on newspaper to remove entrapped air from the roller cover. It is then ready for application. As the roller is passed over a surface, thousands of tiny fibres continually compress and expand, me tering out the coating and wetting the sur face. This is in sharp contrast to other appli cation methods that depend upon the skill Figure 59. Pipe Roller. Figure 60. Fence Roller. 4-29 DUP030043651 Table 8. ROLLER SELECTION GUIDE Type of Paint Aluminum................................. .. Enamel or Semigloss (Alkyd) .. Enamel undercoat ......_______ Epoxy coatings ............................... Exterior House Paint: Latex for wood ........................... Latex for masonry........... ........ Oil or alkyd--wood .................... Oil or alkyd--masonry ........... Floor enamel---all types .............. Interior Wall paint: Alkyd or oil ................................. Latex .............................................. Masonry sealer ............................... Metal primers ......... ......................... Varnish--all types .......................... Smooth (1) C .................... .................... ......... ........... .................... .................... .................... .................... C A C A A A B A Type of Surface Semi-smooth (2) A A A D A A A A A A or D A A or D A or D Rough(8) A D A A A A A or D Roller Cover Key* A--Dynel (modified acrylic)..... B--Mohair ............................. ............ C--Dacron polyester....................... D--Lambswool pelt............... .......... .................... &-X u-% Nap Length (inches) % 1-114 1-114 (1) Smooth Surface: hardboard, smooth metal, smooth plaster, drywall, etc. (2) Semi-smooth Surface: sand finished plaster and drywall, light stucco, blasted metal, semi-smooth masonry. (3) Rough Surface: concrete or cinder block, brick, heavy stucco, wire fence. * Comprehensive product standards do not exist in the Paint Roller Industry. Roller covers vary signifi cantly in performance between manufacturers and most manufacturers have more than one quality level in the same generic class. This table is based on field experience with first line products of one manufacturer. I I I 4-30 DU P030043652 Figure 61, Roller and Tray. Figure 62. Roller and Wire Screen Attachment to Can. and technique of the painter. The uniformity of application by roller is less susceptible to variance in painter ability than other meth ods. Basic rules must still be followed. Al ways trim around ceilings, mouldings, etc., before rolling the major wall or ceiling sur faces. Then roll as close as possible to main tain the same texture. Trimming is usually done with a 3 inch wall brush. Always roll paint onto the surface, working from the dry area into the just-painted area. Never roll completely in the same Or one direction. Don't roll too fast and avoid spinning the roller at the end of the stroke. Always feather out final strokes to pick up any excess paint on the surface. This is accom plished by rolling the final stroke out with minimal pressure. 4,6.5 Spray Application. US.5.1 Equipment. Spray equipment is available in four general types. (See Figures 63 and 64.) a. Conventional Spray: The coating material is placed in a closed container, called a pot. The introduction of pressurized air from a compressor forces the material through a hose to the spray gun. (See Fig ures 65, 66.) The gun is also connected to a separate air hose. At the gun, the material is atomized by the air supplied through the central openings in the air cap (within the gun). Other air outlets on the outer ridges of the air cap shape the pattern of the mate rial as it leaves the gun for the surface to be coated. This is the cheapest and most common spray technique but it tends to create excessive overspray because of the high ratio of air to paint used. Small jobs are sprayed With guns which can be attached to a quart paint container from which the paint is fed to the gun either by pressure or vacuum. (See Figure 67.) b. Airless Spray : In this method, coat ings are sprayed by the use of hydraulic pressure alone. The equipment is similar to conventional spray except that the compres sor operates a hydraulic pump. Atomization of the material is accomplished by forcing the material through a specially shaped ori fice at between 1500 and 3000 pounds per 4-31 DUP030043653 square inch. These pressures produce a high speed stream of coating at the orifice. The high rate of speed plus the release of pres sure causes atomization without compressed air; thus there is no air turbulence to deflect the paint (the cause of overspray in the con ventional method) . The absence of air also reduces rebounding of the paint in crevices and corners, thus providing more uniform coverage. Airless spraying usually permits the use of products with a higher viscosity. Thus less thinners are required and better film build is obtained and production is in creased. The need for just a single hose leading into the gun makes it lighter to handle and less fatiguing. The lack of overspray offers still two other advantages; cleanup is usually easier and masking is minimized. Considerable caution must be exercised because of the high pressures required. c. Hot Spray: The hot spray technique can be adapted to either conventional or air less spray painting, but is most often used with the former. The paint tank and hose are heated to raise the paint temperature to 130F-180F. Introducing heat lowers paint viscosity thereby reducing the quantity of 4-32 Dark Spots Are Paint Particles. Figure 63. Basic Types of Spray. DUP030043654 solvent needed. The resultant coating has higher solids and will produce greater film thickness per coat. Heat also allows for use of lower pressure thus reducing overspray and rebounding. Applying the coating hot at the gun allows for more uniform applica tion at low environmental temperatures. Only materials specially formulated for hot spray application can be used. U.6.5.2 Application. Most materials that can be brushed or rolled can be sprayed. Exceptions include very thick or stringy ma terials, some textured materials and some rubber-base coatings. Control of the spray A--Conventional Spray This is the most commonly used type of spray equipment. It em ploys compressed air to perform two vital functions: first, to atomize the paint at the nozzle of the gun and second, to feed the paint under pressure from the supply tank, pump or cup to the gun nozzle. This type of system is the most simple and versatile of all spraying outfits. Wide use of this type of system over the past forty years has led to the development and refinement of guns, nozzles, regulating devices and paint supply units for prac tically every conceivable type of coating material and painting problem. As a result, heavy masties, highly abrasive coatings and water thin liquids can now be sprayed by this method with equal ease. Conventional spray also provides more selectivity of spray pattern size, degree of atomiza tion and wetness of the coat than other methods and therefore is the most practical solution where these factors are important to the results of the 30b. B--Hot Spray This method is primarily a modi fied form of conventional spray. It is comprised of the same ele ments of equipment even to the cap and tip of the gun, however, the difference lies in the addition of a heating unit which offers several benefits under certain operational conditions. With most organic paints which become more fluid at elevated temperatures (100 to 180), the hot spray system is capable of applying higher solid content paints. This in turn produces heavier Coats and reduces shrinkage during drying. With heated paint better atomization is accomplished with lower air pressure and at the same time overspray is greatly reduced. This method also per mits painting when atmospheric temperatures are well below the usual 60 to 70 minimum. Better flowout is attained and pinholing common to certain paints is effec tively overcome by hot spray. C--Airless Spray In an airless system the spray is created by the forcing of paint through a restricted orifice at very high pressure. Atomization of the paint occurs without the use of air 3'ets, thus the name airless spray. Liquid pressures of 1500 p.s.i. and higher are de veloped in special air or electric operated high pressure pumps and delivered to the gun through a single hose line. This system provides a very rapid means of covering large surfaces with wide angle spray without over-spray mist or rebound. The single small diameter hose line makes gun handling easy. The spray produced has a full wet pattern for quick film build, but requires extra care in lapping and stroking to avoid excessive coverage that would result in runs, sags and wrinkles. Figure 64. Types of Spray Equipment. 4-33 It DUP030043655 operation requires control over the following variables: a. Viscosity Of The Paint: It must be low enough to permit proper atomization but high enough to apply without running or sagging. Generally, a trial and error ap proach is required. SIDE- PORT Figure 65. Modern Production Spray Gun. b. Pot Pressures: This determines the amount of material forced through the noz zle. It is controlled at the air regulator or at the gun. c. Atomizing Pressures : This is the air pressure supplied to the gun to atomize the material and produce a uniform wet film. Too much pressure here will cause excessive overspray or a dry spray. Too little pressure produces a speckled or dimpled effect. d. Air Cap On Spray Gun: This con trols the amount and distribution of air mixed with the coating at the gun. The amount of air and air pressure controls atomization while the distribution of the air determines the shape of the spray pattern. e. Material Orifice (nozzle): The size of this opening controls the amount of mate rial that can be passed through the gun. f. Air and Material Controls On Gun : These are for rough adjustment of amount delivered. (See Figures 66, 67.) Adjust paint viscosity only when necessary and then according to manufacturer's in structions. Excessive thinning results in needless overspray, excessive runs and sags, poor hiding and inferior surface protection. AflUCONTROL SCtSW Figure 66. Spray Gun -- Cross-Section. 4-34 Figure 67. Spray Gun Held Perpendicular to Surface to Prevent Uneven Deposit of Paint. DUP030043656 During application, use the lowest material 4.6.5.3 Problems. Problems which may and air pressures that result in a quality fin occur during spraying and their solutions ish with good flow out. Material pressure is are shown in Figure 74. best adjusted starting at the point where a 4.6.6 Paint Mitt Application. The paint mitt solid stream of paint will flow out about 24" is a mitten made of lambskin with the wool from the gun with the atomization air turned exposed and lined to prevent paint leaking off. When the material is heavy or viscous, through to the user's hand. It is excellent when the fluid hose is extra long, or when a for painting small pipes, railings, wrought more rapid rate of application is required, it iron and similar surfaces. (See Figures 75 will be necessary to increase the material and 76.) hose pressure. In this case, it will be neces 4.6.7 Cleanup. It is absolutely essential I sary to also increase the air pressure since it is important to maintain a proper ratio of material pressure to atomizing air pressure. At a temperature of 70 F. with a material hose length of 25 feet, the following air pres sures are suggested for initial settings: that all the tools and equipment be cleaned thoroughly immediately after use before the paint materials have a chance to get hard. Remove as much paint as possible, then clean thoroughly with a compatible solvent. Clean two or three times in fresh solvent until no (Pounds) paint is noticeable. Then wipe clean and dry. Lacquers ................................ 40-45 With good care, all tools and equipment will Enamels ........................................... 35 last much longer and will always be in prime Alkyd Plats ............... .25-30 condition for use. After cleaning, wash all There is no set rule for spray gun pressures brushes with mild detergent and warm because they will vary with the nozzle used, the paint used and surface to be coated. Use the minimum pressure necessary to reduce overspray. Adjusting the spray pattern re water ; rinse in clear water, then twirl to get rid of excess water, comb bristles straight with a metal comb, and place in brushkeepers or wrap in paper and allow to dry ss$4s quires that the spray width adjustment screw be turned clockwise for a round pat tern and counter-clockwise for a fan pattern. Turn the material control screw clockwise to increase the flow. As the width of the pat tern is increased, increase the flow of the paint to maintain the same coverage over the wider area. Keep the spray gun 6" to 10" from the surface being coated. Holding the flat. (See Figures 77 through 80.) Also wash cleaned rollers in mild detergent and water. Rinse in clear water and twirl to get rid of excess. (Spinners are available which hold the brush or roller cover.) Then stand on end to dry. When dry, cover to keep clean. Spray equipment should be cleaned thor oughly by placing clean solvent in pots and passing it through hoses and guns. When gun too far away causes "dusting", in which the paint solvent evaporates in mid-air and the coating hits the surface in a nearly dry state. Tilting the gun causes the paint to be more heavily applied in one area than an other of the spray pattern. Use a free-arm motion and feather out at the end of the stroke by pulling the gun trigger after be ginning the stroke and releasing it before the stroke is completed. When spraying comers, stop 1" or 2" short of the comer. Then hold the gun as to sweep up and down along the edge of the comer and hit both sides at the same time. (See Figures 67 TRIGGER STROKE thru 73.) Figure 68. Proper Spray-Gun Stroke. 4-35 DUP030043657 clean, empty, wipe clean and dry. Clean pots separately. Use extreme care when cleaning airless spray guns inasmuch as the high pressures used are hazardous, especially when the spray head is removed. (See Fig ure 74.) AIM FIRST STROKE AT PANEL EDGE I I AIMING POINT (BOTTOM OF PRECEEDING STROKE) vV-r.-vi. / [____olli, MINIMIZING r--PULL TRIGGER OVER SPRAY START STROKE WITHOUT BANDING Figure 69. Spraying Large Flat Areas. 4--36 DUP030043658 Figure 72. Spraying Edges and Corners. Figure 70. Spraying Horizontal Surfaces. K \ I Figure 71. Spraying Corners. 4-37 DUP030043659 DU P030043660 Figure 74. Spray Gun Adjustments and Cleaning. 4-39 DUP030043661 Figure 77. Remove Excess Paint. I'.'. Figure 79. Twirl Brush After Cleaning. Figure 78. Clean Brush Until No Paint Is Noticeable. Figure 80. Brush Should Be Completely Free of Paint. 4-40 DUP030043662 CHAPTER 5 DUP030043663 Chapter 5 DETERIORATION OF COATINGS SECTION 1-NORMAL DETERIORATION 5.1.1 General. Paints are not indestruct ible. Even properly selected protective coatings properly applied on well prepared surfaces will gradually deteriorate and even tually fail. The rate of deterioration under such conditions, however, is slower than when improper painting operations are car ried out. Inspectors and personnel respon sible for maintenance painting must be familiar with the signs of various stages of deterioration in order to establish an effec tive and efficient system of inspection and programmed painting. Repainting at the proper time avoids the problems resulting from painting either too soon or too late. Painting scheduled before it is necessary is uneconomical and eventually results in a heavy film buildup leading to abnormal deterioration of the paint system. Painting scheduled too late results in costly surface preparation and may be responsible for damage to the structure, which then may require expensive repairs. 5.1.2 Exterior Deterioration. Paints which are exposed outdoors normally proceed through two stages of deterioration; gen erally, a change in appearance followed by a gradual degradation. If repainting is not done in time, disintegration of the paint then takes place followed ultimately by de terioration of the substrate. 5.1.2,1 Change in Appearance. The first stage of deterioration shows up as a change in appearance of the coating with no signifi cant effect on its protective qualities. This change in appearance may result from any one or a combination of the following de pending on the type and color of the paint used and the conditions of exposure: a. Soiling : Exterior coatings normally gather dirt and become increasingly soiled. Among the most common sources of soil are rain-washed dirt from roofs, gutters or overhangs, smoky air, pollen, salt residues and sap drippings from trees. Soiling in creases as the paint becomes flat and some what rough, and is prevalent under over hangs where it is protected from washdown by rain. Dirt pickup is greater with softer paints such as linseed oil paints and is more visible on white or light colored paints. Soiling is less evident on paints which chalk rapidly since the dirt is readily washed off with the chalk during rain storms, (See Figure 81.) b. Color Change: Many colors, espe cially the brighter ones, fade and turn duller with time; tinted paints become paler. Fading is aggravated by chalking since the chalk produced is generally white or very light and masks the color. Enamels and latex paints fade less rapidly than the softer linseed oil paints. Whites, especially those based on linseed oil will yellow in areas pro tected from sunlight, c. Flatting: Glossy paints lose their gloss and eventually turn flat with age. This is a sign of initial breakdown of the vehicle at the surface of the paint. Loss of gloss is soon followed by chalking. Enamels flatten (and chalk) less rapidly than the softer lin seed oil paints, 5.1.2,2 Degradation. The second stage of normal deterioration occurs after con tinued exposure. The coating begins to break down, first at the surface, then, unless re painted, gradually through the coating and 5-1 DUP030043664 Figure 81. Soiling or Dirt Collection (Upper Panel). down to the substrate. There are two types of degradation which may take place--chalk ing, and checking and cracking; the degree of either depends on the type of paint and the severity of exposure. a. Chalking: Chalking is the result of weathering of the paint at the surface of the coating. The vehicle is broken down by sun light and other destructive influences, leaving behind loose powdery pigment which can easily be rubbed off with the finger. (See Figures 82, 83.) Chalking takes place more rapidly with softer paints such as those based on linseed oil. Chalking is most rapid in areas exposed to large amounts of sun shine. For example, in the northern hemi sphere, chalking will be most rapid on the south side of a building. On the other hand, little chalking will take place in areas pro tected from sunshine and rain such as under eaves or overhangs. Controlled chalking can be an asset, especially in white paints, since it is a self cleaning process and helps to keep the surface clean and white. Furthermore, by gradually wearing away, it reduces the thickness of the coating, thus allowing con tinuous repainting without making the coat ing too thick for satisfactory service. Chalked paints are also generally easier to repaint since the underlying paint is in good condition, and, generally, little surface prep aration is required. This is not the case when water-thinned paints are to be applied. Their adhesion to chalky surfaces is poor. (See Figure 84.) b. Checking and Cracking: Checking and cracking describe breaks in the paint film which are formed as the paint becomes hard and brittle. Temperature changes cause the substrate and overlying paint to expand and contract. As the paint becomes hard, it grad ually loses its ability to expand without breaking to some extent. Checking is de scribed as tiny breaks which take place only in the upper coat or coats of the paint film without penetrating to the substrate. The 5-2 DUP030043665 Chalk Removed by Rubbing White Paint with Black Felt Figure 82. Degrees of Chalk. mssA Figure 83. Severe Chalking. mm 5-3 DU P030043666 pattern is usually similar to a crowsfoot. (See Figure 85.) Cracking describes larger and longer breaks which extend through to the substrate. (See Figure 86.) Both are a result of stresses in the paint film which exceed the strength of the coating. Whereas checking arises from stresses within the paint film, cracking is caused by stresses between the film and the substrate. Crack ing will generally take place to a greater extent on wood than on other substrates because of its grain. When wood expands, it expands much more across the grain than along the grain. Therefore, the stress in the coating is greatest across the grain causing cracks to form parallel to the grain of the wood. Checking and cracking are aggravated 5-4 by excessively thick coatings because of their reduced elasticity. 5.1.2.S Disintegration. As the coating degrades, it finally reaches the point of dis integration. The type of disintegration which takes place is the logical result of each form of degradation described in 5.1.2.2. a. Erosion: As chalking continues, the entire coating wears away or erodes and becomes thinner. Eventually, it becomes too thin to hide the substrate. Then patches of substrate are laid bare. For example, the grain of wood substrates begins to show through. (See Figures 87 and 91.) b. Crumbling: If the cracks are rela tively small, the moisture penetrating through the coating will cause small pieces of the DUP030043667 Figure 85. Severe Checking. 5-5 DUP030043668 * Figure 86. Severe Cracking. 5-6 DUP030043669 <MW^ ^j!^!>Mlia^T^'fii^>^ '^"^sWi a ------ ---------------------------- .C*^%-^T^W^CT **h 7.Tj3s>u h ^^mt '<- >. -. -` _____ ''' ' * *' -* --' < ' ".' *- ~^r^ y9- - - - %,, - . < ii* * ^Jf Jr,!7, ... *^2- v^f ,i#*>*'ii4w1j%i.i^ i* * * * *TMr> v ^;w^asfcaar^ ------ *, -^. .\ * ,, *v ,,,, -V.'*"W* *--" v**. **,^* iryta*t!^*,*+**'*" 4'-J""-"- --*w... .; .--' ..............................-~ .* ii. .- Figure 87. Moderate Erosion. coating to lose adhesion and fall off the sub strate. (See Figure 88.) c. Flaking and Peeling: If the cracks are large, the eventual result is the most rapid method of deterioration--flaking and peeling. The penetrating moisture loosens relatively large areas of the coating. The paint then curls slightly, exposing more of the substrate and finally flakes off. Peeling is an aggravated form of flaking in which large strips of paint can be easily removed, (See Figure 89.) 5.1.2,k Complete Deterioration, When large areas of substrate become exposed, the coating has reached the point of complete de terioration and is in a state of neglect. Such surfaces require extensive and difficult prepa ration before repainting. All of the old coat ing may have to be removed to be sure that it does not create problems by continuing to 5-7 DUP030043670 lose adhesion, taking the new coating with it. Furthermore, complete priming of the exposed substrate will also be required, thus adding to cost and time. Continued neglect may also lead to deterioration of the struc ture resulting in expensive repairs in addi tion to painting costs. 5.1.3 Interior Deterioration. Interior coat ings generally change slowly in appearance with time but do not usually degrade to any significant extent otherwise. 5.1.3.1 Change in Appearance. Interior finishes do change in appearance upon aging, though not as rapidly as exterior finishes. The changes are somewhat similar but for different reasons. a. Soiling: All painted areas will be come soiled to some extent from dust, smoke, fingerprints, fumes and residues. b. Flatting: Glossy finishes will grad ually lose some of their gloss over a long period of time, especially when they are cleaned often. However, they do not actu ally become flat or lose their washability. c. Color Change: Interior finishes will change color slowly. This is generally not noticeable except when areas which were covered are compared with the surrounding area, e.g., behind pictures or chests. 5-8 DUP030043671 5.1.8.2 Degradation. Degradation is a relatively minor problem with interior coat ings. Furthermore, it generally is confined to relatively small areas. a. Cracking: Enamels on woodwork may become brittle with age and crack, espe cially when the total coating thickness is excessively high. Cracking may also show up in wall paints when the building settles slightly. The cracks usually are quite fine and may be easily repaired and touched up. b. Wear: Areas around switches or door handles may be cleaned often during the life of the paint in order to remove finger prints. Eventually, the paint will be removed by abrasion of the cleaner. 5.1.4 Coatings Subject to Abrasion. Floor finishes, traffic and zone marking paints, and other coatings subject to abrasion usu ally wear out at points of maximum or con tinuous traffic long before they would tend to degrade otherwise. 5.1.5 Factors Affecting Normal Deterioration. The type and degree of failure of exterior paints is affected by the environment, sub strate, and design of the structure, as well as the type of paint used. The same coating may be durable under one set of circum stances but fail rapidly under other condi tions. 5.1.5.1 Environment. The conditions of exposure have a marked effect on degrada tion of coatings, even on the same structure. a. Air : Oxygen in the air, which is essential for the initial drying of many types of paints, continues to act on coatings of all Figure 89. Severe Cracking, Curling and Flaking, 5-9 DUP030043672 types throughout their useful lives, and ulti mately brings about their deterioration. Moisture, and solar radiation hasten this degradative oxidation. b. Sunlight: Certain areas in the world have greater amounts and more direct exposure to sunlight than others. Degrada tion by sunlight is accelerated by a greater amount of clear weather, with fewer cloudy days, and by closeness to the equator, where the rays of the sun are most direct and not filtered by the atmosphere. c. Temperature Variation: Some areas, such as the central United States, show relatively marked temperature changes be tween seasons, and even between day and night. This type of environment exagger ates expansion and contraction of the coat ing and substrate, thus accelerating checking, cracking, flaking and peeling. d. Humidity and Rainfall: Tropical areas, where humidity levels are relatively high, increase problems such as fading (due to sunlight and dew), peeling to loss of adhe sion to damp substrates, and disintegration by erosion. In addition, water is absorbed by and swells the coating, only to shrink again when the water dries out. Such wet ting and drying produces severe internal stresses within paint coatings, and leads to checking, cracking and curling. Consequent ly, favorable climatic conditions for a coat ing would consist of a moderate level of average relative humidity without periods of great dryness, and only brief periods of great dampness. e. Coastal Areas: Salt laden air is ex tremely corrosive, especially for steel sub strates. Consequently, any breaks in the film allow corrosion of the steel under the film with resulting failure of the overlying paint. f. Direction of Exposure: Each side of a building is exposed to different condi tions. In the northern hemisphere, chalking and checking are increased on the south side because of the increased sunshine, chalking is greater on the east side because of the rapid temperature rise caused by early sun shine striking the dew, and mildew is great er on the north side because of the lack of sunshine. 5.1.5.2Svb&tratc. The inherent charac teristics of the substrates used have a very definite effect on durabality. a. Wood: Wood is a natural product possessing a grain structure. In addition to containing natural moisture, it is capable of absorbing additional moisture from the at mosphere and rainfall. This grain structure and moisture content affect the durability of applied coatings in two ways: 1) Wood tends to expand much more across than along the grain, thus creating stresses which tend to increase cracking as the coating be comes brittle with age. 2) Wood absorbs water readily through cracks in degraded coatings, also from within the structure. The result is blistering, loss of adhesion, and, ultimately, peeling of the coating. b. Metal: Iron and steel tend to cor rode in normal atmospheres and especially in coastal areas. Thus any breaks in the film will allow rusting or corrosion to spread rapidly with consequent loss of adhesion of the surrounding coating. (See Figure 90.) Aluminum, copper and stainless steel are also subject to corrosion, especially in salt laden atmospheres. c. Concrete and Masonry: Under nor mal conditions, concrete and masonry do not present any unique problems if proper painting operations are carried out. 5.1,6 Repainting. The frequency of re painting can be determined by periodic in spection of all coatings. It is important to check on a systematic basis so that painting can be scheduled in advance, at a time when the coating is thin enough yet has not de graded to the point of disintegration. Thus, little surface preparation will be required and only one or two coats of paint may be necessary. See Chapter 2 "Programmed Painting." 5.1.6.1 Exterior Coatings: a. General: Repaint at the first sign of heavy chalk on the south side of the struc ture or general checking (500 of area). It is easier to paint sooner than later. For details, see Chapter 4 "Painting Operations" and Chapter 8 "Exterior Painting". 5-10 DU P030043673 Figure 90. Rusting of Steel. 5-11 DU P030043674 b. Wood: Remove disintegrated paint by scraping, wire brushing and sanding. Sand exposed wood smooth. Wipe off all dust and loose chalked paint. Wash off dirty areas and lightly sand glossy areas (under overhangs). Prime exposed substrate. When dry, apply one coat of topcoat if paint is generally in good condition or two coats if the paint shows signs of considerable chalk ing or any erosion. c. Iron and Steel: Check film thick ness of paint periodically. Repaint when it decreases to 4 mils. Watch for signs of local rusting or corrosion. Spot-paint as soon as possible before general surface preparation and painting are required. Remove disin tegrated paint and clean area well using the best method for the conditions and type of paint used. (See Chapter 4, Section 4.) Prop er surface preparation is extremely impor tant to prevent rusting or corrosion under the new coating. Prime cleaned areas im mediately. d. Concrete and Masonry: These sub strates usually present less of a problem than wood or steel under normal conditions since they neither expand excessively nor corrode. The necessity for repainting is usu ally determined by the condition of the paint itself. Remove disintegrated paint by me chanical treatment (see 4.4.2), and wipe off all dust and loose chalk. Then apply one coat of masonry paint on the cleaned area followed by a complete coat over the entire surface to be painted. No special primers are required under normal conditions. 5.1.6.2 Interior Coatings. Interior coat ings generally do not require repainting as a result of normal deterioration. The most common reason for painting is to improve appearance. Cleaning, rather than frequent repainting will often be quite effective at savings in cost and time. It also will pre vent excessive paint buildup. See Chapter 7 "Interior Painting". 5.1.6.3 Coatings Subject to Abrasion. Spot-paint all floor coatings and traffic stripes at points of maximum wear. Only repaint overall when the entire area appears to be worn or starts to deteriorate. See Chapter 9 "Floor Finishes" and Chapter 11, Section 2 "Traffic Marking". SECTION 2-ABNORMAL DETERIORATION 5.2.1 General. When coatings deteriorate sooner than anticipated or in an abnormal manner, the cause of such premature failure must be found and corrected before repaint ing. The cause may be due to the substrate, the structure, the environment or the paint. 5.2.2 Substrate Peculiarities. Many sub strates have individual characteristics which can present abnormal problems if not cor rected or eliminated before or during paint ing operations. 5.2.2.1 Wood. Wood is a natural product which varies in a number of respects: a. Type: Many types of wood are used in construction, some of which vary consid erably in their characteristics, e.g., redwood and cedar are brown in color and rather uniform in grain, while pine and fir are light colored and vary considerably in grain struc ture. Both redwood and cedar contain solu ble dyes which can dissolve in moisture ab sorbed by the wood. The dye solution will rise to the surface of the paint, then appear as pink or brown colored streaks or spots. Staining can be eliminated by preventing moisture from getting to the wood. Prime new lumber with a good sealing paint such as an oil primer rather than a relatively por ous latex paint. Once the moisture is re moved, no further staining should occur. The stain on the surface should, eventually, be washed off by rainfall. b. Spring and Summer Wood: Trees grow more rapidly in the Spring than during the Summer. Consequently, the springwood tends to be relatively soft with wide bands, whereas summerwood is harder and has nar rower bands. Each type absorbs water and expands to a different degree causing stresses at the junction of the two bands. When cracking does take place, it gener ally starts along these junction lines. Adhe sion will be poorer on the more dense sum merwood so that peeling will start in this area actually showing the grain pattern. (See Figure 91.) S--12 DUP030043675 ilSjf i mm ** * Dark areas show failure over Summer-wood in flat grain Southern Yellow Pine Figure 91. Spring and Summer Wood, 5-13 DUP030043676 c. Edge Grain and Flat Grain: The method of sawing the lumber will determine the pattern of the wood produced. If the saw cuts radially, facing the center of the log, it will cut directly across the growth bands forming an edge grain, which shows up as parallel lines or bands. If the saw cuts at right angles to the radial lines, band widths will vary considerably throughout each piece of lumber. This flat grain pat tern is more interesting for furniture but is less useful for painting. The larger the grain pattern, the greater will be the problem with differential absorption and ultimate cracking along the grain junction lines with subse quent flaking and peeling. Southern yellow pine is a marked example of this problem, which is exaggerated even further because of its high resin content. (See Figure 92.) d. Knots: All trees have branches which start well within the trunk. There fore when boards are cut, especially flat grained, they will contain cross-sections of these branches or knots. This is more of a problem with pine which is cut from smaller trees with many branches as compared with redwood which comes from very large trees with few" branches. These knots contain resinous material, which, under the heat of the sun, will melt and bleed through the paint. (See Figure 93.) The discolored area also becomes brittle from the resin, and cracks long before the rest of the coating. To overcome this, remove ail paint from the knots and surrounding area down to the wood. Seal with knot sealer and repaint with at least two coats of the same paint as used in the surrounding area. e. Resinous Materials: Some pine, especially of lower grades, contains pockets of pitch or resin similar to that found around knots. This resin will rise to the surface and discolor and eventually degrade the paint in that area. Such areas should be cleaned, sealed with knot sealer and repainted. If the pitch pocket is below the surface, a hole should be drilled to allow drainage, and then puttied and sealed before painting. Small isolated spots of pitch, which appear on the surface and have not harmed the paint, can be removed by scraping and washing with mineral spirits. f. Green Lumber: Fresh lumber con tains a considerable amount of water. Most of this must be removed before use, not only to prevent shrinkage after installation but to prevent blistering, cracking and loss of adhesion of the applied paint. Be sure that all lumber used has been properly dried and kept dry before painting. 5-14 Edge Grain Figure 92. Wood Grain. Flat Grain DUP030043677 5.2 .2 Metal. All metals are much more uniform than wood. They expand uniformly in all directions so that adhesion loss be cause of uneven stresses is much less of a problem than with wood. Some types of met als do present certain problems which can cause abnormal deterioration. a. Iron and Steel: Both of these rust when exposed unprotected. If moisture pene trates through holidays, thinly coated sharp corners or breaks in the film, rust is formed. This rust will increase in area, lifting the edge of the film around the break, then creep underneath the film and continue the process. Thus, the paint deteriorates quite rapidly around each area of exposed metal. (See Fig ure 94.) Rusting is accelerated in humid atmospheres and even more so in marine atmospheres. Rusting will also spread under the paint film in areas which have been in sufficiently cleaned. Such poor practice leaves rusted areas in which moisture and air can be trapped when painted. The area should be adequately cleaned depending on the coating to be applied. See Chapter 8 for minimum surface preparation for the type of paint used. Table 15 for appropriate prim ers and Appendix D-4, Tables 11 and 15 for complete paint systems, b. Galvanized Steel: Galvanized steel is steel sheet coated with zinc and then treat ed with chemicals to prevent white rust (a white deposit which forms when zinc is ex posed in humid areas) . The combination of the zinc metal and chemical treatment often creates problems of adhesion of applied coat ings after exposure. If the incorrect paint system is used, extreme flaking and peeling Figure 93. Bleeding Around Knots, 5--15 DUP030043678 5-16 Figure 94. Rusting at Welds. DUP030043679 may take place after a year or so of exposure, especially when wide temperature changes take place. {See Figure 95.) Allow galvan ized steel to weather, if at all possible, and use appropriate primers. See Table 16, Chapter 8, and Appendix D-4, Table 16. c. Non-Ferrous Metals: The most com mon non-ferrous metals which are painted are aluminum and copper. Although both of these metals do corrode, their corrosion products do -not tend to expand as rapidly as in the case of iron and steel. They should be cleaned thoroughly to obtain optimum adhesion. Since non-ferrous metals are rela tively soft and thin, this must be done with care to avoid damaging the substrate. Then apply the coatings recommended in Appen dix D-4, Tables 11 and 16. 5.2.2.3 Concrete, Stucco, Masonry, Plas ter. All of these substrates have three things in common. They are hard, they all contain lime and other soluble salts and they are relatively porous. The effect of these properties on the abnormal deterioration of applied coatings is as follows: a. Surface Conditions: The surface of new concrete or plaster may be somewhat rough and porous or very smooth and slick, depending on the type and degree of trowel ing used to finish the surface. Very smooth concrete can create a problem with loss of adhesion thus causing rapid flaking and peel ing. The surface should be etched before painting to prevent this problem. b. Alkalinity : Fresh concrete, mortar, stucco and plaster are highly alkaline. Alka linity can cause premature failure of applied coatings unless they are alkali resistant. Oil paints, for example, should not be used on alkaline surfaces. The alkali will saponify the oil to form a soap which has no binding qualities. Latex and rubber based paints are not harmed by alkali in the substrate. c. Efflorescence: Concrete, stucco, ma sonry, and plaster contain water soluble salts which dissolve in moisture carried through the Substrate and then crystallize on the ex posed surface. If the paint is water perme able, e.g., latex paint, the solution will pass through the coating and discolor the surface in a non-uniform spotty manner. If the coat ing is not permeable, the salts may be de posited under the paint film and cause it to lose adhesion in spots. (See Figures 96 and 97.) All efflorescence must be removed be fore repainting, and the cause eliminated (see 4.4.3.4b). d. Improper Cure: Improper propor tioning, mixing, placing and/or curing of Figure 95. Peeling from Galvanized Gutters. 5-17 DUP030043680 Figure 96. Efflorescence on Concrete Block Wall. concrete, stucco and plaster create areas which may be of different porosities. This will result in uneven absorption of the ap plied coatings, which shows up as uneven gloss of the paint. Deterioration will also be more rapid over these areas. Subsequent reaction of the substrate with water may also cause popping of the substrate taking the coating with it. 5.2.3 Abnormal Environments. Unusual conditions of exposure are a major cause of abnormal deterioration of coatings. 5-18 5.2.3.1 Humidity or Moisture. Moisture may cause abnormal deterioration in two ways: it may cause flatting or formation of mildew. a. Flatting: If moisture, in the form of fog, rain or dew lies on the surface of newly applied paint before it is thoroughly dry, it may cause a spotty or complete loss of gloss of the paint. This is primarily an appearance problem which makes a new paint job look inferior. (See Figure 98.) b. Mildew: Paint coatings exposed in humid climates or in warm damp rooms, e.g., DUP030043681 Figure 97. Severe Efflorescence on Brick Wall. shower rooms, may be attacked by mildew, a fungus which feeds on the coating. Mildew will grow and become quite unsightly, and eventually will accelerate degradation of the coating. (See Figures 99 and 100.) In its early stages it looks like dirt, but it cannot be washed off as easily. The presence of mildew can be determined by using house hold bleach; this will bleach mildew, where as it has no effect on dirt. Hard drying paints such as enamels, or paints containing zinc oxide, are more resistant to mildew. Use specially formulated moisture-resistant and mildew resistant paints for these exposures. See 10.2,2.7 and Appendix B-2, Tables 10 thru 12 and 14 thru 16. 5-19 DUP030043682 5.2.3.2 Atmospheric Contamination. Smoke and fumes can adversely affect paint c.oating-s causing discoloration and rapid fail ure. Sulfur-containing gases, such as sulfur dioxide and hydrogen sulfide, will discolor coatings, especially those containing lead or iron. They will also accelerate chalking and erosion. Wind driven dust will accelerate dirt collection especially on softer drying paints such as those based on linseed oil. Salt-laden atmosphere in coastal areas will accelerate deterioration of coatings which are not resistant to salt. See Chapter 8 "Ex terior Paints" for the proper selection of paint for use under these conditions. 5.2.3.3 Rapid Temperature Changes. Sudden changes in temperature can create 5-20 unexpected problems. A rapid drop over night, just after painting, may cause a heavy dew or even frost to deposit on the paint film with consequent flatting. It may also retard drying so that dirt and insects can become embedded in the coating. Wrinkling can occur if the coating is excessively thick. A rapid increase in temperature may cause air entrapped in a porous substrate to in crease in pressure and form dry blisters in the paint film. (See Figure 101.) 5.2.3. >( Wind Velocity. Excessive wind velocity during painting makes application extremely difficult. It may also cause the paint to dry too rapidly on the surface thus forming a skin which prevents through dry ing. This can lead to recoating problems DUP030043683 Figure 99. Mildew. and to solvent entrapment (see 5.2.6.5) . In any case, durability is impaired. Do not paint when the wind velocity is above 15 miles per hour. Winds also carry dirt, tending to impinge the dirt particles on the painted surface, especially when it is fresh or soft. Grit carried by high velocity winds can also abrade cured painted surfaces. 5.2.4 Incompatible Preservatives and Paints. The entire coating system must be compati ble through each layer, from the substrate to the surface, to achieve optimum durabil ity. Any incompatibility between substrate and paint system, and between coats will reduce adhesion and accelerate deterioration associated with loss of adhesion, i.e., lifting, peeling, etc. 5.2.k.l Incompatible Preservatives. Some wood preservatives affect paints applied over them. They may either retard drying, affect adhesion or bleed through and discolor the paint. Creosote-containing preservatives or copper naphthenate, for example, may bleed. Zinc naphthenate or pentachlorphenol can be used with no adverse effects. 5.2.^.2 Incompatible Paints. It is always safest to recoat surfaces with the same kind of paint previously used, unless experience shows that the new paint is compatible with the old paint. Incompatibility may result in the following defects, all of which affect ad hesion and ultimate service life of the paint system: a. Lifting: This is an effect produced by the solvent in the applied paint, acting as a paint remover on the coating underneath. The result is a softening, swelling and lifting of the coating. It can happen when paints containing strong solvents such as xylene are applied over relatively soft paints such as oil paints. Lifting is more likely to occur when a second or third coat is applied over an undercoat which has not dried hard enough. 5-21 DUP030043684 5-22 DU P030043685 Figure 101. Temperature Blistering. Always be sure that the coating is not only dry but fairly hard before applying the next coat. Test a small area if not sure. b. Alligatoring: Alligatoring describes a pattern in a coating which looks like the hide of an alligator. It is caused by uneven expansion and contraction of a relatively hard topcoat over a relatively soft or slippery undercoat. (See Figure 102.) Alligatoring can be caused by: (1) applying an enamel over an oil primer (2) painting over bituminous paint, asphalt, pitch or shellac (3) painting over grease or wax, e. Crawling: Crawling occurs when the new coating fails to wet and form a continuous film over the preceding coat. Examples are applying latex paints over high gloss enamel or applying paints on concrete or masonry treated with a silicone water repellant. (See Figure 103.) d. Intercoat Peeling : The loss of adhe sion caused by the use of incompatible paints may not be obvious until after a period of time has elapsed. Then, the stresses in the hardening film will cause the two coatings to separate and the topcoat will then flake and peel. (See Figure 104.) 5.2.5 Improper Painting Operations. It is apparent from the problems described thus far that the painter can prevent or cause most of them by the manner in which he fol lows instructions. Always use recommended coating systems (primer plus topcoat, if a primer is necessary). Be sure that the sur face is properly prepared and that painting conditions are within specified limits, e.g., temperature, humidity, etc. Follow applica tion directions exactly. Short cuts or disre gard of instructions are bound to accelerate deterioration of the applied coatings. 5.2.6 Poor Painting Techniques. The fol lowing specific actions indicate what can happen through poor painting techniques : 5.2.6.1 Insufficient Cleaning. The adhe sion of the entire paint system depends on direct contact of the first coat with a clean substrate. If the surface contains wax, grease or oil, the paint may dry very slowly, crawl or alligator. In any case, flaking and peeling from the substrate will take place. 5-23 DUP030043686 5-24 Figure 102. Alligatoring. DUP030043687 DUP030043688 5.2.6.2 Improper Repair. Holes and cracks which are not filled and sealed will allow moisture to get in behind the coating and cause blistering and film degradation. 5.2.6.S Insufficient Paint Application. If paints are thinned or applied in too thin a a coat, they will not last as long. If too little primer is used, especially on porous sub strates, then gloss and color will be uneven, and adherence of topcoats may be affected. In any case, any chalking and erosion which takes place will wear through a thin film faster and result in the necessity for repaint ing earlier than normal. 5.2.6.U Excessive Paint Application. Too much paint is just as bad as too little paint. Too heavy a coat may cause any of the fol lowing problems: a. Sagging: The paint may curtain on vertical surfaces thus affecting its appear ance and dry film thickness. b. Drying: Drying, especially "through drying" may be retarded considerably. This may cause lifting when recoated (see 5.2.4.2 a). c. Wrinkling: This may occur either in cold weather when the thickened paint is improperly applied or in hot weather when the topcoat dries quickly but the paint un derneath is still wet. The resulting stresses cause the paint to wrinkle. (See Figure 105.) d. Cracking: The film may not show any defects initially, but the extreme stresses present in a thick hardening film may cause cracking after exposure. This is especially true in a multicoat system. (See Figure 106.) e. Blistering: In hot weather the un even drying of the thick film may cause sol vent entrapment with subsequent blistering. 5-26 Figure 105. Severe Wrinkling. DUP030043689 Surface painted six times in IS years. Coating thickness is 22 Mils, Figure 106. Cross Grain Cracking. 5-27 DUP030043690 5.2.G.5 Insufficient Dry Between Coats. Rushing; a job may also speed up its failure as a result of loss of adhesion or improper cure. If a coat is not thoroughly dry, the next coat may cause trapping of the solvent or lifting. Trapped solvent must come out eventually and will cause either pinholing, blistering or a reduction in adhesion. 5.2.7 Entrance of Moisture Due to Faulty Structural Conditions. The major cause of abnormal deterioration of coatings, especially those exposed outdoors, is moisture. This moisture may either come from external sources or be developed within the structure. This moisture can produce abnormal deterio ration of applied coatings such as wood stain, mildew, blistering and loss of adhesion, re sulting in a poor appearance and eventual deterioration by flaking and peeling. (See Figures 107 and 108.) A prime reason for this problem is that the major construction materials used, i.e., wood, concrete, stucco, masonry and plaster, are essentially porous and will allow moisture to pass through. If the walls are wet and the surface is warmed, as by sunlight the moisture will tend to 5-28 Figure 107. Blistering from Moisture. DUP030043691 Figure 108. Loss of Adhesion from Moisture, move to the outside atmosphere. If nonpermeable coatings are used (most paints other than latex paints or cement paints) this moisture will be trapped. Increased pressure will eventually cause the coating to either blister or lose adhesion. The problem is much less serious with metals, but in creased contact with moisture does reduce service life of coatings applied on them. 5.2.7.1 Poor Construction. Poor quality construction which allows moisture to enter behind painted woodwork, masonry or plas ter is a major reason for discoloration and abnormal deterioration of both interior and exterior coatings. It will also eventually cause wood decay if not corrected. Report construction defects to construction person nel for correction before repainting is started. Twenty six points of potential moisture trouble in a poorly built structure are shown in Figure 109. The major causes can be condensed as follows: a. Use of green lumber or building dur ing rainy weather so that the structure was wet when originally painted. b. Poorly fitted windows, door trim and joints allowing water to enter. c. Omission of drips or gutters at eaves, or omission of eaves and overhangs thus increasing the flow of water down the walls of the structure. d. Lack of flashing or improper instal lation of flashing around chimneys, roof, 5-29 DUP030043692 1 26 Twenty-six points of potential moisture trouble in a poorly-built house: 1, built with green lumber; 2, no cricket where chimney meets roof; 3, no flashing at side of chimney; 4, use of metal corner caps; 5, exposed nail heads not galvanized; 6, no window wash at sill; 7, wood contacts earth; 8, no drip or gutter at eaves; 9, poorly fitted window and door trims; 10, waterproof paper not installed behind trim; 11, damp, wet cellar unventilated at opposite sides; 12, no ventilation of unexcavated space; 13, no blocking between unexcavated space and stud wall space; 14, no waterproofing or drainage tile around cellar walls; 15, lacks founda tion water and termite seal; 16, plaster not dry enough to paint; 17, sheathing paper should be waterproof but not vapor proof; 18, vapor barrier omitted -- needed for present or future insulation; 19, built during wet, rainy season without taking due precaution or ventilating on dry days; 20, built hurriedly of cheap materials; 21, inadequate flashing at breaks, corners, roof; 22, poorly jointed and matched; 23, no chimney cap; 24, no flashing over openings; 25, full of openings, loosely built; 26, no ventilation of attic space. Figure 109. Moisture from Within Structure. 5-30 DUP030043693 corners, doors and windows allowing rain to penetrate walls. (See Figure 110.) e. Lack of waterproofing behind trim, around basement walls and in crawl spaces (sheathing paper should be waterproof but not vaporproof). f. Lack of ventilation in attics, base ments and crawl spaces allowing moisture to condense and collect on walls. g. Direct contact of wood walls with ground or shrubbery. (See Figure 111.) h. Use of non-galvanized ferrous nails which will eventually rust and loosen, allow ing water to enter. i. Painting plaster when still wet, j. Inadequate use of calking compound allowing rain to enter openings around win dows and doors. All of these defects either trap moisture in the walls, allow moisture to enter the walls, or trap moisture vapor which will condense on cold walls. 5.2.7.2 Moisture From Within The Struc ture. A major cause of excessive moisture is that developed in normal use by the occu pants of the structure. There are a number FAULTY FLASHING Exposed ends should be bent 90. and cemented between bricks to prevent entrance of rain water. Figure 110. Faulty Flashing. of sources of such moisture. (See Figure 112.) They are as follows: a. Normal Activities: Daily activities by and for the occupants of the structure can account for the following amount of moisture per person each day: Breathing and perspiration ......................... .. 2 lbs. Cooking and dishwashing........................................ 1 lb. Clothes washing and drying._____ .....____ __ 8 lbs. Showers--daily ........................................................ % lb. This adds up to a total of about 1(4 gallons of water developed per person per day with out including moisture given off by heaters. It is important that venting be used for all equipment and that kitchens and shower rooms have exhaust fans which are kept in operation during use of facilities. b. Humidity: The humidity within a structure should be kept fairly low especially during the cold weather when outside walls are cold. Otherwise, moisture will collect and eventually work its way into and through the walls unless the interior paint on the walls is impermeable. This usually is not a problem unless humidifiers are used with heating equipment. The following humidity levels should be the maximum within a structure for indoor air temperatures of 70 F. Outside Temp. F Inside Humidity (Max.) (Percent) Below -- 20 to 0 to Above --20 0 20 20 .. 15 ... 20 .. 30 .. 40 There are two relatively low cost solutions to blistering and peeling problems if the source of moisture is by normal use and no structural defects are involved: (1) Seal the inside surface of exte rior walls with aluminum paint or enamel and apply breathing-type paints such as latex paints to the outside surface, (2) Vent the outside walls by the use of vents or wedges, (See Figure 113.) 5.2.7.3 Poor Maintenance. Structures not kept in good repair will eventually allow moisture to enter the walls and cause paint 5-31 DUP030043694 failures. Some examples are as follows: a. Leaking roofs caused by loosened, curled or missing shingles b. Plumbing leaks c. Corroded flashing d. Broken, leaky or clogged gutters and downspouts e. Cracked or missing calking and glaz ing compound f. Allowing water to collect in base ments g. Loose siding. All of these conditions must be corrected before painting is started. Figure 111. Moisture Peeling Caused by Contact with Ground. 5-32 DUP030043695 Gas heaters and stoves, without flues. Every thousand cubic feet of natural gas that is burned produces 10 gal lons of water. In the average six-room house where gas Is used for heating and cooking, 16 to 20 barrels of water is thrown off in the farm of vapor in a year. All this equip ment should have flues to avoid the possibility of endless paint trouble. Then there are the new type warm air heating systems, called forced draft or winter air conditioning. Their auto matic humidifiers can throw off barrels and barrels of water during the winter months. Unless carefully regu lated, that water vapor may quickly ruin the best outside paint job money can buy. The best way to keep water vapor from passing into the wall space is to install a vapor barrier inside the studding when the budding is erected. Such a barrier formed of sheets of moistureproof material with watertight joints will stop water vapor from getting into the wall space. Many existing homes have no such protection. So for them .two coats of Aluminum Paint, or one coat of Aluminum and two of high-grade enamel, are recommended on the plaster wads. Laboratory tests show that such a paint system on inside walls is 96 to 97 per cent efficient in preventing OUTSIDE TEMPERATURE Mow 0 .. 0 to 20 obore 0 20 above OJ? and over If INSIDE RELATIVE HUMIDITY ... Not more (ban 20 percent . Not mare than 30 pertam , . Not more then 40 perant, Sometimes paint fails outside one room, only... usually the kitchen, laundry or bathroom, where large amounts of Steam are released into the air. Unless there is adequate ventilation to carry out that water vapor, it will pass through the piaster and sweat out on the back of the siding. Excessive inside humidity in winter may cause blistering of exterior paints. Figure 112. Moisture Problem Areas. 5-33 DUP030043696 MOiSTUfte mefsvftc Wedges theTo protect enterior woB from moutur* 'hot invodes Irom oecetiOfy.room side, good vnt<lofion .s Figure 113. Venting Outside Walls. 5-34 DUP030043697 DUP030043698 Chapter 6 PAINT MATERIALS SECTION 1 - GENERAL A knowledge of the types of materials used for painting is useful in determining their capabilities and limitations. There are sound reasons for the existence of each coating specification, and these become more appar ent with some insight into the composition of the various types specified. This informa tion is presented in this chapter to aid the reader in determining which product should be used for the job, and to explain why the product is best suited for the particular com bination of conditions present, i.e., the sub strate, painting conditions, finish desired and the environment to be withstood by the applied finish. SECTION 2- PAINT BINDERS 6.2.1 General. Most paints are based on a film former or binder which is either dis solved in a solvent or emulsified in water. Upon application of the product in a rela tively thin film, it will dry or cure to form a dry, tough coating. Solutions of such binders in solvent may be called by various names, e.g., clear finishes, varnishes if they dry by oxidation, or lacquers if they dry by evaporation. If opaque pigments or colors are dispersed in the binder, the product, which will produce an opaque white or colored film, is called a paint. Pigment con centration can also be varied to produce a high gloss, a semigloss or lustreless (fiat) finish. Special pigments, e.g., red lead and zinc chromate can be used to provide cor rosion resistance in primers. Metallic pig ments can be added to varnishes to produce metallic coatings such as aluminum paints. The major performance characteristics of the coating depend generally on the type of binder used. The principal binders used in the paint materials covered in this manual are described in this section. These descrip tions are concerned only with the reasons for their use, their superior characteristics and their deficiencies. No attempt has been made to discuss their analytical composition in any detail since this would be of little value in this manual. The paint binders discussed are listed in alphabetical order for ease of reference. 6.2.2 Alkyd. Alkyd binders, of the type covered in this manual, are oil modified phthalate resins which dry by reacting with oxygen from the surrounding air. Alkyd finishes are usually of the general purpose type, are economical and are available as clear or pigmented coatings. The latter are available in flat, semigloss and high gloss finishes, and in a wide range of colors. They are easy to apply, and, with the exception of fresh (alkaline) concrete, masonry and plaster, may be used on most surfaces which have been moderately cleaned. Alkyd finishes have good color and gloss, and retain these characteristics well in normal interior and exterior environments. Their durability is excellent in rural environments, but only fair in mildly corrosive environments. (See Table 10.) Alkyd finishes are also available in odorless formulations for use in hospitals, kitchens, sleeping quarters and other areas where odor during painting might be objec tionable. 6.2.3 Cement. Portland cement mixed with several ingredients acts as a paint binder when reacted with water. The paint is supplied as a powder to which the water is added before use. Cement paints are used on rough surfaces such as concrete, masonry 6-1 DUP030043699 and stucco. They dry to form hard, flat, porous films which permit water vapor to pass through readily. Since cement paints are powders, they can also be mixed with masonry sand and less water to form filler coats to smooth rough masonry before apply ing other paints. Cement paints can be used on fresh masonry and are economical. The surface must be damp when they are applied, and must be kept damp for a few days to obtain proper curing. They should not be used in arid areas. When properly cured, cement paints of good quality are quite durable ; when improperly cured, they chalk excessively on exposure, and then may pre sent problems in repainting. 6.2.4 Epoxy. The epoxy binders covered in this manual are made up of two compo nents; an epoxy resin and a polyamide hard ener, which are pre-mixed before use. When mixed, the two ingredients react to form the final coating. These paints have a limited working or pot life, usually a working day. Anything left at the end of the day must be discarded. Epoxy paints can be used on any surface and can be applied at high solids, thus producing high film build per coat applied. The cured film has outstanding hard ness, adhesion, flexibility and resistance to abrasion, alkali and solvents, as well as being highly corrosion-resistant. Their major uses are as tile-like glaze coatings for concrete and masonry, and for the protection of structural steel in corrosive environments. Their cost per gallon is high, but this is off set by the reduced number of coats required to get adequate film thickness. Epoxy paints tend to chalk on exterior exposure so that low gloss levels and fading can be antici pated ; otherwise, their durability is excellent. 6.2.5 Epoxy--Coal Tar. Coal tar is often added as an ingredient of epoxy paints, re sulting in a significant decrease in cost with relatively minor effect on corrosion resis tance. Color choice is limited because of the black color of the coal tar. It is used pri marily for interior and submerged surfaces, 6.2.6 Inorganic. The major inorganic bind ers used in paints are sodium, potassium, lithium and ethyl silicates. These binders are used in zinc dust pigmented primers, in which they react with the fine zinc metal to form very hard films. These films are ex tremely resistant to corrosion in humid or marine environments. Many of these primers also contain substantial concentrations of lead oxides which react with the silicates in conjunction with the zinc to form an even more corrosion resistant coating. 6.2.7 Latex. Latex paints are based on aqueous emulsions of three basic types of polymers; polyvinyl acetate, polyacrylic and polystyrene-butadiene. They dry by evapo ration of the water, followed by coalescence of the polymer particles to form tough, in soluble films. They have little odor, are easy to apply, and dry very rapidly. Interior latex paints are generally used either as a primer or finish coat on interior walls and ceilings whether made of plaster or wallboard. Exterior latex paints are used directly on exterior (including alkaline) masonry or on primed wood. They are non-flammable, economical and have excellent color and color retention. Latex paint films are somewhat porous so that blistering due to moisture vapor is less of a problem than with solvent thinned paints. They do not adhere readily to chalked or dirty surfaces, nor to glossy surfaces as under eaves. Therefore, careful surface preparation is requird for their use. Latex paints are very durable in normal environments, at least as durable as oil paints. 6.2.8 Oil. Linseed oil is the major binder in oil house paints. These paints are the oldest type of coatings in use and have the longest history of performance. They are used primarily on exterior wood and metal since they dry too slowly for interior use and are sensitive to alkaline masonry. Oil paints are easy to use and give high film build per coat. They also wet the surface very well so that surface preparation is less critical than with other types of paints for metal. They are recommended for hand cleaned iron and steel. Oil paints are not particularly hard or resistant to abrasion, chemicals or strong solvents, but they are durable in normal environments. 6-2 6.2.9 Oil-Alkyd. Linseed oil binders are often modified with alkyd resins in order to reduce drying time, to improve leveling, hardness, gloss and gloss retention, and to reduce fading, and yet maintain the brushability, adhesion and flexibility of the oil. One end use is in trim paints which are applied to exterior windows and doors. Since these areas are relatively small and painted in solid colors rather than tints, they require better leveling, gloss retention and fade resistance than the rest of the exterior walls. Also, these areas are subject to some handling, and, therefore, require faster drying and harder finishes. Oil-aikyd paints are also used on structural steel when faster drying finishes are desired. However, somewhat better surface preparation is re quired than with oil paints. 6.2.10 Oleoresinous. These binders are made by processing drying oils with hard resins. They generally are used either as spar varnishes or as mixing vehicles to be added to aluminum paste to produce alumi num paints (see 6.2.11, Phenolic). Alkyd finishes are often called oleoresinous because a drying oil is combined with the alkyd (phthalate) resin. Alkyd finishes usually are preferred where better color retention is desired. 6.2.11 Phenolic. Phenolic binders are made by processing a drying oil with a phenolic resin and are thus a class of oleoresinous binders. They may be used as clear finishes or pigmented in a range of colors in flat (lustreless) and high gloss finishes. The clear finishes may be used on exterior wood and as mixing vehicles for producing alumi num paints. The durability of the clears is very good for this class of finishes (1 to 2 years); the durability of the aluminum paints is excellent. Phenolic paints are used as topcoats on metal for extremely humid environments and as primers for fresh water immersion. These paints require the same degree of surface preparation as alkyds but are slightly higher in cost than alkyds. Phenolic coatings have excellent resistance to abrasion, water and mild chemical envi ronments. They are not available in white or light tints because of the relatively dark color of the binder. Furthermore, phenolics tend to darken during exposure, 6.2.12 Phenolie-Alkyd. Phenolic and alkyd binders are often blended to combine the hardness and resistance properties of the phenolics with the color and color retention of the alkyds. This may be done either by blending phenolic varnish with the alkyd vehicle or by addition of phenolic resin dur ing processing of the alkyd resin. 6.2.13 Rubber-Base. So-called rubber-base binders are solvent thinned and should not be confused with latex binders which are often called rubber-base emulsions. FoUr types are available: chlorinated rubber, styrene-butadiene, vinyl toluene-butadiene and styrene-acrylate. They are lacquer type products (see 6.3.2) and dry rapidly to form finishes which are highly resistant to water and mild chemicals. Recoating must be done with care to avoid lifting by the strong sol vents used. Rubber-base paints are available in a wide range of colors and levels of gloss. They are used for exterior masonry, also for areas which are wet, humid or subject to frequent washing, e.g., swimming pools, wash and shower rooms, kitchens and laun dry rooms. Styrene-butadiene, when com bined with chlorinated plasticizers and sili cone resins, is used to produce high heatresisting ready-mixed aluminum paints, 6.2.14 Silicone. Silicone binders are used in two ways: for water repellents and for heat resistant finishes. 6.2.14.1 Water Repellents. Dilute solu tions (5% solids) of silicone resin are of temporary help in reducing water absorption when applied to unpainted concrete or ma sonry such as brick or stone. They usually do not affect the color or appearance of the treated surface. Cracks and open joints must be repaired before water repellents are applied. 6.2.14.2 Heat-Resistant Finishes. Heatresistant organic finishes containing a high concentration of silicone resins, when pig mented with aluminum, have the ability to withstand temperatures up to 1200F. 6-3 DUP030043701 6.2.15 Silicone Alkyd. The combination of silicone and alltyd resins results in an expen sive but extremely durable coating for use on smooth metal. 6.2.16 Urethane. Two types of urethane fin ishes are covered in this manual: oil-modified urethanes and oil-free, moisture-curing ure thanes. Both are used as clears but the oil free type is also available pigmented, 6.2.16.1 Oil-Modified Urethanes. These are similar to phenolic varnishes, although more expensive, but have better initial color and color retention, dry more rapidly, are harder, and have better abrasion resistance. They can be used as exterior spar varnishes or as tough floor finishes. Oil modified ure thanes can be used on all surfaces. In com mon with all clear finishes, they have limited exterior durability. 6.2.16.2 Moisture Curing Urethanes. These are the only organic products pres ently available which cure by reacting with moisture from the air. They also are unique in having the performance and resistance properties of two-component finishes yet are packaged in single containers. Moisture-cur ing urethanes are used in a manner similar to other one package coatings except that all containers must be kept full to exclude moisture during storage. If moisture is pres ent in the container, they will gel. 6.2.17 Vinyl. Lacquers based on modified polyvinyl chloride resins are used on steel where the ultimate in durability under ab normal environments is desired. They are moderate in cost but have low solids and require the most extensive degree of surface preparation to secure a firm bond. Because of their low solids, vinyl finishes require numerous coats to achieve adequate dry film thickness so that the total cost of painting is higher than with most other paints. Since vinyl coatings are lacquers, they are best applied by spray and dry quickly, even at low temperatures. Recoating must be done with care to avoid lifting by the strong sol vents which are present. In addition, these solvents present an odor problem. Vinyls can be used on metal or masonry but are not recommended for use on wood. They have exceptional resistance to water, chemicals and corrosive environments but are not resistant to strong solvents, 6.2.18 Vinyl-Alkyd. The combination of vinyl and alkyd resins offers a compromise between the excellent durability and resis tance of the vinyls with the lower cost, higher film build, ease of handling and adhesion of the alkyds. They can be applied by brush or spray and are widely used on structural steel in marine and moderately severe corrosive environments, 6.2.19 Comparison of Paint Binders. Tables 9 thru 11 list the relative properties of the major and more common binders as follows: Table 9 Application Properties Table 10 Use and Service Table 11 Film Properties Table 12 summarizes the outstanding prop erties from these tables. Properties of the following binders are not included but can be estimated to be similar to those listed as follows: Oil-Alkyd = Oil + Alkyd Oleoresinous = Similar to alkyds but with less color retention Phenolic-Alkyd == Phenolic + Alkyd Oil-Modified Urethane == Phenolic + Alkyd Vinyl-Alkyd == Vinyl -4- Alkyd I I 6-4 DUP030043702 Legend Used in fables 9 thru 11 Comparison of Paint Binders MS--Mineral spirits Ar--Aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, e.g., xylene Mod---Moderate Cons--Considerable Oxygen---Dries by reaction with oxygen from the air Chem--Cures by chemical reaction Coales--Dries by coalescence of latex particles Evap--Dries by solvent evaporation Moisture--Cures by reaction with moisture from the air Min. Surf. Prep.--Minimum surface preparation EX--Excellent G--Good F--Pair mm P--Poor V--Very NR--Not recommended X--Not applicable 6-5 DUP030043703 Table 9. Comparison of Paint Binders Application Properties Alkyd Cement Epoxy Latex MoistureCuring Oil Phenolic Rubber Urethane Vinyl Solvents .............. .. Brushability................ .. Odor ..... ........................... .... Method of Cure.............. Speed of Dry: 50F to 90F. ___ ... Below 50F.............. Film Build/Coat ...... Safety (Personnel) ............ MS G 1Mild Water Lacquer Water MS MS + Ar MS + Ar Lacquer Lacquer G F EX EX GF F Spray None Strong V. Mild Mild Mod Mod Strong Strong Chem Chem Coales Oxygen Oxygen Evap Moisture Evap G G G EX F FFPPP G EX EX G EX G EX F EX G G EX FG GG GG EX EX GG EX F FF 1 Very mild for odorless type 6-6 DUP030043704 Table 10. Comparison of Paint Binders Use and Service Alkyd Cement Epoxy Use on Wood......................... Use on Fresh Concrete........ Use on Metal.......................... Min. Surf. Prep, for Metal 2 Use as Clear............ ............. Use in Aluminum Paint.... Choice of Gloss............. .. Service. Interior ......................... .. Normal Exposure........ Marine Exposure ........ Corrosive Exposure ... EX NR EX Class 3 EX G Any EX EX F F NR EX NR X NR NR Flat EX EX EX Class 3 NR G Any EX EX G EX F EX NR EX 2 See 4.4.2.7. * See 6.2.13. Latex MoistureCuring Oil Phenolic Rubber Urethane Vinyl EX EX NR X NR NR Flat EX NR EX Class 1 NR NR Mod EX NR EX Class 3 EX EX Any NR EX G Class 3 NR 3 Any EX G G Class 4 EX NR High NR EX EX Class 4 NR G Low EX NR EX EX EX EX EX EX F F G EX NR NR G G EX NR EX EX EX EX G EX 6-7 DUP030043705 Table 11. Comparison of Paint Binders Film Properties Gloss Retention (Paint) .. Color, Initial ...................... Yellowing (Clear) ....... Fade Resistance (Paint).. Hardness.......................... Adhesion ............... Flexibility........................... Resistance to: Abrasion ..................... Water .......................... Detergents .... Acid ............................ Alkali........................... Strong Solvents____,. Heat ------ ----------------- Moisture Permeability .., Alkyd Cement Epoxy EX 4 P EX G G Slight X X EX F F G EX EX G F EX G P EX GG FF FF FP F EX P EX GG Mod V. High EX G EX G EX EX G Low Latex 4 EX X EX G G EX G F G G G G G High MoistureCuring OH Phenolic Rubber Urethane P EX G F G P EX EX X Cons X Mod G GG F P EX EX EX EX G G EX EX G G EX P F F P P P F Mod EX EX EX EX G G G Low G EX EX EX EX P 3 Low EX EX EX EX EX EX G Low 8 See 6.2.13. 4 Available as flat finish only. Vinyl EX EX X EX G F EX EX EX EX EX !E!3 F p Low 6-8 DUP030043706 Table 12, Comparison of Paint Binders Principal PropeHies Alkyd Cement Epoxy Latex MoistureCuring Oil Phenolic Rubber Urethane Ready for Use.............. .. Brushability ............ Odor........ ............. Cure--Normal Temp......... --Low Temp......... . Film Build/Coat.............. . Safety .................. .............. Use on Wood...................... Use on Fresh Concrete... Use on Metal..................... Corrosive Service ............. Gloss--Choice.................... --Retention ........ Color--Initial................ ... ---Retention.......... ... Hardness ...................... Adhesion ............................. Flexibility ........................ Resistance to; Abrasion ................ Water ......................... Acid ............................. Alkali ......................... Strong Solvent.......... . Heat............................. Moisture permeability ... Yes No AA 41 "h AA AA A4 A4 A --+ 4-- A 4 4- X 4A +-- A4 A-- A-- AA AA A-- A+ "4 AA Mod V. High No? A -- A -- + A 4 + 4 4 -- A A + 4 + A A + + A Low Yes + + -- A + A + -- -- -- X "h + A A + A A A A A A High Yes + A -- + A A -- A -- A A + -f- _ A " -- A Mod Yes A A A A A A A -T- + A + + -- + A A + + + A A A Low Yes A A + + A A -- + A A -fA + A + A A A + 4- +2 Low Yes A -- 4 4 4 ~ A A A A A A 4 -- + 4 4 4" 4 4 4 4 A Low + = Among the best for this property -- = Among the poorest for this property 1 Odorless type 2 See 6.2.13 3 Two component type A = Average X = Not applicable Vinyl Yes -- + -- 4 4 4 A 4 4 4 A 4 4 4 4 4 A -- Low 6-9 DUP030043707 SECTION 3 - TYPES OF PAINTS 6.3.1 General. This section covers the various common types of paints used. Spe cial types such as fire-retardant paints and traffic paints are discussed in Chapter 10 "Special Purpose Coatings" and Chapter 11 "Signs and Traffic Marking," respectively. 6.3.2 Lacquer. Strictly speaking, all coat ings which dry solely by evaporation of the solvents may be described as lacquers. Thus, the rubber-base coatings and vinyl solution coatings covered in this manual can be con sidered to be lacquers. The term is more commonly used to describe finishes based on nitrocellulose or acrylic resins which are used on furniture or automobiles. Such fin ishes are outside the scope of this manual. Lacquers dry rapidly even at low tempera tures, and brushing may be difficult. Their solids content usually is relatively low so that numerous coats are often necessary in order to obtain adequate film thickness. Recoating, especially by brush, must be done with care to avoid lifting by the strong solvents used. 6.3.3 Varni$h. Varnishes are solutions of oil-modified alkyds or oil-modified resins (oleoresinous) in solvents, with driers added so that they will dry by oxidation. The film produced is clear so that the term "clear finishes" is often used to not only classify varnishes but other non-pigmented finishes as well, e.g., lacquers and moisture-curing urethanes. Varnishes are available in a vari ety of types as follows: 6.3.3.1 Spar Varnish. The term "spar" refers to the spars on a ship, hence spar varnishes are intended for exterior Use in normal or marine environments. However, this material has limited exterior durability. 6.3.3.2 Aluminum Mixing Varnish. Alu minum paint is often made by mixing alumi num paste with a varnish before use. The varnish used is specially formulated to pro duce optimum leafing of the aluminum, i.e., metallic brilliance, and to retain this leafing for at least a few days after mixing. 6.S.3.8 Sealer. Clear sealers are var nishes to which additional solvent has been added to make them quite thin in viscosity. Thus, when used, they penetrate and seal the substrate rather than form a relatively thick film on its surface. Sealers are used to pre vent grain raising, and to fill the pores of porous substrates such as plywood to avoid excessive loss of binder when topcoats are applied. Another use is to seal wood floors without leaving any significant glossy film on the surface which could be marred by subsequent abrasion under use. 6.3.3.k Flat Varnish. Varnishes normal ly dry with a high gloss. Often, a lower gloss or even flat finish is desired for reasons of appearance or to reduce glare. The var nish finish, if hard enough, can be dulled by hand rubbing with a very mild abrasive such as rottenstone, A much simpler method is to Use a varnish whose gloss has been reduced by the addition of transparent but highly efficient flatting pigments such as certain synthetic silicas. These pigments are dis persed in the varnish to produce a clear finish, which when applied, will dry to a low gloss, but will still be transparent so that the surface underneath, for example, the grain of the wood, will not be obscured. 6,3.4 Paint and Enamel. White and col ored pigments are dispersed in paint binders to produce paints and enamels. If the pig mented product is relatively easy to brush and is used on large areas such as walls or structural steel, it is called a paint. If it is relatively fast drying, levels out to a smooth, hard finish and is used on relatively small areas or smooth substrates such as wood work, it is called an enamel. Paints can be rolled whereas enamels rarely are. The term "paint" is also used in the broad sense to cover all types of pigmented opaque finishes and also their application, i.e., "to paint". 6.3. U.1 Gloss. The extent of pigmenta tion of the paint or enamel determines its gloss. Generally, gloss is reduced by adding non-opaque, lower cost, pigments called ex tenders. Typical extenders are calcium car bonate (whiting), magnesium silicate (talc), aluminum silicate (clay) and silica. The level of gloss is achieved by varying the ratio of pigment to binder. (See Figure 114.) 6-10 DUP030043708 Relative Concentration of Pigment Binder and Solvent in Container High Gloss Semi-Gloss Flat I Relative Concentration of Pigment and Binder in Dry Film mmm. i Cross-Section of Dry Film (Magnified) Excess Binder Pigment Low in Binder Figure 114. Effect of Pigment/Binder on Gloss. 6-11 DUP030043709 a. High Gloss: The maximum gloss in paints and enamels is obtained by omitting all extenders. This characteristic produces maximum washability and durability. b. Low Gloss: This may be called flat, dull or lustreless. Pigmentation is highest to reduce gloss to a minimum. Low gloss minimizes surface imperfections on interior walls. In using low gloss finishes, washabil ity and durability are sacrificed to some degree. e. Semigloss: This is a compromise between the appearance of the flat finish and the performance of the high gloss finish. 6.3.4.2 Primer. Generally two types of paints are required. The coat of paint next to the substrate, ealled the primer, is formu lated to perform the functions indicated be low; the topcoat is used to produce the desired finished appearance or to protect the primer and consequently the substrate be neath it. Various types of primers are used, depending on the substrate and, in some cases, the topcoat as well. a. Primer-Sealer: This is used to seal a porous or alkaline substrate so that the topcoat is unaffected by loss of or damage to the binder. Some paints, such as interior latex wall paints, are self-priming and usual ly do not require a special primer. b. Enamel Undercoater: This is a coat ing which dries to a smooth hard finish that can be sanded. When sanded, the perfectly smooth surface is ideal for obtaining the best leveling and appearance of the subse quently applied enamel topcoat. c. Anti-corrosive Primer: Primers based on anti-corrosive pigments, such as red lead, zinc chromate, lead silico chromate and zinc dust, are applied to iron and steel wherever corrosion is a problem. They re tard corrosion of the metal but must usually be protected by other types of coatings. The combination of primer, intermediate coats, if any, and topcoat is called the paint system. 6.3.5 Aluminum Paint. Metallic paints such as aluminum paints are available in two forms: ready mixed and ready-to-mix. 6.3.5.1 Ready-Mixed Aluminum Paints. These paints are supplied in one package and are ready for use after normal mixing. They are made with vehicles which will re tain leafing qualities or metallic brilliance after moderate periods of storage. They are more convenient to use and allow for less error in mixing than the ready-to-mix form. 6.3.5.2 Ready-to-Mix Aluminum Paints. These paints are supplied in two packages; one containing the clear varnish and the other the required amount of aluminum paste (usually 2/3 aluminum flake and 1/3 solvent). They are mixed just before use by slowly adding the varnish to the aluminum paste while stirring. The mixed paint will usually retain its leafing for a few days. Since leaf retention during storage is no problem, ready-to-mix aluminum paints al low a wider choice of vehicles and present less of a problem with storage stability. Leafing also is generally better when this paint is freshly mixed. 6.5.5.3 Moisture. Another potential problem with aluminum paints is moisture. If moisture is present in the container, it may react with the aluminum flake to form hydrogen gas and create pressure buildup in the closed container. This can cause bulg ing and even popping of the cover of the container. Check all ready mixed paints for bulging. If present, puncture the can cover carefully before opening. Be sure to use dry containers when mixing two package paints. Always brush out a test area before use to be sure that leafing is satisfactory. 6.3.6 Oil Stain. Oil stains are based on a drying oil such as linseed oil in which color pigments are dispersed and which is then thinned to a very low consistency to obtain maximum penetration when applied to wood. Interior stains are applied generously to the sanded, dust free surface, allowed to dry for a short period of time, and the excess then wiped off so that only the stain which has penetrated the wood remains. 6.3.7 Glaze Coating. Glaze coatings are based oil high solids binders which do not penetrate porous substrates to any degree. 6--72 R DUP030043710 When applied to concrete and masonry, the coating cures to a hard glass-like film on the surface of the relatively rough masonry. Glaze coatings are very easy to clean and are resistant to strong detergents or cleaners. They are ideal for areas which require extreme cleanliness, e.g., clean rooms. 6.3.8 Water Repellent. Water repellents are water thin clear finishes based on silicone resins (see 6.2.14.1). 6.3.9 Special Purpose Paint Materials. See the following chapters for descriptions of paint materials not covered in this chapter : Chapter 10--"Special Purpose Coatings" Chapter 11--"Signs and Traffic Marking" 6.3.10 Accessory Paint Materials. See the following sections in Chapter 4 for a descrip tion of accessory paint materials: Section 4--"Preparation of Surfaces" Section 5--"Repair of Surfaces" 6-13 DUP030043711 DUP030043712 Chapter 7 INTERIOR PAINTING (EXCEPT FLOORS) SECTION 1 - GENERAL 7.1.1 Scope. This chapter covers the types of paints and accessory products required to adequately finish interior walls, ceilings and trim of standard structures such as living quarters, administration buildings, mess halls, recreation facilities, hospitals, ware houses and storage facilities. It includes finishes for rooms in these structures includ ing kitchens, laundries, shower rooms and wash rooms. The painting of special areas, such as clean rooms and cold storage rooms, special objects such as stacks, boilers and storage tanks, and special surfaces such as acoustical tile, insulation and bituminous surfaces is covered in Chapter 10, "Special Purpose Coatings". 7.1.2 Purpose of Interior Pointing. The painting of interior surfaces is intended pri marily to improve the following: a. Sanitation and cleanliness: See 1.2.2 b. Illumination and visibility: See 1.2.3 c. Safety and efficiency: See 1.2.4 d. General appearance: See 1.2.5 In addition, certain areas require the use of durable coatings in order to provide adequate protection. The selection of coatings for these areas is specific, e.g., kitchens, laundries and shower rooms. 7.1.3 Choice of Finishes. Coatings used for interior painting generally are not the same as those used for exterior painting, since the latter are primarily designed to withstand exterior environments. The avail ability of interior finishes is comparatively broad allowing considerable choice of product to meet the properties desired. The choice of finish depends on the following properties and conditions: 7.1.S.1 Substrate or Surface. The sub strate to be painted may be any of the following: a. Wood: This might be any of the types listed in Table 7. Note that all open grain wood (see 4.5.5.3a) must be filled prior to final finishing. Its form may be either solid lumber or plywood. b. Metals: Metals used in interior areas may be iron, steel, galvanized steel, aluminum, brass or copper. c. Concrete and Masonry: This group includes all construction materials made with, Or held together with cement. Among these are concrete, concrete block, cement asbestos surfaces, brick, stone and stucco. d. Plaster and Wallboard: The walls may be constructed with either plaster ap plied over lath or wallboard which is gypsum plaster sandwiched between sheets of heavy paper. The latter is often called dry wall construction. e. Miscellaneous Construction Mate rials: These include board type products such as: (1) Hardboard--This is made of compressed ground wood which is impreg nated with synthetic resins. It is similar to wood except that the finished surface is very smooth and should be sanded prior to paint ing to improve adhesion. (2) Compressed Board---This is made of compressed paper. Its surface is similar to that of wallboard and is treated in the same manner. (3) Particle Board--This is made of wood chips impregnated with synthetic resins. Its surface is similar to hardboard and is treated in the same manner. f. Painted surfaces: Once the above substrates have been painted, the old paint 7-1 DUP030043713 becomes a more important factor in deter mining the choice of paint for recoating than the substrate. The new and old coatings must be compatible to avoid lifting or poor adhe sion. Try to use paints similar to the old paint (see 2.2.6). Sand or dull high gloss surfaces prior to painting to improve adhesion. Be fore using paints containing strong solvents, test a small area to be sure that no lifting or wrinkling of the old paint will result (see 5.2.42). 7.1.3.2 Type of Finish. The finish de sired may be clear or pigmented, and may vary in gloss as well. a. Clear Finishes: Transparent coat ings are applied to protect the substrate, e.g., wood, brass or copper, without obscur ing its appearance. b. Pigmented Finishes: Most paints are pigmented to make them opaque and to give them color. When applied on a substrate or surface, they not only protect it against washing, abrasion, etc., but also obscure its former appearance and provide the desired color. Therefore, non-esthetic construction materials, e.g., concrete block, can be used and, through the proper choice of paint, re sult in a pleasing architectural appearance. Paints can also be used to change colors when repainting, and can aid in improving illumi nation by the use of lighter colors, c. Gloss : The degree of gloss depends on the volume ratio of pigment to binder. It may be a high gloss, flat (dull or lustre less) or semigloss which is intermediate. (See 6.3.41 and Figure 114) d. Color: The color may be anything from white to bright colors, such as yellow or red, to black. A metallic aluminum color can be provided by the use of aluminum paint, either ready-mixed or mixed on the job. 7.1.3.3 Painting Environment. If paint ing is done in areas where odor is a problem, e.g., near food areas and in occupied areas, then odorless paints must be used. These may be latex paints or paints made with odorless mineral spirits. 7.1.3.if Type of Service. Most interior paints are for normal service. Some are 7-2 specially designed to withstand abnormal environments, e.g., moisture-resistant and mildew-resistant paints for laundries and shower rooms. SECTION 2-TYPES OF PRODUCTS AVAILABLE 7.2.1 General. A knowledge of the types of products available is useful in determin ing the capabilities and limitations of those which are recommended. There are sound reasons for the existence of each product specification, and these become more appar ent with some insight into the makeup of the finishes used. See Chapter 6 for a com plete discussion on "Paint Materials". 7.2.2 Basic Types of Coatings. The follow ing types of finishes are used for normal interior painting. Their relative properties are discussed in the noted sections in Chap ter 6. a. Alkyd Finishes: See 6.2.2 b. Cement Paints: See 6.2,3 c. Epoxy Paints: See 6.2.4 d. Latex Paints: See 6.2.7 e. Oleoresinous Finishes: See 6.2.10 f. Phenolic Varnishes: See 6.2.11 g. Rubber-Base Enamels: See 6.2.13 h. Urethane Finishes: See 6.2.16 These finishes are compared in Table 13. 7.2.3 Specialized Coatings. Paints for spe cialized uses are covered in Chapters 9, 10 and 11. There are six major groups as fol lows including stains which are covered in this chapter : a. Floor Finishes: These are fully described in Chapter 9. b. Special Painting Materials: These include anti-sweat coatings, fire-retardant and heat-resistant paints, non-slip coatings and textured finishes (see 10.2.2). c. Coatings for Special Areas: These include paints for air conditioning equip ment, clean, cold storage and dark rooms, grease pits, hot surfaces, radioactive areas, showers, storage tanks and swimming pools (see 10.2.3). d. Coatings for Special Surfaces: Typi cal surfaces include acoustical tile, fabric, glass and plastic (see 10.2.4). DUP030043714 Table IS. Types of Interior Finishes* Finish Type Alkyd............................... Solvent Clear MS X Paint X Gloss "Caution" Any .. . .Avoid use on alkaline, damp surfaces. Notes All purpose. Alkyd, Odorless ,.......... Cement .................. .. OMS Water 0 0 X Any .. . .Avoid use on alkaline, Odorless, all damp surfaces. purpose. X Flat .. . .Not for wood or metal. Powder, porous him. Epoxy .......... .. Lacquer thinner 0 X High . . . Ex. adhesion, flexibility and chemical resist ance. Latex ........ ...................... Water 0 X Flat .. . .Not for unprimed wood or metal. Easy to apply, low odor, fast dry. Oleoresinous .......... MS X X .. Avoid use on alkaline surfaces. Mixed aluminum paint. Phenolic ....... ................. Arom X X High . . . Darker color, water resistant, aluminum paint. Rubber Base.................. Arom 0 X Any .. . . Fast dry, moisture resistant. Urethane--Oil type .., MS X 0 Urethane*--Oil free ... Lacquer thinner X X MS--Mineral Spirits OMS--Odorless Mineral! Spirits Arom--Mineral Spirits + aromatic solvents X--Finish available 0--Not available *--See Appendix D-l, Table 3 High ... .Avoid use on alkaline surfaces. High , Fast dry, abrasion resistant. , .Ex. hardness, abrasion, chemical resistance. e. Traffic Marking Paints: See Chap ter 11, Section 2. f. Wood Stains: Stains are used to change the color of wood, usually to either make the color uniform, to make it darker, or to simulate the color of a more expensive wood. For example, pine might be stained to look like walnut. Stains can be used only on unfinished (raw) wood. 7.2.4 Accessory Products. Other painting materials contribute to paint performance by their use in preparing the surface before the paint or varnish is applied. There are two major groups of these products: those used to put the surface into good condition and those used to prepare the surface for finish ing. They are discussed in detail in Chap ter 4, "Painting Operations". 7.2.U.1 Surface Preparation. The follow ing materials are used to prepare interior surfaces for painting: a. Solvent Cleaners: See 4.4.3.1 b. Alkali Cleaners: See 4.4.S.2 c. Acid Cleaners: See 4.4.3.4, 4.4.3.5 d. Paint Eemovers: See4.4.3.6 e. Phosphate Treatments: See 4.4.4.1, 4.4.4.2 f. Wash Primers: See 4.4.4.3 g. Knot Sealers: See 4,4.5.2 h. Wood Fillers: See 4,4.5.3a i. Masonry Fillers: See 4.4.5.3b. Also see Chapter 4, Tables 6 and 7. 7-3 DUP030043715 7.2.A.2 Surface Repair. The following products are used to repair defects, fill crev ices and openings, and otherwise repair inte rior surfaces: a. Putty : See 4.5.3 b. Glazing Compounds: See 4.5.4 c. Patching Plaster: See 4.5.6.1 d. Spackle: See 4.5.6.2 e. Joint Cements: See4.5.6.3 f. Plastic Wood : See4.5.6.5. 7.2.5 Applicable Specifications. The speci fication products recommended for use in interior finishing are numerically listed in their appropriate groups in Appendix D-3. Products specified by appropriate use are listed as follows : 7.2.5.1 General Purpose Coatings. The finishes most commonly used in interior painting are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 3. 7.2.5.2 Special Purpose Coatings. The paints for specialized uses are listed in the following tables : a. Floor Finishes: See Appendix D-l, Table 5 b. Special Purpose Coatings: Special painting materials, coatings for special areas and coatings for special surfaces are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 6 c. Traffic Marking Paints See Appen dix D-l, Table 8 7.2.5.S Accessory Products. Materials used for surface preparation and repair are listed in the following tables: a. Surface Preparation: See Appendix D-l, Table 1 b. Surface Repair: See Appendix D-l, Table 2 SECTION 3 - SURFACE PREPARATION AND REPAIR 7.3.1 General. One of the most essential parts of any paint job is proper surface preparation. Paint will not adhere well, pro vide the required protection, nor have the desired appearance, unless the surface has been properly prepared. 7.3.2 Techniques. General methods for sur face preparation and repair are described in 7-4 Chapter 4, Sections 4 and 5, They are re ferred to or described in more detail below, as required for the surface to be painted. 7.S.2.1 Wood. Sand all new surfaces smooth with No. 1/0 or 2/0 sandpaper; use No. 1 sandpaper first on rough spots. Use fine steel wool (00 or 000) on rounded or irregular surfaces. Remove loose paint by scraping, sanding carefully with coarse sand paper such as No. 2, or by use of paint and varnish remover. (See Table 14.) Then sand as for new surfaces. Thoroughly clean all surfaces. Seal all knots or resinous areas with knot sealer and allow to dry at least two hours before priming. Fill all gouges, dents and small openings with plastic wood. Use putty for larger openings (after priming). Allow to dry hard, then sand lightly with No. 2/0 sandpaper before painting. Wood must be dry before any painting is done, with a moisture content of not over 12%. (See Figure 115.) If the surface is exces sively damp, allow the wood to dry by venti lation in clear warm weather or artificial heat until it is dry enough to paint. Table li.. Abrasive Grain Sizes Classification Symbol Very Coarse........... .......... Coarse ..................... 4% 4 m 3 m Medium __________ .......... 2 1% 1 % 1/0 2/0 Fine ......................... .......... 3/0 4/0 5/0 Very Fine............... ........... 6/0 7/0 8/0 9/0 10/0 11/0 12/0 Mesh 12 16 20 24 30 36 40 50 60 80 100 120 150 180 220 240 280 320 400 500 600 I DUP030043716 7.3.2.2 Concrete and Masonry. New con crete may be rough or very smooth depending on the finishing method used; concrete blocks usually are fairly rough. If a smooth finish is desired, fill rough surfaces with a masonry filler (see 4.4.5.3b), Treat smooth trowelled surfaces with a solution of 3% zinc chloride plus 2 % phosphoric acid to etch the surface, and allow to dry (do not flush off). Remove old paint by mechanical treatments (see 4.4.2). Patch all cracks, openings and broken areas (see 4.5.6). Thoroughly clean all sur faces. If cement-water paint is to be used, dampen surfaces within one hour of painting. Use a garden hose or portable pressure tank sprayer, adjusted to a fine spray. Do not use a brush; it is inadequate. The surface must be moist, but not dripping wet, when the Figure 115. Moisture Meter. paint is applied. If the surface tends to dry rapidly, as in hot weather, re-dampen it just before painting. The surface may be damp when a latex paint is applied, especially in hot weather, but it is not absolutely neces sary as with cement paints. It must be dry when solvent-thinned paints are applied. 7.3.2.3 Metal. Unpainted iron and steel may have loose rust or mill scale, both of which will affect paint adhesion ; rust may be present under loose paint on old work. Remove all loose and scaling paint, rust, mill scale, dirt, oil and grease following methods outlined in Chapter 4, Section 4. Sand edges of painted surfaces surrounding areas cleaned to substrate. Wire brush or sand metal and spot-prime with appropriate primer. 7.3.2.4 Plaster and Wallboard. Allow new plaster to age at least thirty days before painting, if an oil-based paint is to be ap plied. Latex paint can be applied after 48 hours, though a 30 day wait is generally recommended. Fill narrow cracks or small holes with spackle; larger openings or deep holes should be filled in thin layers with patching plaster. Allow spackle to dry four hours and plaster or joint cement 24 hours, then sand smooth before painting (see 4.5.6). On old work, remove all loose or scaling paint, then sand lightly, especially edges of surrounding painted areas. Wash off all dirt, oil and stains, then allow to dry thoroughly if solvent-thinned paints are to be applied. 7.3.2.5 Removal of Very Old Paint. When multiple coats of paint have built up on inte rior walls or woodwork, they may present an unsightly appearance due to the presence of numerous cracks, peeling or uneven areas where loose paint has often been removed and then repainted. In this case, it is best to remove all of the old paint down to the sub strate. The best procedure is to apply a water-rinsable paint and varnish remover (non-sag type) and allow to stand for fifteen minutes. Then apply steam by means of a wallpaper steamer. Move the steamer slowly and scrape the steamed surface with a wide bladed scraper. Repeat the process, if neces sary. It is very important to avoid allowing the steamer pan to remain too long in one spot because this may cause water logging of 7-5 DU P03004371 7 the substrate. It is much better to keep the steamer pan moving slowly but continuously, and repeat the process, if necessary, rather than to concentrate the steam in any area for a prolonged period of time. 7.3.2.6 Surface Preparation. The meth ods used for the preparation of interior sur faces before painting are covered in the paragraphs in Chapter 4, Section 4 referred to below. a. Mechanical cleaning: Use hand tools such as scrapers or brushes and power tools such as sanders. The latter can be used with rough sandpaper for removing old paint and with smooth sandpaper for final smoothing before painting (see 4.4.2.1 and 4.4.2,2) . b. Solvent cleaning: Use brushes and rags for solvent cleaning (see 4.4.3.1). c. Chemical treatments : Apply dilute alkaline cleaners such as trisodium phosphate or dilute acid cleaners such as phosphoric acid using a stiff fiber brush. Scrub the sur face thoroughly to remove contaminants. Pickling acids such as sulfuric, hydrochloric and nitric acids, and hot phosphate treat ments should be applied by dipping (see 4.4.3.2, 4.4,3.4 and 4.4.4.1), Be sure to wear goggles add rubber gloves. d. Paint removers: Use the wipe-off type on Wood and the wash-off type on metal where flushing can be resorted to. Apply a thick coat using an old paint brush. Allow to stand for 15 to 30 minutes until the paint has blistered or softened. Remove with a broad knife. Repeat, if necessary, until all of the paint is removed. If the remover is a wipe-off type, clean the area with steel wool and solvent, Wash-off removers can be re moved by flushing with water. Remove any residue with a scraper and steel wool and wipe dry (see 4.4.3.6). Removers and steam can be combined to remove thick layers of very old paint (see 7.S.2.5). e. Wash Primers : Wash primers are pre-treatments applied to metals to improve adhesion. They are intended for use on most metal surfaces prior to the application of a paint system. They are not themselves to be considered as permanent protective primers, though some protection is afforded for short 7-6 periods of time. See note in Appendix D-4, Table 11, Apply by brush or preferably by spray to a dry film thickness of 0.3 to 0.5 mil. The dry film should be translucent and not opaque. Recoat within 1 to 24 hours (see 4.4.4.3). Wash primers may be applied to damp surfaces (preferably by brushing) but not to wet surfaces. Dry film thickness must not exceed 0.5 mil. If applied in excess, an. unreacted residue remaining on the surface will contribute to premature failure of the finishing system. The two component type (MIL-P-15328) is mixed just before use. It is most effective when freshly mixed and, in no case, may be used beyond eight hours after mixing. The acid component for this product is not a thinner but is a necessary activator and must be used exactly as di rected. The MIL-P-14504 Pre-treatment is a one package type with no rated useable life. f. Knot Sealers: Knots occur in wood in varying sizes and shapes. They are par ticularly prevalent in southern pine. In the case of unpainted wood, apply one coat of MIL-S-12935 Knot Sealer to all knots prior to painting. For previously painted wood, where the paint has failed over a knot, scrape the area to bare wood, feather the edge with sandpaper and apply a coat of knot sealer. Allow to dry for at least 2 hours before painting (see 4.4.5.2). g. Wood Fillers: Wood filler is sup plied as a paste to prevent hard settling. Mix thoroughly and add mineral spirits to pro duce a creamy consistency. Keep well mixed during use. Apply using a brush and wipe off across the grain using burlap or coarse cloth. Finish wiping with the grain using clean rags. (See 4.4.5.3a and Chapter 4, Table 7.) h. Masonry Fillers: Apply filler using a fiber paint brush, broad knife or trowel. Smooth the surface carefully, wetting the tool with water, if necessary (see 4.4.5.3b). 7.S.2.7 Surface Repair. The methods used for the repair of interior surfaces are covered in the paragraphs in Chapter 4, Section 5 referred to below. a. Putty and glazing compounds: Both are applied with a putty knife (see 4.5.5). DUP030043718 b. Patching materials: Patching mate rials for small areas and crevices, e.g., spaekle and plastic wood, are applied with a putty knife. Patching plaster is applied with a broad knife or trowel. Joint cement is applied with a broad knife (see 4.5.6.6). Be sure that the patched areas are thoroughly dry before painting. SECTION 4 - SELECTION, PREPARATION & APPLICATION OF COATING SYSTEMS 7.4.! Selection of Coatings. The coating systems recommended for the standard inte rior surfaces covered in this chapter are listed in Appendix D-4, Tables 9 thru 12. These tables are designed for the selection of coating systems for new work. For previ ously painted surfaces, use one or two coats of the recommended interior topcoat depend ing on the opacity desired, e.g., use two coats when applying a lighter color over a darker old paint. Review Chapter 6, Par. 7.2.2 and Table 13, Chapter 7 before selection of a coating system. 7.4.1.1 Wood. The choice between clear .or pigmented coatings for wood will depend on the serviceability and appearance desired, e.g., washability, abrasion resistance; high gloss, semigloss or flat; white, tints or colors. These properties are covered in Appendix D-4, Table 9. 7.4- 1.2 Concrete and Masonry. The se lection of paint for new concrete and mason ry surfaces depends on the characteristics of the substrate, its location, and the appear ance and service requirements of the coating. The principal characteristics of these sur faces are that they may be damp or highly alkaline. These characteristics are further aggravated on surfaces below ground, such as in basements, where concrete and masonry are commonly used. Do not use oil paints on unpainted concrete or masonry if either con dition exists. Cement type paints are not suitable for cement asbestos surfaces. The finishes recommended for use on concrete and masonry are listed in Appendix D-4, Table 10. 7.4-1-3 Metal. The selection of coatings for interior metal is more Specific than for other interior surfaces (though not as criti cal as selection for exterior surfaces), espe cially with regard to the primer. Metal sur faces are generally smooth, a property which results in decreased adhesion of coatings. They are usually thin and are subject to vibration and impact so that flexibility of the coating is important. Iron and steel are sub ject to corrosion so that a rust inhibiting primer must be used. Metal must be properly primed before painting. Pre-treatment coat ings, (wash primers) such as MILr-P-14504 and MIL-P-15328, increase adhesion of both primers and topcoats. Wash primers are adequate as base coats without primers on non-ferrous metals. Pre-treatment coatings must be overcoated. The selection of the top coat is based on the conditions of exposure as well as the desired appearance, as with topcoats for other substrates. The recom mended primers and topcoats are listed in Appendix D-4, Table 11. 7.4.1.4 Plaster and Wallboard. The se lection of paint for plaster is similar to that for concrete except that the surface generally is smooth ; problems with water and alkali are similar. Do not use oil based paints on new plaster until it has cured and dried for at least thirty days. Wallboard does not pre sent this problem, but it is very porous so that non-penetrating primers or sealers should be used. The topcoat selection depends on service and appearance requirements as for the other substrates. The primers and topcoats recommended are listed in Appendix D-4, Table 12. 7.4.1.5 Previously Painted Surfaces. The selection of paint to be used depends solely upon service and appearance requirements provided that the coating is compatible with the old painted surface. When the substrate is exposed during surface preparation, use the recommended primer on that area only. Then apply the recommended topcoat as listed in Appendix D-4, Tables 9 thru 12. 7.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use. Re view Chapter 4, Section 3 "Paint Condition ing and Mixing" for proper preparation of coatings before use. 7-7 DUP03004371 9 7.4-2.1 Single-Package Systems. Single package systems are generally supplied ready for use. The only requirement is that they be stirred until uniform. When the primer and topcoat are the same coating material, the primer may be thinned with up to one pint of thinner per gallon of paint to improve penetration. When primer and topcoat are of the same color, the primer should be tinted slightly to assure proper coverage by the topcoat. Oil-type wood stains may be lightened in color by diluting with mineral spirits. 7.4-2.2 Multi-Package Paints. Stir each liquid component separately before combin ing. Blend components thoroughly. Note whether an induction or waiting period is required after blending and before use. Note also the length of time material is usable after individual components are mixed. Epoxy-type paints will increase in viscosity and eventually gel. Do not use if any thick ening is evident. No physical change takes place with the two-package chromate-type wash primers when their usable life is ended. Although still capable of being applied, they will not give satisfactory performance. Thus, specification instructions and manufacturers' directions must he followed explicitly. To pre pare cement-water paint, work dry material into a stiff paste by adding water in small portions, stirring constantly. Gradually stir additional water into the paste until the desired consistency is obtained. The amount of water used depends on the fineness of dry materials and is determined by trial. Alumi num paste is handled in much the same man ner by adding small portions of the mixing varnish with constant stirring. Gradually, the remaining portion of varnish is added, while stirring continues, until the proper ratio of aluminum to varnish is achieved. Continue mixing until uniform. 7.4.3 Application of Coatings. 7.4-3.1 General. Coatings are normally applied by brush, roller or spray. Rolling is the most common method for large areas such as walls and ceilings ; brushing is the general method used on trim. Application by these methods and a discussion of the types 7-8 of equipment available are included in Chap ter 4, Section 6. These procedures, as well as those for surface preparation (Section 4) and surface repair (Section 5) of Chapter 6 should be reviewed before painting opera tions begin. 7.4.3.2 Applying Clear Finishes. The number of coats required depends on the porosity of the surface. Most woods, except close grained woods such as maple, require 3 coats. Thin the first coat with up to one pint of thinner per gallon in order to obtain better penetration into the pores of the wood. Use a very clean brush and flow the varnish out in a thin coat to prevent sagging or wrinkling. Allow each coat to dry at least 24 hours and preferably 48 hours. Urethane finishes should be recoated within 16 to 24 hours because of their fast, hard dry. Wait ing any longer may result in adhesion prob lems. Rub lightly with 000 steel wool and then wipe dean with a cloth dampened with mineral spirits before applying the next coat. 7.4-3.3 Applying Pigmented Finishes, a. Primer-sealer, Latex, and Flat Paint: When applying primer-sealer, latex, and flat paints by brush, spread the paint on the surface with as little brushing as possi ble. Do not brush once the paint has set. Work in narrow sections, covering a small area with each brushful. Join sections with light curved or semi-circular strokes. When left undisturbed, the paint levels itself and brush marks disappear. These materials may also be applied by roller or spray. b. Enamel: Apply semigloss and gloss enamels in a similar manner to flat paints. Enamels flow more than flat paints and more care is required in application to obtain a uniform film thickness, to avoid sagging, runs and thin spots. Enamels may be applied by brush, spray, or roller. c. Cement-Water Paint: Do not apply paint to frozen concrete or masonry or when the paint may be exposed to temperatures below 45 F within 48 hours after applica tion. Scrub paint into the surface with a stiff fiber bristle brush. Apply two coats of paint of the same color, allowing 24 hours drying between coats. Each coat should be cured by spraying with water as soon I I I DU P030043720 as it is hard enough to resist injury to the paint (see 7.3.2.2 for application details or follow the manufacturer's directions). d. Rubber-Base Paint (Solvent-type): For best results this paint should be applied directly to the bare concrete or masonry sur face. Use two coats for normal service and three coats for maximum durability under severe conditions. When the surface to be painted has been previously coated with paint of another type, a small test section should be painted, to determine that the strong solvent used in rubber-base paint does not remove the old coating. Old paint coat ings which are affected by lifting should be completely removed. Rubber-base paint may be applied over cement water paint provided the surface is in satisfactory condition, that is, free of peeling, flaking or chalking. The priming coat should be thinned with approxi mately 1 quart of xylene (TT-X-916) to each gallon of paint. Intermediate coats, where used, should be thinned with approxi mately 1 pint of xylene to each gallon. Paints may be applied by brush or spray. e. Two-Component Epoxy: The two components shall be thoroughly mixed one hour before use, Prime and seal all previ ously painted or porous substrates as indi cated in Tables 6 and 7 of Chapter 4 and in Appendix D-l, Table 1. Follow with one coat of epoxy paint. On new non-porous surfaces, omit the primer and sealer, and apply two coats of epoxy paint. 7.U.S.h Applying Wood Stain. Stain may be applied with a rag dr a brush. Wipe off excess stain from the surface before the stain dries. In some instances, On soft-woods containing large bands of summer wood, e.g., flat-grained southern yellow pine or Douglas fir, it is desirable to apply a coat of thinned shellac as a sealer prior to staining. This provides for more uniform coloring by con trolling penetration. Allow the stain to dry for 24 hours before filling or finishing with varnish. 7-9 DUP030043721 8 83i<IVHD DUP030043722 Chapter 8 EXTERIOR PAINTING SECTION 1 - GENERAL 8.1.1 Scope. This chapter covers the types of paints and painting operations necessary to adequately finish and protect exterior walls, trim and similar surfaces of buildings, structures and facilities, including housing, administration buildings, warehouses, stor age facilities, hospitals; and exposed steel structures such as tanks, towers, and utility systems. The surfaces to be painted include wood, concrete, masonry, and metal which are exposed to rural, marine, humid or indus trial environments. The painting of special surfaces, and those exposed to most severe environments and conditions, e.g., under water and underground structures, swim ming pools, reservoirs and tanks, waterfront bulkheads and piling, hot stacks and mufflers, air conditioning and evaporative cooling equipment, and piping systems is covered in Chapter 10, "Special Purpose Coatings". 8.1.2 Purpose of Exterior Painting, Exte rior painting is intended primarily for the protection of substrates which would nor mally deteriorate if left unprotected. Dura bility of the coating system, rather than general appearance is therefore of prime concern. The choice of coatings for exterior exposure is limited to those systems which will remain intact and will economically pro tect the substrate under a specific set of exposure conditions. 8.1.3 Choice of Finishes. Finishes used for exterior painting are generally not the same as those used for interior painting. The available ranges of gloss and color for exte rior finishes are relatively limited as com pared with interior finishes. The type of surface, the degree of surface preparation attainable, and the conditions of exposure form the principal criteria for choosing a coating system. No single coating system will perform economically or adequately on the multitude of surfaces to be protected or for the potential or actual environmental conditions encountered. In several instances, more than one coating system may perform equally well, thereby providing a wider lati tude in availability and in choice of gloss, color or cost. The choice of gloss or color is secondary to the prime consideration for exterior painting, namely, durability and protection. 8.1.3.1 Substrate. The surface to be painted may be one of the following un painted substrates: a. Wood : This might be any of the standard structural types, e.g., pine, fir or oak. Its form may be either solid lumber or plywood. b. Metals : The most common metal used in exterior construction is steel. How ever, it may also be iron, galvanized steel, aluminum, brass or copper. Steel may be in the form of relatively thick and rough struc tural steel or in the form of thin smooth sheet metal. Iron, as such, is usually in the form of wrought railings. The other metals listed are usually used as sheet metals. c. Concrete and Masonry: This group includes all construction materials made with, or held together with cement. Among these are poured concrete, concrete block, cement asbestos surfaces, brick, stone and stucco. All are commonly used in exterior construction. d. Hardboard : This is made of com pressed ground wood which is impregnated with synthetic resins. It is similar to wood except that the finished surface is very 8-1 DUP030043723 smooth and should be sanded prior to paint ing to improve adhesion. 8.1.$.2 Painted Surfaces. Once the above substrates have been painted, the old paint becomes a more important factor than the base substrate in determining the choice of paint for recoating. The new coating must be compatible with the old paint to avoid problems such as lifting or loss of adhesion. This is especially important on exterior sub strates, e.g., wood or metal which .may change considerably in dimension during ex treme changes in temperature and humidity (see 5.2.4.2). 8.1.3.3 Type of Finish. Exterior finishes are available as clear or pigmented products. Pigmented finishes are available in varying degrees of gloss. Primers are used to a much greater extent than in interior finishes be cause of the much more severe environmental conditions during the service life of the coat ing (see 8.1.4). This is especially so with steel substrates which will rust unless pro tected by primers which both physically cov er the surface and also inhibit corrosion. Primers are further discussed in detail in 8.2.4. 8.1.4 Exposure Conditions. Structural ma terials, especially iron and steel, will deterio rate if not protected, hence the need for an adequate paint system which will resist the particular environment. The exposure con ditions discussed in this chapter include rural environment, marine environment and expo sure to industrial fumes, high humidity and heavy rainfall. 8.14.1 Rural Environments. This is an exposure where the only deteriorating effect is the weather. Under these conditions of exposure, surface preparation and perform ance requirements are less critical than un der more corrosive environments. Note: Urban environments can be similar to rural environments except that locations near in dustrial areas or the seacoast are mildly corrosive, 8.14.2 Environments Contaminated With Industrial Fumes. The environment near industrial areas may be contaminated with hydrogen sulfide which will react with leadcontaining pigments to form black lead sul fide. As a result, white paints, such as TT-P-102, which contain lead pigments will turn gray and unsightly. 8.14.3 Marine Environments. Structures near, and especially along the coast, are exposed to atmospheres containing high con centrations of salt laden moisture. This is an excellent environment for rapid corrosion of most metals, especially iron and steel. Careful surface preparation and the use of durable coating systems, e.g., vinyl alkyds, are of greater importance than is the case in rural environments. 8.144 Environments of High Humidity or Heavy Rainfall. Excessive amounts of moisture in the atmosphere are also harmful to coating systems and structures. Areas such as Puerto Rico, Panama, Florida and the Gulf States are subject to excessive hu midity and/or rainfall. It is important to use coating systems which are durable under these circumstances, e.g., phenolic, rubberbase, pigmented urethane and vinyl coatings. If excessive sunshine is also present, as in the tropics, be sure to use non-chalking white paints, 8.14.5 Corrosive Environments. The most severe environments for coatings are either those in which complete or partial immersion in sea water takes place or those near heavy industrial complexes which con taminate the air with corrosive chemicals. Use only the most careful surface prepara tion and the most resistant coatings such as those based on epoxy, urethane (two compo nent) and vinyl resins. SECTION 2- TYPES OF PRODUCTS AVAILABLE 8.2.1 General. A knowledge of the types of products available is useful in determining the capabilities and limitations of those which are recommended. There are sound reasons for the existence of each product specification, and these become more appar ent with some insight into the makeup of the finishes used. See Chapter 6 for a com plete discussion of "Paint Materials". 8-2 I DUP030043724 8.2.2 Basie Types of Coatings. Most of the types of finishes described in Chapter 6 are used in exterior painting. Refer to the fol lowing for specific discussions on each type: a. Alkyd (see 6.2.2) b. Cement (see 6.2.3) c. Epoxy (see 6.2.4) d. Inorganic (see 6.2.6) e. Latex (see 6.2.7) f. Oil (see 6.2.8) g. Oil-Alkyd (see 6.2.9) h. Oleoresinous (see 6.2,10) i. Phenolic (see 6.2.11) j. Rubber-Base (see 6.2.13) k. Silicone (see 6,2.14) l. Silieone-Alkyd (see 6.2.15) m. Urethane (see 6.2.16) n. Vinyl (see 6.2.17) o. Vinyl-Alkyd (see 6.2.18). These finishes are compared in Table 15. 8.2.3 Specialized Coatings. Paints for the following major specialized uses are covered in Chapters 9,10 and 11. a. Floor Finishes: These are fully described in Chapter 9. b. Special Painting Materials: These include fire-retardant and heat-resistant paints, non-slip coatings and textured fin ishes (see 10.2.2). c. Coatings for Special Areas & Ob jects: These include paint for hot stacks and mufflers, combustible areas, reservoirs and storage tanks, underground and under water structures and swimming pools (see 10.2.3). d. Coatings for Special Surfaces: Typi cal surfaces include bituminous surfaces, in sulation fabric, glass and plastic (see 10.2.4). e. Traffic Marking Paints : See Chap ter 11, Section 2 for a complete discussion on traffic and zone marking paints. 8.2.4 Primers. Primers are of utmost im portance in exterior finishes because of the exposure of the substrate to the elements and to extreme variations in temperature and humidity. The primer is the paint coat ing in direct contact with the substrate and thus both protects the substrate and also protects the topcoat from any possible prob lems with the substrate, e.g., bleeding in cedar, alkalinity in concrete and masonry, and adhesion to galvanized steel. 8.24.1 Primers for Wood. The essential qualities required for wood primers are con trolled penetration and good adhesion and flexibility. Penetration must be controlled to allow enough to obtain adequate adhesion but not so much as to lose binder and thus ad versely affect flexibility. Adhesion and flexi bility should be good enough to withstand the extreme stresses, especially across the grain, during extreme changes in temperature, hu midity and rainfall without any loss in adhesion. (See Appendix D-4, Table 18.) 8.24.2 Primers for Concrete and Masonry. The essential quality in a primer for concrete and masonry is that it be alkali resistant. Therefore, these primers are based on alkali resistant binders such as latex, cement and rubber-base resin. Since most exterior topcoats for concrete and masonry are also alkali resistant, they are self-prim ing and do not require any special primers. (See Appendix D-4, Table 14.) 8.24.3 Primers for Iron and Steel. Iron and steel are subject to rapid corrosion to a greater degree than other exterior substrates. They require the use of special primers which contain corrosion inhibiting pigments. Con sequently, a variety of primers are available depending on the degree of surface prepara tion attainable, the speed of dry and hardness desired, the topcoat to be used, which must be compatible, and the service required. a. Anti-corrosive Pigments: The fol lowing corrosion inhibiting pigments are available. All are represented in the primers recommended. Red Lead Zinc Chromate Basic Lead-Silico-Chromate Zinc Dust 8--3 1 DUP030043725 8-4 Table 15. Types o f E x te rio r Finishes (See K e y ) F in is h Type Solvent Clear P aint . 0A lk y d .............................. ....... MS .......... ............... . X Gloss C a u tio n A n y .......... Avoid use on alkaline and damp scurfaces. A ll purpose 1fot 1u rpe I :ao <a> ^ (U . PO i*i J*J M X H i CO o1 c3 jS *c4J `; * CoO oV5 w a ft s W W <! S*< W MPS om ow K . H * H M fx| X CQ ! X X s8 < g w fCtj f--* rft rQ rC 2 8| *4 G) g u X 0) )=! O ft ftf M CO & > 1 s 1 < .w :: O' a1 O' 4 icjrt 3 u % >* pj Key MS --Mineral spirits Laeq -- Lacquer type solvents A rom -- MS 4- aromatic solvents X --Available H -- H igh gloss 0 -- N ot available SG -- Semigloss F --Flat M --Metallic DUP030043726 Red lead has the longest history of perform ance and is still a major pigment. Zinc chromate was developed just before World War II when it was the major pigment in marine primers. Basic lead-silico-chromate is similar to red lead but remains durable when exposed so that it can also be used in body and top coats. Zinc dust has long been used in coatings for galvanized steel because of its excellent adhesion. Zinc dust also is available in zinc-rich primers which contain at least 72% of zinc dust by weight. Zincrich primers protect iron and steel from cor rosion even when the coating is damaged exposing the substrate. They are especially useful for protection in marine environ ments, However, these primers are more expensive and require the greatest degree of surface preparation (see 4.4.2,7, Class 4). b. Primer Types: The major primers are available in a variety of types depending on the vehicle used. See Table 16. The types vary from slow to fast drying vehicles and include a phenolic vehicle for humid condi tions. Also see Appendix D-4, Table 15. Note that faster drying primers require bet ter surface preparation. On the other hand, ferrous surfaces which are less well pre pared or old and corroded require the use of a slower, drying oil-containing primer which will penetrate into the crevices of the relatively rough surfaces and thereby provide protection. 8.2.U-U Primers for Non-ferrous Metals. Non-ferrous metals do not present any seri ous problems with corrosion. The major problem is adhesion, especially with galva nized steel. Aluminum, tin, copper and brass, when painted, are pretreated with wash primer followed by a zinc chromate primer. Galvanized steel is primed with zinc-contain ing primers. See Appendix D-4, Table 16. 8.2,5 Accessory Products. Other painting materials contribute to paint performance by their use in preparing the surface before paint or varnish is applied. Their contribu tion in exterior finishes is even greater than with interior paints since their proper use can prevent or inhibit deterioration of the substrate in hostile environments. There are two major groups of these products; those used to put the surface in good condition and those used to prepare the surface for finish- Table 16. Selection of Typical Primers For Iron and Steel Specification No. and Other Factors TT-P-57 (Zinc Chromate) ..,.............. .... TT-P-86 (Eed Lead) ................................. TT-P-615 (Basic Lead Silieo Chromate) TT-P-641 (Zinc Dust + Zinc Oxide)___ TT-P-645 (Zinc Chromate) ................... Substrate Minimum surface preparation (4.4.2.7) .. Speed of dry (hrs)........................... . Type of service ............................................. Oil/Alkyd Type Alkyd Phenolic .....I.......... . .............. II... .......... Ill ------ II ................ ............ III... .............IV .....I, II, V.... .......... .. III... ............ IV ........ . TT (For galvanized steel) .......... Ill ...................... ................ ..........................................Only Type Structural iron & steel Smooth iron & steel .........................Class 1 increases to Class 4 36 ............ .......................16-36.............. 6-16.................6-16 Rural ----- Rural and marine environments.......... .. High humidity, Fresh water immersion 8-5 DUP030043727 ing. They are discussed in detail in Chap ter 4, "Painting Operations". 8.2.5.1 Surface Preparation. The follow ing products are used to prepare exterior surfaces for painting. Their choice depends on the type of substrate, its condition, the type of paint system to be applied and the service required. See the appropriate section in Chapter 4 for details. a. Paint Removers (see 4.4.3.6) b. Phosphate Treatments (see 4.4.4.1 and 4.4.4.2) c. Wash Primers (see 4.4.4.3) d. Masonry Conditioners (see 4-4.6.1) e. Knot Sealers (see 4.4.5.2) f. Wood & Masonry Fillers (see 4.4.5.3). Also see Chapter 4, Tables 6 and 7. 8.2.5.2 Surface Repair. The following products are used to repair defects, fill crev ices and openings, and otherwise repair ex terior surfaces: a. Calking Compounds and Sealants (see 4.5.2) b. Putty (see 4.5.3) c. Glazing Compounds (see 4.5.4) d. Portland Cement Grout (see 4.5.6.4). 8.2.6 Applicable Specifications. The speci fication products recommended for use on ex terior surfaces are numerically listed in their appropriate groups as follows: 8.2.6.1 General Purpose Coatings. The products most commonly used for exterior painting are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 4. 8.2.6.2 Primers. Since primers are of such importance in increasing durability of coatings applied to iron and steel, the more common types are also listed separately in Table 15 above. 8.2.6.S Specialized Coatings. The coat ings recommended for specialized uses are listed in the following tables : a. Floor Finishes (See Appendix D-l, Table 5.) b. Special Purpose Coatings. (See Ap pendix D-l, Table 6 which lists special paint 8-6 ing materials, coatings for specialized areas and coatings for special surfaces.) c. Traffic Marking Paints. (See Appen dix D-l, Table 8.) 8.2.6.If Accessory Products. Materials used for surface preparation and repair are listed in the following tables: a. Surface Preparation, (See Appen dix D-l, Table 1.) b. Surface Repair. (See Appendix D-l, Table 2.) SECTION 3 - SURFACE PREPARATION AND REPAIR 8.3.1 General. One of the most essential parts of any paint job is proper surface preparation and repair. Paint will not ad here well, provide the required protection, nor have the desired appearance, unless the surface is in proper condition for painting. This is of special importance in exterior painting, where the hostile environment can accelerate deterioration of the coating and the substrate if any defect causes loss of adhesion or allows entrance of moisture or corrosive materials to come between the coating and the substrate. 8.3.2 Techniques, Methods of preparation and repair of exterior surfaces are similar to those used on interior surfaces of the same substrate. However, the operation must be done with more care, since durability of the entire coating system can be adversely affect ed by poor surface preparation, especially in corrosive environments. The techniques used are described in Chapter 4, Sections 4 and 5. They are referred to or described in more detail below, as required by the surface to be painted. 8.3.2.1 Wood. Use same methods as in 7.3.2.I. 8.3.2.2 Concrete and Masonry. Use same methods as in 7.3.2.2. 8.3.2.S Iron and Steel. Proper prepara tion of iron and steel surfaces is especially important since any substrate exposed as a result of paint failure, will corrode rapidly. \ DUP030043728 Remove all loose rust and mill scale, oil and grease by methods outlined in Chapter 4, Section 4. Follow the treatments outlined in 4.4.2 and 4.4.3 to prepare the surface properly. The care and degree of treatment is especially critical with some coatings and for severe environments. Note "Preparation" column in Appendix D-4, Table 15. Pretreat ment, as outlined in 4.4.4, may also be neces sary to improve the adhesion of high per formance coatings, such as vinyls. On old paint surfaces which are generally intact, mechanically remove all loose material, be ing careful to feather edges around all areas in which the metal is exposed. To the extent possible, treat the exposed area as in new work and spot prime. 8.3.2.4 Non-ferrous Metals. Other mettals, such as galvanized iron and aluminum, are less subject to corrosion than iron and steel. They often present greater problems in obtaining adequate adhesion. Mechanical pretreatment must be applied carefully to avoid wearing through the galvanized layer or through aluminum which is relatively soft. They must be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt, oil and grease and then a metal treatment should be applied. (See Appendix D-4, Table 16.) On old painted surfaces, treat as in 7.3.2.S but with more care where the metal is exposed. 8.3.2.5 Removal of Very Old Paint. When multiple coats of paint have built up on ex terior surfaces, especially wood, they may present an unsightly appearance due to the presence of numerous cracks, peeling or un even areas where loose paint has often been removed and repainted. The cracks may also allow moisture to enter and cause deteriora tion beneath the paint, especially on steel, and subsequent flaking down to the substrate. It is best to remove such paint completely, if at all possible. It can be removed from steel and concrete and masonry by blast cleaning. Removal of paint from wood or sheet metal requires the use of some method of heating the coating to relatively high temperatures, as by use of a blow torch. This is effective if used carefully, but can be dangerous if misused, especially on wood. As a precautionary measure, one man should always be assigned to watch one or two blow torch handlers and to stand by with a fire extinguisher during the operation. Use the largest possible blue flame and hold the torch far enough from the wall so that the edge of the flame just touches the surface. Keep the torch moving slowly, allowing it to re main in any area j ust long enough to cause the paint to blister, but not fume. Follow up with the scraper immediately while the paint is still warm. If done correctly, the paint will come off down to the substrate. Allow the surface to cool and then treat it mechanically to remove any traces of paint or carbon and to smooth the surface. 8.3.2.6 Surface Prepmation. The meth ods used for the preparation of exterior sur faces are covered in the paragraphs in Chap ter 4, Section 4 referred to below. a. Mechanical cleaning: Use either hand tools such as scrapers, fiber brushes and wire brushes, or power tools such as chipping hammers, rotary scalers, needle scalers, grinders, sanders and wire brushes. The latter are preferred because of their much higher area coverage per hour. The best and fastest method is blast cleaning using abrasive grit. It is more expensive than other methods, especially when a thor ough job is desired, e.g., cleaning to white metal, It should be used, when possible, par ticularly for cleaning steel, concrete and ma sonry. Do not blast-clean wood or sheet metal or in areas where abrasive grit and dust cannot be tolerated (see 4.4.2). b. Solvent cleaning: Use stiff fiber brushes and rags to clean with solvents. See 4.4.3.I. c. Chemical treatments : Apply dilute alkaline cleaners such as TSP or dilute acids such as phosphoric using a stiff fiber brush. Scrub the surface thoroughly to remove con taminants. Pickling acids such as sulfuric, hydrochloric and nitric acid, and hot phos phate treatments should be applied in the paint shop using dip tanks. Cold phosphate treatments are applied with a brush (see 4.4.S.2, 44.3.4, 4.4.4.1, and 4.4.42). d. Steam cleaning: A rapid method of cleaning surfaces is the use of pressurized steam or hot water, to which a detergent 8-7 DUP030043729 has been added. Portable steam cleaners are available for this purpose (see 4.4.3.B). e. Paint removers: Use same methods as in 7.S.2.5. Use removers only on small areas since they may dry too rapidly out doors to be effective. f. Wash primers: Use same methods as in 7.3.2.6e. g. Masonry conditioners : Apply lib erally by brush or spray. Wipe off any ex cess (see 4.4.5.1). h. Knot sealers: Use same method as in 7.3.2.6f. i. Masonry fillers: Apply with a fiber paint brush, broad knife or trowel. Smooth the surface carefully, wetting the tool with water, if necessary (see 4.4.5.3b) . 8.3.2.7 Surface Repair. The methods used for the repair of exterior surfaces are covered in the paragraphs in Chapter 4, Sec tion 5 referred to below. a. Calking compounds and sealants: Remove bulk material from the container and mix thoroughly before use. Mix two com ponent products very thoroughly to be sure that they are completely mixed and uniform throughout. Apply gun grade products with a calking gun and knife grade products with a putty or broad knife. Preformed products can be placed directly into the joint or crev ice and pressed into place. For details see 4.5.5. b. Putty and glazing compounds: Ap ply either using a putty knife (see 4.5.5). c. Portland cement grout: Apply the grout with a trowel or broad knife. Add hydrated lime if necessary to increase work ing time (see 4.5.6.6) . SECTION 4 -SELECTION, PREPARATION AND APPLICATION OF COATING SYSTEMS 8.4.1 Selection of Coatings. The choice of the coating system to be used depends on the following factors: 1. The substrate, e.g., wood, concrete, steel 2. Its condition, e.g., rough, smooth, painted 3. Limits in surface preparation, if any, e.g., Class 1, Class 2 (see 4.4.2.7) 8-8 4. Finish desired, e.g., high gloss, flat 5. Color desired 6. Environmental conditions. a) During painting operations, e.g., low surface and ambient temperatures b) During service, e.g., rural, marine Review Chapter 6, Par. 8.2.2 and Chapter 8, Table 15 for the comparative properties of the types of exterior coatings available be fore selection of a coating system. Coating systems recommended for exterior painting are listed in Appendix D-4 as follows: Table 13 Table 14 Table 15 Table 16 Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Wood Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Concrete and Masonry Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Iron and Steel Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Metal (Non-Ferrous and Miscellaneous) Note: A numerical listing of the coatings and acces sory products, described in this manual, is given in Appendix D-3. Appendix D-4 is designed for the selection of coatings for new work. On previously painted surfaces, it is necessary only to prime areas where the substrate has become exposed as a result of removal of old paint and cleaning. Then apply the intermediate or body coat plus one coat of top coat. If the hiding and protection are sufficient, apply the body coat over the primed area only and then one full topcoat. When old paint has completely deteriorated, it must be entirely removed, and the substrate treated as for new work. The selection of coatings for all surfaces is based on the degree of surface preparation attainable, the conditions of exposure and degree of service required. Appear ance is of secondary importance. It is not necessary to use extremely durable coatings in rural environ ments, whereas they are required in severe or corrosive environments. 8.4.1.1 Wood. Paints for wood must be quite flexible to withstand the natural ten dency of wood to expand and contract as changes occur in temperature. (See 5.2.2.1 for potential problems with wood and Ap pendix D-4, Table 13 for recommended paint systems.) $.4.1.2 Treated Wood. Wood in contact with the ground or exposed in humid tropical climates should be treated with preservatives to prevent decay. Improperly selected pre servatives are harmful to subsequently I I I 1 DUP030043730 applied paints, either in inhibiting dry, ad versely affecting adhesion due to incompat ibility or bleeding through the paint. Wood that is to be painted should be treated with water repellent preservative conforming to TT-W-572. Wood treated with water-thinned preservatives if thoroughly dry, may be painted. Lumber treated before purchase should be ready to paint when installed; lum ber treated at the site with water thinned preservatives should dry at least a week (see 7.3.2.1), Do not paint wood treated with cre osote or preservatives in a non-volatile sol vent, e.g., fuel oil (see .2.4,1). If bleeding is a problem, apply 1 or 2 coats of exterior aluminum paint. 8.4- 1 3 Concrete and Masonry. Construc tion materials made with or held together with cement, e.g., poured concrete, concrete blocks, stucco, brick, stone and cement as bestos surfaces tend to be alkaline, especially when new, and also tend to be porous. Coat ings used on these surfaces should be alkaliresistant and self-priming. They should also be low in water sensitivity since porous con crete and masonry may also be damp. (See 5.2.2.3 for potential problems and Appendix D-4, Table 14 for recommended paint sys tems.) 8.4- 1.4 Iron and Steel. Iron and steel, especially the latter, are major construction materials. They are unique, as compared with wood and concrete and masonry, since they will corrode rapidly if left unpainted, especially in corrosive environments. Conse quently, they require special primers (see 5.2.2.2 and 8.2.4). The recommended primer and topcoats are listed in Appendix D-4, Table 15. The total film thickness for all coating systems applied to bare iron and steel should be a minimum of 5.0 mils. This shall be indicated in all specifications. 8.4,1.5 Non-Ferrous and Miscellaneous Metals. This group includes galvanized steel, aluminum, brass and copper. Although they will corrode, this problem is much less severe than with iron and steel except in corrosive environments. On the other hand, adhesion can be a problem with these metals, when new, especially with galvanized steel. Pre treatments and primers are chosen with this in mind. The primers and topcoats recom mended are listed in Appendix D-4, Table 16. 8.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use. The preparation of exterior paints prior to use is identical to that for interior paints (see 4.3.2), Some primers have a tendency to set tle more than other paints because of the type of anti-corrosive pigments used, e.g., red lead. Be especially careful to mix con tents thoroughly so that no sediment remains at the bottom of the container. Also keep material well mixed during use. 8.4.3 Application of Coatings. The appli cation of exterior coatings is generally simi lar to that of interior paints. Environmental conditions during painting cannot be con trolled and must be taken into consideration when painting, e.g., low or excessive tem peratures, high humidity, rainfall, etc. Also, overspray onto adjacent buildings, parked cars, etc., must be watched very carefully when applying by spray. The total film thick ness should be at least 5-0 mils on iron and steel. 8.4.3.1 Vinyl Finishes. Pure vinyl solu tion coatings are best applied by spray. Brushing is not recommended because of their rapid dry. (See 4.6.5 for proper spray application.) Adhesion of these finishes is critical. Be sure to use a metal pretreat ment first, either MIL-P-14504 or MIL-P15328 (see 4.4.4.3). 8.4.3.$ Vinyl--Alkyd Finishes. Coatings based on vinyl alkyd combinations can be brushed or Sprayed. They are handled in the same manner as rubber base paints because of the strong solvent used. Be especially care ful of lifting when recoating with these fin ishes (see 5.2.4.2). 8.4-3.3 Silicone Water Repellents. A wa ter repellent treatment can only be effective in minimizing water penetration through the normal pores and capillaries of masonry sur faces. Remove dirt and loose particles from surface. Make certain that the surface is dry. For best results, application should not be attempted if it has rained in the past three or four days, or if rain is anticipated within 8-9 DUP030043731 two hours of application. Apply by brush, roller, or spray. Spray guns using low pres sures give excellent results. Flood the sur face with the solution to create a rundown of six to twelve inches. One coat is effective, but if two coats are desired for very porous surfaces, allow at least two hours for air drying between applications. With some sili cone treatments, a second coat cannot be applied successfully after the first coat is fully water repellent. One gallon of dilute solution will cover 75 to 100 square feet of surface, depending on the coarseness of the surface. Silicone treated masonry surfaces should not be painted since the silicone can adversely effect adhesion, Check the surface by wetting it with water. If the water is absorbed, the surface can be painted. If it is not, let the surface weather until the water is absorbed which shows that the silicone treatment has worn off. 8.4.3.4 Zinc Dust/Zinc Oxide Point. This is applied in the same manner as any stand ard primer. 8.4.J.5 Zinc Rich Paint. If the zinc pow der is packaged separately, mix with the vehicle just before use. Furthermore, all types should be well mixed during use to prevent settling of the zinc pigment. The surface must first be blast cleaned to white metal (see 4.4.2.4). Apply by brush, roller or spray, 8.4-3.6 Blistering and Peeling (see 5,2.7.2). If blistering and peeling cannot be eliminated by ordinary means, seal the inside surface of exterior walls with one coat of aluminum primer and two coats of high gloss or semigloss enamel. Paint the outside sur face with breathing type paints, such as latex or cement paints. All coats of the exterior paint system must be of the same porous type down to the substrate. I I SCiSSSS I 1 8-10 I isSax H DUP030043732 DUP030043733 Chapter 9 FLOOR FINISHES SECTION 1 - GENERAL 9.1.1 Scope. This chapter covers the types of finishes used and the painting operations necessary to adequately finish and protect interior and exterior floors, decks and walk ways. The surfaces to be painted include wood, concrete and metal. Special coatings for use on floors, e.g., non-slip coatings, are also included in this chapter. Marking for floor safety is covered in Chapter 11 "Signs and Traffic Marking". 9.1.2 Purpose of Floor Finishing. Floors are finished primarily to proteet the sub strate, which, if left unprotected, would de teriorate. Since floors are subject to constant wear, they require the use of high quality, wear-resistant finishes. Interior floors are finished to promote cleanliness, since sealed and smooth floors are much easier to main tain, Non-slip floor finishes are used to pro vide safety in areas where smooth floors may create a hazard. To keep maintenance costs at a minimum, floor finishing for ap pearance only should be avoided. 9.1.3 Choice of Finishes. Floor finishes are either clear or pigmented. Generally, clear finishes are used only on interior wood floors, where the appearance of the natural grain is desired. Exterior floors and floors of con crete and metal should be finished with pig mented rather than clear finishes to assure better durability. The type of clear or pig mented finish to be used depends on the type of surface, the severity of service with special emphasis on anticipated wear, and on the retention of appearance, i.e., gloss and color retention required. 9.1.3.1 Type of Finish. Floor finishes vary in the following characteristics: a. Clear Finishes: Transparent coat ings are used to proteet interior wood floors from wear without obscuring the natural appearance of the wood. b. Pigmented Finishes: Floor finishes are pigmented to provide opacity and color. In exterior applications, pigmented finishes are much more durable than clear finishes. This is especially important on floors which are also subject to wear and on which water can collect and remain for a period of time, c. Gloss: Floor finishes are either semi gloss or high gloss for optimum ease of maintenance and resistance to wear. Flat finishes should be avoided since the high percentage of pigment used (see 6.3.4.1 and Figure 114) makes these finishes too porous for use on floors. d. Colors: Colors of floor finishes usually are relatively dark, e.g., gray, red or brown, to help make dirt less visible. 9.1.3.2 Type of Service. Most floor paints used are for normal service. Some are de signed to withstand abnormal service, e.g., exposure to dampness, as in shower rooms, exposure to marine and corrosive environ ments and to heavy traffic. SECTION 2-TYPES OF PRODUCTS AVAILABLE 9.2.1 General. A knowledge of the types of coatings and accessory products available is important in determining the capabilities and limitations of those which are recom mended. There are sound reasons for the existence of each product specification and these become more apparent with some in sight into the makeup of the finishes used. See Chapter 6 for a complete discussion on "Paint Materials". 9.2.2 Coating Products. The following types of coatings are used for finishing floors and 9-1 DUP030043734 walkways. Their relative properties are dis cussed in the sections in Chapter 6 referred to. a. Alkyd (see 6.2.2) b. Epoxy-Coal Tar (see 6.2.5) c. Oleoresinous (see 6.2.10) d. Phenolic (see 6.2.11) e. Phenolic-Alkyd (see 6.2.12) f. Rubber-Base (see 6.2.13) g. Urethane (see 6.2.16). These finishes are compared in Table 17. priate groups in Appendix D-4, Tables 17 through 19. 9.2.i..l General Purpose Coatings. The products most commonly used for painting floors are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 5. 9.2.U.2 Accessory Products. Materials used for surface preparation and repair are listed in the following tables in Appendix D-l: a. Surface Preparation (See Table 1.) b. Surface Repair (See Table 2.) 9.2.3 Accessory Products. Accessory ma terials contribute to paint performance by preparing the surface before paint or varnish is applied. Their proper use will increase the life of the coating. This is especially impor tant with floor finishes which are subjected to water, cleaning solutions and heavy traffic. Accessory products are discussed in detail in Chapter 4 "Painting Operations". 9.2.3.1 Surface Preparation. The follow ing materials are used to prepare floors for finishing: a. Solvent Cleaners (see 4.4.3.1) b. Alkali Cleaners (see 4,4.3.2) c. Acid Cleaners (see 4.4.3.4, 4.4.3.5) d. Paint Removers (see 4.4.3.6) e. Phosphate Treatments (see 4.4.4.1 and 4.4.4.2) f. Wash Primers (see 4.4.4.3) g. Knot Sealers (see 4.4.5.2) h. Wood and Masonry fillers 4.4.S.3). (see Also see Chapter 4, Tables 6 and 7. 9.2.5.2 Surface Repair. The following products are used to repair defects, fill crev ices and openings, and otherwise repair floors. a. Putty (see 4.5.3) b. Portand Cement Grout (see 4.5.6.4) c. Plastic wood (see 4.5.6.5). 9.2.4 Applicable Specification. The speci fication products recommended for use on floors and walkways are listed in their appro SECTION 3-SURFACE PREPARATION AND REPAIR 9.3.1 General. One of the most essential . parts of finishing floors is proper surface preparation and repair. Applied finishes will not adhere well, provide the required protec tion, nor have the desired appearance unless the surface is properly prepared. This is especially important on level floors where water and cleaners can remain for long periods of time, and where heavy traffic can subject the finish to excessive wear. Under these conditions, poor adhesion stemming from inadequate surface preparation can re sult in rapid paint failure. 9.3.2 Techniques. Methods of preparation and repair of floors and walkways are similar to those used on other exterior surfaces with one major difference. Since the surface is horizontal it lends itself to machine sanding very readily. Also, since large areas of the coating may be worn away by traffic, com plete removal of the paint is more common. 9.3.2.1 Substrate. The techniques used in surface preparation depend on the sub strate, The procedures specific to the type of substrate are as follows: a. Wood : Prepare the surface by ma chine sanding to the extent possible. The major part of the floor is sanded by means of a large machine using a continuous band of abrasive paper and usually equipped with a vacuum attachment to remove dust. (See Figure 116.) The edges of the floor which cannot be reached by the large machine are 9-2 DUP030043735 I IM 1 IS 1 I 1 si-i &uo *H fmt gft is s p -S 2. aa0P9,, .,.aoJ2TMOa 'TsTlO> ^gTO* =cj -p ?a +Sdr*S9tf5iHo Pd &J a!! "#$ a s JTOaOT'PPTOS s. *3*3 *.5!TOfp-5Oi a T3 I fc I S rto *53 %& '( )*1+w0*WH,J3.. + -mNP. 'o *o-V (3 S 48 s 8* a i * <5 .`ww9H,, fJTatO*j ''UP * +m> 3" ttWPoj ,W *S1_ f4tJ rfj S3 'B s^i03 T3? JS 15 o 1I ** 5 ^5T93O3 .w0 60wP *PwQ5, sO>/SaTO f . TD P8 ia P ,H. .M2 ft + 3 * X53 *$P <S>1 '.gs- ft . p r*al> 2uT3wO g <5 `4c3 gTO ft . Pu9* *4/-o-0i <2S32 `CpM U2 0a 1 VpI r*>ss < *43 rd0*3 * g ff2tt CTtP*~Q-O>i ^ "S TO 'p is | ill N fc. eo &SH * i*5 <5 X . a a. 5 XX X TO fH <1 IfcH Joi &2 OPhIg. 38 I^ rPsBH ' 5a^ 0TOO 1 ft 3 Pop 4f5t fTtO I PS 4TO *$ 2 fc> I .S "c aJOl ."p m'& 2 Pi g -S 5 81 & gS o j 1I1 0Q g a < ax Finish available Not available 9-3 DUP030043736 e. Metal: Use same methods as in 8 3,2.3 and 8.3.2.4. 9.3.2.2 Surface Preparation. The gener al methods used for surface preparation are discussed in Chapter 4, Section 4. Refer to the following paragraphs for complete details, a. Mechanical cleaning, e.g., by hand and power tools, also flame and blast clean ing: Use same methods as in 8.3,2.6a. Figure 116. Belt Type Floor Sander. sanded with a hand-held electric edger using abrasive paper discs, (See Figure 117.) The corners have to be scraped by hand. (See Figure 118.) Only experienced personnel should operate these machines inasmuch as inexpert operation can easily result in dam age to the floor surface. First use No. 2*4-30 or No. 2-36 abrasive paper to remove high spots on new floors or to remove old finishes. Then smooth with No. 1-50 or No. *4-60 and finish with No. 1/0-80 or 2/0-100 abrasive paper. (See Table 14.) If the floor is made of pine or fir, omit the final finishing step since the resins In the wood will gum up the finer sand papers. Seal all knots and resinous areas with knot sealer and fill all cracks and crevices with either plastic wood or putty. Plastic Wood matching the surrounding area must be used under clear finishes. Allow to dry hard, then sand smooth. When neces sary, bleach wood with a solution of 8 ozs. of oxalic acid in 2 quarts of hot water. Allow to dry thoroughy, then sand smooth. b. Concrete : Use same methods as in 7.3.2.2 9-4 Figure 117, Disc Edger. Figure 118. Scraping Corners. DUP030043737 b. Solvent, chemical and steam clean ing: (see 4.4.3) c. Paint removers: Use same method as in 7.3.2.64 d. Phosphate treatments: (see 4.4.4.2) e. Wash primers : Use same methods as in 7.3.2.6e f. Knot sealers : Use same method as in 7.3.2.6f g. Wood Fillers : Use same method as in 7,3.2.6g. 9.3.2.S Surface Repair. Surface repair of floors is similar to that required for other surfaces. Refer to the following paragraphs in Chapter 4, Section 5: a. Application of putty (see 4.5.5) b. Application of plastic wood (see 4.5.6.5) c. Application of portland cement grout (see 4 5.6.6). SECTION 4-SELECTION, PREPARATION AND APPLICATION OF COATINGS 9.4.1 Selection of Coatings, The choice of the coating system to be used depends on the following factors: 1. The substrate, e.g., wood, concrete, steel 2. Condition of substrate, e.g., rough, corroded, alkaline, painted 3. Limits in surface preparation, if any 4. Finish required, e.g., pigmented, clear, gloss, non-slip 5. Environmental conditions: a) during painting operations, e.g., low humidity, temperature b) during service life, e.g., rural, marine. See Chapter 6, Par. 9.2.2 and Table 17 of Chapter 9 for the comparative properties of the types of floor finishes available before selection of a coating system. Coating sys tems recommended for floor finishing are listed in Appendix D-4 as follows: Table 17 Recommended Coating Systems for Wood Floors Table 18 Recommended Coating Systems for Concrete Floors Table 19 Recommended Coating Systems for Metal Floors Note: A complete numerical listing of the coatings described in this manual is given in Appendix D-3. These tables are designed primarily for the selection of coating systems for bare substrates. On pre viously painted floors, it is necessary only to prime areas where the substrate is exposed. If the un touched area is in good condition, apply two top coats only in the worn area and one coat elsewhere. If Clear finished floors are badly worn, remove the entire coating and refinish completely. 9.k.1.1 Wood. Clear floor finishes are used on wood to preserve its natural appear ance. Paints for wood should be relatively flexible to withstand the natural tendency for wood to expand and contract, especially across the grain, when there is any signifi cant change in temperature. Wood will also absorb moisture if not protected on the back and edges. These problems are much less significant indoors, but must be considered when painting exterior wood decks. See 5.2.2.1 for potential problems with wood and Appendix D-4, Table 17 for recommended coating systems. 9.A.1.2 Concrete. Floors made of con crete tend to be alkaline, especially when new, and absorb moisture if situated below ground or directly on the ground as slabs on grade. Therefore, coatings for these surfaces should be alkali resistant and have low water sensitivity. See 5,2,2.3 for potential prob lems with concrete and Appendix D-4, Table 18 for recommended coating systems. Gen erally, concrete floors are not painted. 9.U.1.3 Metal. The metal most frequent ly used for walkways is steel. The major problem with steel is that it will corrode rapidly if left unpainted, especially when exposed outdoors or in humid or corrosive environments. Consequently, bare steel must always be painted with a special anti-corro sive primer before the floor enamel is applied. The primer must be hard enough to with stand traffic almost as well as the topcoat. See 5.2.2.2 for potential problems with metals and Appendix D-4, Table 19 for recom mended coating systems. 9.4.2 Preparation of Coatings for Use. The preparation of floor paints prior to use is 9-5 DUP030043738 similar to that for interior and exterior paints (see 7.4.2). Be especially careful to continually mix non-slip paints, in which the grit tends to settle, so as to assure uniform distribution of the grit in the applied film. The grit may be supplied separately (usually about 2 pounds per gallon) or the paint may be ready-mixed. In either case, mix thor oughly before use and keep well mixed during use. 9.4.3 Application of Coatings. The appli cation of floor finishes is similar to the pro* cedures used for interior and exterior paints. Many paints can be applied with a paint roller (see 4.6.4) using an extension pole long enough to allow rolling without stoop ing. Clear finishes may be applied by using a soft pad, such as one made of lambswool, attached to a long handle. (See Figure 119.) When painting new wood or concrete, either use a sealer or thin the first coat with 1 pint of recommended solvent per gallon to im prove penetration. Apply the additional coats without thinning. 9..3.1 Non-Slip Floor Paints. Two types of non-slip paints are used: a. Pre-Mixed Paints : The paint either has the abrasive pigment already mixed in or the pigment is shipped separately and mixed just before use. It is applied by brush or roller in a similar manner to general floor paints except with more care to be sure that the abrasive pigment is thoroughly mixed and evenly distributed. b. Broadcast Type: The abrasive is packaged separately but is not added to the paint before use. The paint itself is applied in the normal manner and then the abrasive is broadcast over the wet paint film. While painting, be sure to cover the floor area in such a manner as to allow the grit broad caster to reach all areas as the work pro gresses. The actual broadcasting should be done only by experienced personnel. Be sure that the abrasive is distributed evenly and at the proper rate, 94.3.2 Peeling. If peeling is a serious problem, determine whether the underside of the floor is exposed to moisture. If there is a crawl space, paint the underside of the floor with a moisture resistant coating. If any earth is exposed under the floor, cover it with bituminous saturated roofing felt or heavy plastic such as polyethylene. Be sure that all walls around such crawl spaces are well ventilated to allow moisture from the earth to dissipate. Install fans in the wall, if neces sary, to remove the moisture more efficiently. I 9-6 DUP030043739 DUP030043740 Chapter 10 SPECIAL PURPOSE COATINGS SECTION 1 - GENERAL 10.1.1 Scope. This chapter covers spe cialized painting materials and their applica tion. It also covers the painting materials and painting operations necessary to ade quately finish and protect special areas and surfaces not otherwise covered in Chapters 7 thru 9. However, some special coatings, areas and surfaces, which have been dis cussed in the above chapters, are also in cluded in this chapter in order to cover all special conditions in one chapter. 10.1.1.1 Special Painting Materials. The following specialized coatings are discussed in this chapter. They are listed alphabetically. Abrasion-resistant Anti-sweat Bituminous Coal-tar epoxy Fire-retardant Heat-resistant Mildew-resistant Non-slip Odorless Passive defense Textured 10.1.1.2 Special Areas and Objects. The following areas and objects are covered in this chapter: Air conditioning and evaporative cool ing equipment Air field landing mats Chain link fencing Clean rooms Cold storage rooms Dark rooms Grease pits Hot surfaces, e.g., stacks, mufflers, boilers Radiators, piping, vents Radioactive areas Showers, laundries Storage tanks, standpipes Water Oil and fuel Underground structures, piping Swimming pools Waterfront bulkheads, piling 10.1.1.3 Special Substrates. The follow ing surfaces, which generally present special problems, are also included In this chapter: Acoustic tile Bituminous or creosote surface Fabric (Insulation) Glass Plastic impregnated 10.1.2 Use of Special Purpose Coatings. The coatings discussed in this chapter are used for one or more of the following reasons: a. To protect and decorate surfaces ex posed to abnormal environments not neces sarily covered in other chapters, e.g.: Damp or wet surfaces Hot surfaces Underground surfaces Surfaces continually or intermittently immersed in water or other liquids such as fuels b. To reduce the effect of potential problems, e.g. : Paint odors when painting in living quarters, food storage or use areas, hospitals, etc. 10-1 DUP030043741 Excessive wear in heavy traffic areas Condensation on cold water pipes Accidents on slippery floors Spread of fire Accelerated paint failure on hot or wet surfaces c. To maintain cleanliness and to pre vent contamination of enclosed areas or con tents, e.g.: Clean or radioactive rooms Storage tanks d. To supply special effects, e.g.: Textured finishes Passive defense (camouflage and tone- down) e. To paint substrates not covered in other chapters, see 10.1.1.3. 10.1.3 Choice of Finishes. The choice of coating depends on the substrate, the envi ronment and the type of service desired. One important factor to consider in the selection of coating is its effect on an enclosed area or stored product. The choice may be wide, e.g., an all-purpose interior or exterior finish, or it may be restrictive. In any case, use only those painting materials which are specified. 10.1.4 Surface Preparation. The quality of the surface is of utmost importance for the performance of many special-purpose coatings and the painting of special surfaces. Be sure to prepare the surface carefully and specifically for the conditions expected to be encountered. In some of the conditions dis cussed in this chapter, surface preparation is not necessarily the same as for usual interior and exterior painting. Review Section 3 of this chapter before beginning the job. SECTION 2-TYPES OF COATINGS USED FOR SPECIAL PURPOSES 10.2.1 General. In most cases, special pur pose coatings are among those already de scribed in chapters 7 to 9. A review and comparison of the basic types of coatings used for painting most of the special areas and surfaces covered in this chapter, as well as standard interior and exterior surfaces and floors, are fully covered in Chapter 6 "Painting Materials". 10.2.2 Special Painting Materials. The prin cipal painting materials used for special pur poses are listed below. 10.2.2.1 Abrasion-Resistant Finishes. Ab rasion-resistant finishes must be used on traffic areas (see Chapter 9), also on sur faces which are subjected to such abrasive materials as sand or mud encountered near waterfront areas. These finishes are also used on surfaces subjected to frequent scrub bing, as may be necessary to decontaminate radioactive areas. On other than traffic areas use one of the following finishes depending on the substrate, the environment and the service desired, TT-C-535 Epoxy Coating TT-C-542 Polyurethane Coating, Moisture Curing TT-C-545 Polyester-Epoxy Coating TT-C-550 Glaze Coating 10.2.2.2 Anti-Sweat Coatings. Anti-sweat coatings are designed to prevent condensa tion of water on cold surfaces such as waterpipes. Condensation will occur during periods of high humidity as is prevalent in certain sections of the country during the summer months. It will also occur in confined areas such as basements. Excessive condensation has a deteriorating effect on paint films and can result in unsightly mildew or create an electric shoek hazard. For intermittent expo sure to condensation use TT-C-492. For continuous exposure, use a coating prepared by embedding Vermiculite (MIL-V-15196) into a binder paint (MIL-P-15144). See 10.3.2.1. 10.2.2.3 Bituminous Finishes. Coatings based on coal tar are used to protect steel which will be completely immersed or used underground. These coatings are relatively impermeable to water or ground moisture, and provide effective, economical and long life protection. Use NAVFAC 34Y, Coal Tar Coating Systems for Steel Surfaces. 10.2.2.4. Coal Tar---Epoxy Finishes. These coatings provide hard tough finishes which 10-2 DUP030043742 are also used for the protection of under ground steel and concrete structures. Al though more expensive than bituminous fin ishes, they are much more resistant to wear. They can be used on interior floors and walk ways or in areas where abrasive materials, such as sand or mud, may tend to wear away the coating. Use SSPC No. 15, Goal TarPolyamide Epoxy Black (or Dark Bed) Paint. 10.2.2.5 Fire-Retardant Paints. These paints delay the spread of fire and help con fine it to its origin. To be of any appreciable value, fire-retardant paint must be applied in strict conformance to the manufacturer's instructions. These paints are not particu larly durable, and, their use is restricted to interim application over interior combustible surfaces which will not be immediately re placed with non-combustible materials. Fireretardant paints are not used in buildings containing automatic sprinkler systems. They may be applied to exterior combustible sur faces at isolated installations without fire protection facilities or available water. Use TT-P-26 on interior surfaces, TT-P-34 on exterior surfaces and MIL-C-460.81 on in terior, wet or damp surfaces. However, the use of fire-retardant paints must be justified and is governed by the specific agency's cri teria. JO. 1.2.6 Heot-Rrp>st(i))t Coatings. These paints are used on surfaces having tempera tures above normal. TT-E-496 will with stand temperatures up to 400 CF and MIL-E5557 will withstand temperatures up to 500F. Use the following coatings for tem peratures above 500 "F. a. Aluminum Paints: Use TT-P-28 on interior or exterior steel surfaces to with stand temperatures up to 1200 F, such as on superheated steam lines and leaders, boil er casings and drums, b. Frit-Silicone Paints : Use MIL-P14105, Olive Drab on exterior steel surfaces to withstand temperatures as high as 1400F. 10.2.2.7 Mildew-Resistant Paints. In ap plications where mildew is a problem (See 5.2.3.2, 5.2.7 and 10.2.2.2), it can be reduced and even eliminated either by the proper choice of paint or by the addition of a mildewcide to the paint. Where alternate paints are recommended for the particular area, substrate and Service requirement (see Ap pendix D-4), choose the more mildew-resist ant paint from the following types: a. Paints Containing Zinc Oxide: Zinc oxide is fungistatic and contributes mildew resistance to paints in which its concentra tion is fairly high. Examples are TT-P-102 and TT-P-105. b. Hard Drying Coatings: Paints which produce relatively hard films are more resistant to mildew than softer drying paints. For example, latex paints are more resistant to mildew than linseed oil paints, and two component paints and lacquers are more mil dew resistant than air drying paints. c. Enamels: Gloss enamels are more mildew resistant than either semigloss or flat finishes. The smooth surface of the enamel inhibits the growth of mildew by making it more difficult for the mildew to become attached to the coating. Most paints can be made more resistant to mildew by the addition of a mildewcide. A number of chemical compounds including the phenyl mercurials, chlorinated phenol, and others are offered under various brand names as paint additives to combat mildew. They should be used in the concentration recommended by the manufacturer after de termining that the mildewcide and paint are compatible. As an example phenyl mercury succinate or phenyl mercury oleate can be used at 1 to 2 ozs. per gallon of paint. Barium metaborate pigment is another type of product that serves as a mildewcide when incorporated in paints and enamels during the manufacturing process. Concen trations of 14 to 2(4 lbs. per gallon are re quired depending on the nature of the coat ing material and the severity of exposure. When painting in mildew problem areas, remove all mildew from the surface by first washing with a solution of trisodium phos phate and hypochlorite bleach to prevent mildew growth into the paint film from be neath (see 10.3.2.5). Allow the surface to dry and then apply the mildew resistant paint. 10-3 DUP030043743 10.2.2.8 Non-Slip Coatings. These paints are designed to prevent slipping on floors and walkways including those on tank roofs and metal landing mats. They consist of the appropriate floor finish to which grit is added to supply the non-slip qualities. The grit may either be mixed into the paint just before use or the paint may be applied first followed by a broadcast application of the grit. (See 9.4.8.1 and Appendix D-l, Table 6, and Appendix D-4, Tables 17 through 19.) 10.2.2.9 Odorless Paints. Odorless paints are used where conventional paint sol vent odors are obnoxious to personnel or where the odor may be picked up by food nearby. They are primarily used in hospitals, kitchens, food storage areas, occupied per sonnel quarters and administration areas. Use the following paints. Also see Appendix D-4, Tables 9 thru 12 for complete paint systems. Primer TT-P-29 Latex Flat TT-P-650 Latex Primer Undereoater TT-E-545 Odorless Alkyd Undereoater Flat finish TT-P-29 Latex Flat TT-P-30 Odorless Alkyd Flat Semigloss finish TT-E-509 Odorless Alkyd Semigloss Enamel Gloss finish TT-E-505 Odorless Alkyd Gloss Enamel Note: Always provide adequate ventilation in con fined areas regardless of the type of paint used. 10.2.2.10 Passive Defense Coatings (Cam ouflage and Tone-Down). Passive defense paints are used only on exterior surfaces to render buildings and structures inconspicu ous by blending them in with the surround ing environment. Camouflage paints have special properties which are different from conventional paints, and their use is limited to special applications. Do not use camouflage paints as substitutes for conventional paints unless given special instructions. Camouflage paints are not covered in this manual. When the use of such paints is di rected, the type of paint and application procedure will be specified. On the other hand, conventional exterior paints are used to tone down the painted structures for passive defense by making them less con spicuous. The paints help to blend exposed facilities with the surrounding environment. This can be done by choosing exterior low gloss or flat finishes which blend with the colors of the surroundings. 10.2.2.11 Textured Finishes. These fin ishes are often used to obscure non-structural defects or rough surfaces in concrete and plaster, to coat concrete ceilings and to pro tect exterior masonry against wind-driven rain. Use TT-C-555, Textured Coating Sys tem. 10.2.3 Special Areas and Objects. The prin cipal coatings used for painting the non-conventional areas listed in 10.1.1.2 are de scribed below. 10.2.3.1 Air Conditioning and Evapora tive Cooling Equipment. Only the metal cas ing or housing on packaged cooling equip ment is painted. The type of equipment and environment will determine what paint sys tem is required. See Appendix D-4, Table 11 for interior finishes and Tables 15 and 16 for exterior finishes. 10.2.3.2 Air Field Landing Mats, Coat ings used on air field landing mats must be highly abrasion resistant. They must be rough enough to prevent slippage of aircraft landing when surface is wet, and fire resist ant to prevent ignition from engine exhausts. They must also be durable. Use MIL-C81346, Nonslip Deck Covering Compound. 10.2.3.3 Clean Rooms. The most impor tant requirements for coatings to be used in clean rooms are that they be smooth, ex tremely washable and non-absorbent. Gloss enamels and glaze coatings should be chosen for this purpose. Select the desired coating from Appendix D-4, Tables 9 through 12 depending on the surface painted. 10.2.3.4 Cold Storage Rooms. The major problems with cold storage rooms are mois ture and mold. Do not apply vapor barriers such as high gloss enamels directly on in sulation. Instead, use a breathing-type latex TO-4 paint such as TT-P-19, Acrylic Emulsion Paint. For other surfaces, see Appendix D-4, Tables 9 through 12 for the desired coating depending on the surface to be painted. 10.2.3.5 Dark Rooms. Rooms for photo graphic operations are painted in a manner similar to that used in other rooms of similar construction. See Appendix D-4, Tables 9 through 12 for the desired coating depend ing on the surface to be painted. 10.2.3.6 Grease Pits. Grease pits are painted to facilitate cleaning. Coatings for these areas must be wear resistant to with stand continuous foot traffic, and must be hard and tough, to withstand impact from tools. They also must be impervious to liquid fuel, oil and grease, and must withstand repeated washing. Use heavy duty coatings such as the following : TT-C-535 TT-C-542 TT-C-545 TT-C-550 Epoxy Coating Polyurethane Coating, Moisture Curing Polyester-Epoxy Coating Glaze Coating Use non-slip coatings on floors. See 9.4.3.1 and Appendix D-4, Tables 17 thru 19. 10.2.3.7 Hot Surfaces. Hot surfaces such as stacks, mufflers and boilers require heat resistant finishes (see 10.2,2.6). 10.2.3.8 Radiators, Piping, Vents. Use TT-E-496 for temperatures up to 400F and MIL-E-5557 for temperatures up to 500 F. See 10,2.2,6 for coatings to be used for tem peratures above 500 F. 10.2.3.9 Radioactive Areas. All surfaces in radioactive areas must be smooth and free of cracks, joints or crevices. Coatings used must be extremely washable and non-absorb ent. Use high gloss or semigloss washable enamels. If the surfaces are to be decon taminated often, use abrasion-resistant, glaze-type coatings for optimum smoothness and resistance to strong decontaminating solutions and to scrubbing. See Appendix D--4, Tables 9 thru 12 for interior finishes, and Appendix D-4, Tables 17 thru 19 for floor finishes, and Par. 10.2.2.1 for abrasionresistant finishes. 10.2.3.10 Showers and Laundries. Wet areas such as showers and laundries require coatings which can withstand water, soap and detergents. Use one of the following coatings: TT-P-95 Rubber Base Paint, either gloss or semi gloss TT-C-535 Epoxy Coating TT-C-542 Polyurethane Coating, Moisture Curing TT-C-550 Glaze Coating See Appendix D-4, Tables 10 thru 12 for complete paint systems depending on the sub strate to be painted. 10.2.3.11 Storage Tanks--Water. Water will cause corrosion inside steel tanks and standpipes. This corrosion will not only de stroy the tank but will affect the taste of potable water. Rust can also clog small pipelines, valves and sprinkler heads. Al ways paint the inside surface of steel tanks and standpipes. Tanks should be emptied once a year, carefully inspected and either spot-painted or completely painted as nec essary. a. Exterior surfaces: See Appendix D-4, Tables 14 and 15 for the choice of paint systems depending on the substrate and en vironment. b. Interior surfaces: Paints used for potable water must not contribute any dis agreeable odor or taste to the stored water. Steel Tanks--Use one of the following paint systems. Total film thickness should be at least 5 mils. 1. MIL-P-15328 + MIL-P-15929 or MIL-P-15930 + VR-3 or SSPC paint No. 8 2. MIL-P-15145 3. VR-3 4. NAVFAC 34Y Wash Primer Vinyl-Red Lead Primer Vinyl-Zinc Chromate Primer Aluminum-Vinyl Resin Paint Aluminum-Vinyl Finish Paint Zinc Dust Pigmented Enamel (3 coats) Vinyl Resin Paint (4 coats) Coal-Tar Coating System (2 coats) Also see AWWA Standard D102 for "Paint ing and Repainting Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs and Elevated Tanks for Water Storage", American Water Works Associa tion. 10-5 DUP030043745 Concrete Tanks and Reservoirs--Use one of the following coatings or paint systems : TT-P-95 VR-3 Rubber Base Paint-- Class 1 or 2 Vinyl Resin Paint 10.2.3.12 Storage Tanks--Oil and Fml, Paint exterior and interior surfaces as fol lows: a. Exterior Surfaces: See Appendix D-4, Tables 14 and 15 for the choice of paint system depending on the substrate and en vironment. b. Interior Surfaces: Use the follow ing coatings: MIL-C-4556 Coating Kit for Steel Tanks NAVPAC 47Y Protective Lining for Concrete Tanks 10.2.3.13 Underground Structures, Pip ing. Structures and piping installed under ground must be completely protected against moisture to prevent rapid deterioration. Use a bituminous coating such as NAVFAC 34Y, Coal Tar Coating Systems or a Coal TarEpoxy coating such as SSPC No. 16, 10.2.3.14 Swimming Pools. Painting of swimming pools makes cleaning easier and facilitates inspection for cleanliness and maintenance. It prevents spalling or flaking of the concrete, especially when the pool is drained and the surface is exposed to the atmosphere. Paint prevents corrosion of metal pools as well. Plastic pools or pools finished with tile do not require painting. a. Concrete Pools: Use 2 coats of TT-P-95. b. Metal Pools : See Appendix D-4, Table 15 for paint systems resistant to wa ter and marine atmospheres, e.g., chlorinated rubber, vinyl and phenolic. 10.2.3.15 Waterfront Bulkheads, Piling. Bulkheads and piling may be made of wood, concrete or steel. They are subjected to either salt water spray, partial immersion or complete immersion, depending on their location. a. Wood: Wood bulkheads and piling are not painted. They should be pressure treated with wood preservatives. See TT-W571, Wood Preservation: Treating Practices. b. Concrete: Use 2 coats of TT-P-95 above the water line, and NAVFAC 34Y be low the water line. c. Steel Piers: Above water--use any system listed under "Marine or Corrosive" (Moderately severe), Appendix D-4, Table 15. Below water -- use NAVFAC 34Y. See 10.2.2,4. 10.2.4 Special Surfaces. The principal painting materials used on non-conventional surfaces are as follows : 10.2.4.1 Acoustic Tile. Acoustic tile contains holes or fissures which absorb noise, thus reducing the overall sound level in the area. Avoid painting as long as pos sible, since any paint will tend to clog the openings and thus reduce the efficiency of the tiles. Wash the area, if at all possible. If necessary to paint, spray one thin coat of TT-P-29. 10.2.4.2 Bituminous or Creosote Impreg nated Surfaces. Surfaces and substrates, either coated with bituminous finishes or impregnated with creosote, will bleed if painted with solvent thinned paints. Use bituminous paints such as MlL-C-18480, solvent type or MIL-C-15203, emulsion type, on structures to be immersed or under ground. Otherwise, use latex paints such as TT-P-29 indoors, and TT-P-19 (Acrylic) or TT-P-55 Type II (PVAc) outdoors. 10.2.4.3 Fabric. Insulation on piping, ducts and tanks often is covered with fabric. This does not require painting indoors ex cept for appearance. Exposed insulation must be painted if outdoors. a. Interior Environments: Seal the fabric with a thin coat of TT-S-179 to which 1 oz. per gallon of phenyl mercury oleate (10% mercury) is added to prevent mildew growth. Then apply the regular interior top coat to blend with the rest of the area. b. Exterior Environment: Use MILP-15159 to preserve the fabric. 10.2.4-4 Glass. When glass is to be paint ed, paint the interior side of the glass using the same topcoat as in the rest of the area. Do not paint glass unless absolutely neces sary. 10-6 nil DUP030043746 10.24.5 Plastic, Do not paint plastic of coating applied and the severity of the surfaces unless absolutely necessary. Since environment. It is most critical with respect plastics vary considerably in composition, it to steel surfaces. (See Chapter 4, Section 4.) is difficult to specify coatings to be used on Application can normally be done by brush, them. Some plastics will craze if coated with roller or spray. (See Chapter 4, Section 6 paints containing strong solvents. Others for details.) do not provide a good substrate for paint adhesion. Use a high gloss enamel, since its adhesion is usually better than semi-gloss enamels, flat finishes and latex paints. If crazing is a problem, use a paint containing 10.3.2 Special Painting Operations. Use standard procedures for surface prepara tion and paint application except as noted below. mineral spirits or alcohol. Test the paint in 10.5.2.1 Anti-Sweat Coatings. Be sure an inconspicuous area to check for crazing that the metal is clean and dry. Use a proper and adhesion before painting the entire area. primer (see TT-C-492) before applying 10.2.5 Accessory Products. The products used for surface preparation and repair are similar to those used for the same substrates and environments as discussed in Chapters 7 and 8. See Chapter 4, Sections 4 and 5; Chap ter 7, Par. 7.2.4 and Section 3 ; Chapter 8, Par. 8.2.5 and Section 3; and Appendix D-l, Tables 1 and 2. compound. Then apply TT-C-492 in a thick coat--approximately 250 square feet per gal lon. Apply additional coats at right angles to previous coat. Allow eight hours drying between coats. Alternatively, apply the same heavy coat of MIL-P-15144. While it is still tacky, embed the vermiculite (MIL-V15196) into the surface of the binder. Allow 24 hours drying, then repeat as necessary _1 10.2.6 Applicable Specifications. The spe to provide the thickness needed to prevent cial painting materials specified are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 6. The conventional condensation. Decorative paints may be ap plied over the finished coating, if desired. specifications are listed numerically in Ap 10.3.2.2 Heat-Resistant Coatings. The pendix D-l and by substrate in Appendix metal must be completely free of any coat D-4. For interior finishes, see Appendix D-l, ing not specifically designed for high tem Table 3 and Appendix D-4, Tables 9 thru perature application and it must be relatively 12. For exterior finishes, see Appendix D-l, coo] prior to painting. Blast clean, if pos Table 4 and Appendix D-4, Tables 13 thru sible, to obtain optimum adhesion. Apply 16. The complete list of all products speci the heat-resistant paint directly to the clean fied by the Military Services for use on struc metal surface immediately after blasting. tures listed in this manual is shown in Keep dry film thickness fairly low--no more Appendix D. than 1.5 mils for aluminum paints and 2.5 mils for other colors. After painting, allow SECTION 3-SURFACE PREPARATION AND 48 hours before exposing the coating to heat. COATING APPLICATION 10.3.2.3 Non-Slip Coatings, (see 9.4.3.1) 10.3.1 General. The procedures used for surface preparation and application of spe cial coatings and of coatings used for special conditions are generally similar to those re quired for conventional painting. The speci fic variations from conventional procedures are discussed below for the application where such changes are required. In all cases, it is important that the surface be clean, dry and in good condition for painting. The degree of surface preparation depends on the type 10.3.24 Textured Finishes. Textured fin ishes also contain suspended pigment so that they must be kept mixed during use and should be applied in a fairly thick coat. Avoid excessive buildup. 10.3.2.5 Cold Storage Rooms. It is im portant to completely remove all mold or mildew before painting to avoid leaving any growth to attack the new paint film. Remove all stored articles, turn off the refrigerant supply to the unit and ventilate the area. 10-7 DUP030043747 Scrub the area with a solution consisting of i/2 pound of trisodium phosphate and 1 pound of hypochlorite bleach per gallon of warm water. Rinse the walls and floors to remove all cleaning materials. Then ventilate and dry completely before painting. See Chap ter 7 for painting conventional walls and ceilings. For asphalt surfaces use TT-P-38 Ready Mixed Aluminum Paint. Apply TTP-19 on exposed insulation. Do not store food products in the area until the paint is completely dry and free of solvent odor. 10.3.2.6 Showers and Laundries, Be sure to wash surfaces completely to remove all traces of soap, detergent and mildew (see 10.3.2.5). Then ventilate the area until com pletely dry before painting. 10.3.2.7 Storage Tanks, Standpipes and Reservoirs. All surfaces to be painted, both interior and exterior, Should be cleaned very well, preferably by blast cleaning. Cleaning of areas, which are to be continuously im mersed, is especially important. Be sure to remove all dust by blowing with compressed air or by use of Vacuum in enclosed areas. a. Steel Surfaces: Steel structures must be primed whether exposed to the at mosphere or immersed in water. After prim ing, apply the required number of coats to achieve a total thickness of at least five mils. Be careful not to apply too thick a coat on surfaces to be immersed in water, and allow thorough drying before placing into service. Incompletely cured coatings can result in blistering and loss of adhesion. See AWWA Standard D102 "Painting and Repainting Steel Tanks, Standpipes, Reservoirs, and Ele vated Tanks for Water Storage". b. Concrete Surfaces: Be sure that the surface is absolutely dry and free of any glaze or efflorescence before painting. No special primer is required but the first coat may be thinned with 1/2 to 1 pint of the ap propriate thinner per gallon of paint to aid penetration. See NAVFAC 47Y for recom mended procedures. 10.3.2.8 Underground Structures, Piping. Prepare surface and apply coatings as spec ified in NAVFAC 34Y, Coal Tar Coatings (See also 10.2.2.4). 10.3.2.9 Swimming Pools. Follow sur face preparation and application techniques outlined in Chapter 8, "Exterior Painting", depending on whether the surface is con crete or metal and the finish desired. In addition, remove any mold by scrubbing with a solution of household bleach or trisodium phosphate (see 10.3.2.5). Remove all traces of these cleaning solutions by flushing with water and allow the surface to dry complete ly before painting. 10.3.2.10 Waterfront Bulkheads, Piling. a. Wood: Follow instructions outlined in TT-W-571, Wood Preservation, Treating Practices. b. Concrete or Steel: For above-water structures follow surface preparation and application techniques outlined in Chapter 8, "Exterior Painting", depending on the type of surface and the selected finish. For struc tures which will be immersed below the water line, follow procedures included in NAVFAC 34Y, Coal Tar Coatings (see also 10.2.2.4). 10-8 DUP030043749 Chapter 11 SIGNS AND TRAFFIC MARKING SECTION I - SIGNS 11.1.1 General. The main purpose of signs is to supply information for identifiestion, direction and safety. Signs also are used for guiding, controlling, expediting and safeguarding traffic movement of vehicles and equipment as well as pedestrians. Base materials used for signs include posterboard, hardboard, wood, metal, concrete and mason ry. The choice of substrate for portable or removable signs depends on the environment and service life required. Exterior signs must be more durable than interior signs and should be painted in the same manner as other exterior surfaces, especially since legibility is of utmost importance. Material selection is usually governed by durability, appearance and initial cost. Low initial cost may result in poor economy. On the other hand, high initial cost is not justified when damage or vandalism may necessitate fre quent replacement of signs. Bee Section 3 of this chapter for references and standards. 11.1.2 Methods of Sign Preparation. Signs are prepared by four general methods: Freehand painting Stenciling Screen processing Pressure senitive Overlays Freehand painting shall be done only by qualified personnel, and only if the sign is not to be duplicated several times or is too large for preparation by other methods. Use stenciling methods if several copies are re quired or if qualified personnel are not avail able to produce the sign by freehand paint ing. Use screen processing when many copies are required. Pressure sensitive overlays are easiest to use since the lettering and com mon symbols are already prepared. Also, light reflecting materials can be used either as the background or in the lettering. See Figure 120 for letter sizes. 11.1.3 Background Surface Preparation. Sur face preparation depends on the substrate, its condition, the background color desired, the environment in which the sign will be placed and its expected service life. Posterboard signs for temporary use indoors need no surface preparation provided that the background color is satisfactory. Posterboard can be obtained in a variety of colors, Letter sizes will necessarily depend upon the amount' of wording and the amount of space available for the .sign message. The following table shows the distances at which well proportioned letters of different heights can be read by persons of normal vision, under good lighting conditions: Height of Letters (Inches) 3 1/2.............. s__;.............. 2 1/2.......... .., 2........... ........ 13/4....... ....... 11/2.... .......... 11/4...... ........ 7/8.............. 3/4.............. 5/8 ............... 1/2...... ........ 3/8 .... .......... 1/4............... Distance Visible* (Feet) *Distances specified do not include any allowance for various color combinations. Sizing shall be appropri ate for the message involved and attention desired. Figure 120. Sign Lettering. 11-1 DUP030043750 ready for immediate sign preparation. If the sign is required for long periods, e.g., a few years, or is to be exposed outdoors, a more durable substrate must be used to insure long service life. Paint all exposed surfaces with a coating system specified for the substrate and the environment as out lined in Chapters 7 and 8. Select a back ground paint which is suitable for the sub strate and environment and which is available in the desired color. The paint must level well and dry fairly hard to avoid damage during sign preparation. Leveling is best accomplished by spray application. A fairly low gloss is desired to obtain optimum sharp ness of lettering. Typical examples of back ground paints are as follows: Interior Use. TT-E-529 (Semigloss---choice of colors) or TT-E-543 (Undercoat--white and tints) may be used on all surfaces. Con crete and plaster should be primed before use. (See Appendix D-4, Tables 9 thru 12.) Exterior Use. TT-E-489 (Gloss--choice of colors) may be used on metal; TT-P-37 (Gloss-colors) Or TT-P-52 (Semigloss -- white and colors) may be used on wood; TT-P-19 (Flat--white and colors) or TTP-1181 (Flat--tints and colors) may be used on concrete and masonry. (See Appendix D-4, Tables 13 thru 15.) Allow background paint to dry thoroughly before lettering the sign. Note: Be especially careful in the preparation of signs made of galvanized steel. Flaking may remove parts of the lettering and make the sign useless. (See Appendix D-4, Table 16.) 11.1.4 Freehand Sign Painting. Hand let ter the sign using artists lettering brushes (Federal Specification H-B-118). Use paints that are either bulletin colors or TT-P--381, Tinting Colors, thinned to a semi-paste con sistency, using a mixture of equal parts of TT-L-190, Boiled Linseed Oil and either turpentine or mineral spirits. Allow the let tering to dry completely before placing sign in service. 11.1.5 Stenciling. Stenciling is a rapid means of preparing signs by the use of thin, non-porous material in which the 11-2 lettering or design is cut, leaving openings through which the stencil paint can be trans ferred directly onto the surface of the sign. 11.1.5.1 Stenciling Materials. The stencil is made of treated paper such as parchment or oak tag, thin plywood or metal. Lettering is also available in various sizes already stamped into adjustable metal stencils. Use either bulletin colors or TT-P-381, Tinting Colors, thinned to a semi-paste consistency with a mixture of equal parts of TT-L-190, Boiled Linseed Oil and either turpentine or mineral spirits. MIL-P-15149, Stencil Paint, may be used if signs are used indoors or for temporary use outdoors, e.g., no more than a few months. Stenciling may be done by brush, roller or spray. For brushing use an artists stencil brush (Federal Specification H-B-621, Type L). For roller application use a special roller, 2 inches wide and 1% inches in diameter with a renewable short napped cover. The spray gun is of a small size, either an artist's air brush or touch-up spray gun. 11.1.5.2 Preparing the Stencil. The sten cil may be cut by hand or machine. Machine cutting is much faster provided that letters of one size are satisfactory. Hand cutting is required for mixed sizes and for special lettering and designs, The stencil is first outlined, preferably from a master alphabet with letters of the desired size, and is then cut with a sharn knife (see Figure 121). It Figure 121. Cutting Stencil. I is good practice to make a duplicate stencil Pass the roller across the thin film until it is which should be filed to save time if the uniformly covered with paint. Immediately original is lost or damaged. Since the sten roll it across the cut out areas of the stencil. cils are difficult to file and are easily tom if not separated, separate them with uncut Note: The roller should never be wider than the stencil. stencil board or waxpaper. e. Spray Application: Using an air 1 11.1.5.3 Using the Stencil. Place the sten brush, spray the paint quickly, covering just cil on the prepared substrate, hold firmly, the cut out areas of the stencil. Use just and apply the stencil paint across the cut enough paint to cover the area, and avoid 1 out areas so that it goes through to the going over the area again unless absolutely sign. (See Figure 122.) necessary. Stencils for spraying should be a. Brush Application: Spread the sten considerably larger than the cut area. If cil paint in a thin film on a glass or metal not, they should be masked. sheet by means of a stencil brush or rubber roller. Dip the end of the stencil brush in the thin coating and then transfer the paint to the cut out areas by tapping the brush tips against the surface. Avoid brushing across the stencil or overloading the brush with paint since this will force the paint under the stencil causing a smear. When the stencil paint has been applied, carefully remove the stencil directly away from the work, without sliding or moving it sideways, to avoid smearing the wet paint. Immediately fill in all the "tie" areas (uncut strips connecting parts of letters such as "A", "O", "Q" etc.). Do this with a small flat brush before the paint sets up. b. Roller Application: Spread the sten cil paint on the plate as described above. 11.1.6 Screen Processing. Screen process ing is a fast and economical method of making many copies in one or more colors. It should be done only by trained operators. Prints can be made on all surfaces which can be handled in the shop; namely, paper, wood, metal, hardboard, glass, plastic and fabric. Also, various types of paint can be used such as oil colors, lacquers and enamels which are specifically formulated to have the characteristics required for screen printing. 11.1.6.1 Screen Processing Materials. The following equipment and supplies are used in screen preparation of signs. (See Figure 123.) a. Printing Frame: This is a rectangu lar frame, generally made of wood, to which is attached a thin open weave screen, usually made of silk, and on which the lettering is prepared in a manner similar to that used in cutting a stencil. The frame is hinged to a baseboard so that it can be raised to allow the sign to be placed underneath during the s printing process. b. Baseboard: The sign to be painted is supported on a fiat, horizontal baseboard. 1 This can be a table top or a large drawing Figure 122, Stenciling board. It must be absolutely flat and smooth. 11-3 DUP030043752 c. Stencil Film: The material used for cutting the stencil is a thin transparent lacquer-like film attached to a thin, translucent waxpaper or plastic backing which is re moved after the stencil is adhered to the silk screen. d. Squeegee: The squeegee is made of a stiff strip of rubber mounted within a wooden handle. It is used to spread the paint across the screen so that paint is forced through the cut-out stencil openings onto the sign. e. Drying Rack: This is used to sup port and separate the printed signs as they dry after printing. 11.1.6.2 Preparing the Screen. The screen is made by stretching the silk taut and fastening it to the rectangular frame. The stencil is prepared by cutting the lacquer film in the same manner as a paper stencil, except that the cut is made only through the film and not through the backing paper. The stencil is then adhered to the silk and the backing removed to expose the cut out areas. (See Figure 124.) 11.1.6.8 Screen Printing. Place the sign to be printed in the proper position on the baseboard and underneath the printing frame. Drop the frame gently onto the sign, making sure that contact with the screen and its adherent stencil is complete. Place a small amount of paint on the screen 11-4 above the stencil and spread it evenly across the printing frame using the squeegee. Lift the frame, remove the printed sign and place it into the rack to dry. If more than one color is to be printed, use a different screen for each color and be sure that each color has dried thoroughly before applying the next color. (See Figure 124.) 11.1.7 Pressure Sensitive Overlays. These are factory prepared letters, numbers and symbols with an adhesive backing. They are furnished in various sizes and colors. Over lays are applied to the sign by removing the backing and pressing the figures into place. 11.1.7.1 Materials for Overlays. The ma terials required for application of pressure sensitive overlays are the figures, a rubber roller, tweezers and decorator's tape. Smaller figures are attached to a sheet of speciallytreated paper from which they can be re moved readily. Large figures are supplied separately with the backing paper attached to each figure. 11.1.7.2 Application of Overlays. To align the figures in the sign's layout, draw light horizontal lines. To help in the proper spacing of smaller figures, draw light verti cal lines. Small figures are handled with tweezers. Remove each one from the back ing paper individually and carefully place in position before applying finger pressure. DUP030043753 Figure 124. Screen Printing. 11-5 i DUP030043754 Large figures are laid out on the horizontal lines and adjusted for proper spacing. Prop er alignment and spacing of letters can be achieved by the use of a special device avail able for the purpose. Attach a small piece of tape to the bottom of each letter to keep it in place. Swing letters back, remove back ing paper, then carefully fold back and press into place. Finally, roll all figures smooth using firm pressure to assure complete con tact. (See Figure 125.) 11.1.8 Refleetorized Signs. Reflectorized signs are prepared on a special substrate containing glass spheres which reflect light and thus increase night visibility consider ably. The reflective backing may be paperboard (MIL-P-13818) or pressure-sensitive adhesive sheeting which is readily attached to any solid substrate. A wide range of colors is available ineluding white and metallic colors. Signs can be made on these sub strates by any of the methods described above. Durable, exterior sheeting is avail able. This can be adhered to any exterior substrate provided that the substrate is pro tected against the weather and the surface is relatively smooth for optimum adhesion. Avoid slow drying, oil-containing paints, and paints which will tend to chalk or bleed thus affecting adhesion or causing a discoloration of the sign. 11.1.9 Applicable Specifications, The prod ucts which are specified for use in sign painting are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 7. 1, Place letters in layout position, adhesive side down, on sign surface, fasten one edge of each letter with a small piece of masking tape. 2. Swing letters back onto a piece of cardboard or absorbent paper, using the tape as a hinge, and remove the paper liner. 3. Wet felt squeegee with A-2 Activator. Blot excess liquid on a clean rag. Draw squeegee evenly across the adhesive. 4. Fold letter back into position, making sure to Hold one edge away from sign surface while rolling or while pressing to the surface with a plastic scraper. 5. Re-roll all the letters. Figure 125. Application of Overlays. 11-6 SECTION 2 - TRAFFIC MARKING 11.2.1 General. Traffic paints are applied on traffic-bearing surfaces of airfield pave ments, streets, highways, tunnels, bridges and parking areas to direct and control traf fic. Traffic paint markings help to control movement of pedestrians, as well as opera tions such as warehousing. These paints are also used to promote safety by marking safe ty zones, walkways, obstructions and other traffic and pedestrian control devices, and for the preparation of signs directly on pave ments. (See Section 1 of this Chapter for the materials used and methods of prepara tion of road and safety signs.) Traffic paints are applied on a variety of substrates such as concrete, bituminous (asphaltic), brick and stone substrates outdoors, and wood and concrete substrates indoors. See Section 3 of this Chapter for references and standards, 11.2.2 Types of Products Available. Traffic paints are available as reflectorized and nonreflectorized coatings. Reflectorized paint is preferred where improved night visibility is desired, 11.2.2.1 Reflectorized Traffic Paints. Re flectorized paint consists of two components, a pigmented binder and either of two types of reflective media ; reflectorized granules or glass spheres. The reflective particles are dropped on to the surface of the applied paint while it is still wet. 11.2.2.2 Pigmented Binders. Both reflec torized and non-reflectorized traffic paints are available in the following coating vehi cles: Alkyd--relatively slow dry, non-bleeding Alkyd-Chlorinated Rubber--fast dry, tends to bleed on asphalt Vinyl Toluene-Butadiene -- fast dry, non bleeding Non-reflectorized traffic paints are also avail able in a moisture-cure, oil free urethane vehicle for use on indoor floors such as in warehouses and gymnasiums. 11.2.2.3 Colors. Both reflectorized and non-reflectorized traffic paints are available in white and yellow. Non-reflectorized paints are available also in black, grey, red and green. 11.2.3 Applicable Specifications. Products which are specified for use as traffic marking paints are listed in Appendix D-l, Table 8. 11.2.4 Surface Preparation. To obtain full service potential, marking paints must be firmly anchored to a thoroughly cured and clean substrate. Flexible pavements should be allowed to cure as long as practicable be fore marking paints are applied, to prevent bleeding or undue softening of the asphalt by the paint. Careful attention must be given to cleaning and preparation of the sur face. Before marking concrete pavements that have been cured with a membrane-type curing compound, first remove the curing compound from the area to be painted, by blast cleaning. Make sure that the surfaces, on which traffic paints are to be applied, are dry and free of fuel, oil, grease, dirt and loose or flaking paint. Follow applicable procedures listed in previous chapters de pending on the substrate and environmental conditions, 11.2.5 Selection of Coatings. Use only those traffic marking paints specified in Appendix D-l, Table 8. TT-P-115 is for general use. Use Type I where relatively slow drying can be tolerated and bleeding is a problem, e.g., on bituminous pavements; Type II for fast drying where bleeding is a problem and Type III for fast drying where bleeding is no problem. TT-P-110 is used where black marking is desired as on light pavements or for signs. It also can be used to obliterate white and yellow traffic markings when they are no longer desired. TT-P-85 is primarily used as a reflectorized paint for airfield pavement marking. It is also suitable for roadway marking with or without reflective media. TT-C-542 is a heavy duty, highly abrasion resistant coating which can be used for marking interior floors such as in ware houses and gymnasiums. 11.2.6 Preparation of Coatings for Use. Be sure that paints and pigmented binders are well mixed and uniform before they are ap plied. Review Chapter 4, Section 8 "Paint 11-7 DUP030043756 Conditioning and Mixing" for procedures. If a line striping machine is to be used, test the paint in the machine. Add a small amount of appropriate solvent only if necessary to adjust viscosity for proper application. 11.2.7 Application of Coatings, Take ex treme care to apply the correct amount of traffic paint, as Specified, to assure that the proper film thickness is obtained. Traffic marking paints are applied at thicknesses above that of other paints in order to in crease their life as the surface is abraded under traffic. The usual range of wet film thickness is 14 to 16 mils which is equiva lent to a spreading rate of 100 to 120 square feet per gallon. Traffic paints may be applied by brush, roller or spray, but are usually applied by mechanical traffic line striping equipment. Mechanical equipment is mandatory for airfield marking. This equipment is available in various sizes de pending on the area to be covered. The three most common sizes are a small hand pro pelled model (Figure 126), a self propelled model (Figure 127) and a large truck model (Figure 128) to cover large areas such as airfield pavements. Reflectorized paint is supplied in two parts in separate containers. One contains the pigmented binder (paint) and the other a measured amount of reflec tive media. Apply the pigmented binder at the specified film thickness as described above. Then, before the paint sets up, drop the reflective media on the surface of the wet paint so that they are embedded in the film. Be sure to apply the media uniformly and at the prescribed rate. The reflective media can also be applied by means of line striping equipment provided with a dispenser which accurately deposits the correct amount of re flective media as the stripe is made. Figure 127, Self Propelled Traffic Marker. Figure 126. Hand Propelled Traffic Marker. 11-8 Figure 128. Traffic Marker--Truck Model. SECTION 3 - REFERENCES AND STANDARDS 11.3.1 References, Consult the following publications for specific recommendations on signs and traffic markings: Bureau of Public Roads, U. S. Depart ment of Commerce Manual on Uni form Traffic Control Devices TM 5-824-4 TM 9-1300-206 Airfield Operational and Maintenance Facilities (formerly EM 1110-45305) (same as AFM 88-6, Chapter 7) Care, Handling, Preserva tion, and Destruction of Ammunition Department of the Navy United States of America Standards In stitute (formerly American Standards Association) Z35.1 Industrial Acci dent Prevention Signs NAVDOCKS P-309 NAVDOCKS DM-1 The Application of Color to Shore Establishment Architecture, Section 5, Safety Markings Department of the Air Force 11.3,2 Standards, Manuals and Regulations. Consult the following publications for re quirements for signs and for traffic and other special markings: AFM 88-6, Chap. 7 AFM 127-101 Airfield Operational and Maintenance Facilities (same as TM 5-824-4) Accident Prevention Handbook Department of Defense MIL-STD-101 MIL-STD-161 Color Code for Pipelines and for Compressed-Gas Cylinders Identification Methods for Bulk Petroleum Prod ucts Systems Including Hydrocarbon Missile Fuels Department of the Army AFR 11-15 AFR 91-17 Identification of USAF Installations and Buildings National Standard for the Marking of Serviceable Runways and Taxiways Federal Aviation Agency, U.S. Department of Transportation FAA Standard -003 Paint Systems for Structures TM 5-624 Roads, Runways and Mis cellaneous Pavements North Atlantic Treaty Organization jSSS&Sf TM 5-823-4 Army Airfield - Heliport Operational and Main STANAG No. 3158 Day Marking of Airfield Runways and Taxiways tenance Facilities (for Note: For special SAFETY and IDENTIFICA merly EM 1110-3-314) TION SIGNS consult your SAFETY ENGINEER. 11-9 DUP030043758 DUP030043759 APPENDIX A Glossary Painting operations employ terms that are peculiar to this field and, as such, may require some explanation or definition. This glossary is designed to provide the reader with some basic understanding of terms commonly used in painting and thus eliminate possible misunderstand ings resulting from conflicting interpretations of terms and improve communication between all persons involved in the painting operation. A abrasive--the agent used for abrasive blast cleaning; for example, sand, grit, steel shot, etc. absorption--`process of soaking up, or assimilation of one substance by another, accelerator--catalyst; a material which accelerates the hardening of certain coatings, acetone--a fast evaporating, highly flammable solvent, acoustic paint--paint which absorbs or deadens sound, acrylic resin-- & clear resin derived from polymerized esters of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, activator--catalyst or curing agent; accelerator, adhesion--bonding strength, the attraction of a coating to the surface to which it is applied, absorption--process of attraction to a surface; attach ment; the retention of foreign molecules on the sur face of a substance, adulteration--`the addition of unwanted materials, agglomeration--formation of masses or aggregates of pigments; not dispersed, air adjusting valve---spray gun valve controlling input air. air bubble--bubble in paint film caused by entrapped air. air cap (or air nozzle)--perforated housing for atomizing air at head of spray gun. air drying--drying by oxidation or evaporation by sim ple exposure to air. air entrapment--inclusion of air bubbles in paint film, air hose--hose of air supply quality, usually red. oir jet (blast cleaning)--type of blast cleaning gun in which the abrasive is conveyed to the gun by partial vacuum. airless spraying--spraying using hydraulic pressure to atomize the paint. air manifold--common air supply chamber for several lines. air transformer--device for controlled reduction in air pressure. air valve--control valve in air line system. air volume--quantity of air in cubic feet (usually per minute) at atmospheric pressure, alcohol--a flammable solvent; alcohols commonly used in painting are ethyl alcohol (ethanol) and methyl alcohol (methanol, wood alcohol), aliphatic hydrocarbons---flammable solvents of low solvent power, usually derived from petroleum, alkal*--caustic, such as sodium hydroxide, lye, etc. alkyd resins--resins prepared from polyhydric alcohols and polybasic acids, alligatoring--surface imperfections of paint having the appearance of alligator hide, ambient temperature--room temperature or temperature of surroundings. American gallon--231 cubic inches, amides--curing agent combined with epoxy resins, amines--curing agent combined with epoxy resins, anchor pattern--profile of a surface, usually attained by blasting. angle blasting--blast cleaning at angles less than 90 degrees. angle of degree (airless spray cap)--orifice angle; controls width of spray, pattern angle, anhydrous--dry, free of water in any form, applicator--one who applies; tool for applying, arcing--swinging spray g'un away from the work, aromatic hydrocarbons--strong solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene. asphalt--residue from petroleum refining; also a nat ural complex hydrocarbon, atomize--break stream into small particles. B baking finish--product requiring heat cure, banding--identifying with strips of tape, barrier coating--shielding or blocking coating or film, binder--resin; drying oil; latex emulsion; film former; vehicle. bituminous coating--coal tar or asphalt based coating. A--1 DUP030043760 blast angle--angle of nozzle with reference to surface; eobwebbing--a spider web effect caused by premature also angle of particle propelled from rotating blast drying. cleaning wheel with reference to surface, cohesion--property of holding self together, blast cleaning--cleaning with propelled abrasives, cold-checking--checking caused by low temperatures, bleaching--removing color. cold-cracking--cracking occuring at low temperatures, bleeder gun--a spray gun with no air valve; trigger con color-fast--non-fading. trols fluid flow only. bleeding--penetration of color from the underlying color retention--ability to retain original color, commercial blast---see 4-4.2,4. surface. compatibility--ability to mix With or adhere properly to blisters--bubbles in dry or partially-dry paint film, other components or substances, blooming--whitening.; moisture blush; blushing, composition--analysis; make-up. blow-back (spray term)---rebound of atomized sprayed conditioner--see surface conditioner, material. continuity--degree of being intact or pore free, blushing--whitening and loss of gloss due to moisture copolymer--large molecule resulting from simultaneous or improper solvent balance, polymerization of different monomers, body--viscosity; middle or under coat; to thicken, copper sulfate test (for mill scale)---copper color indicates boilers (solvent)--solvents of particular evaporation rate, absence of mill scale when steel is swabbed with 5 bonding--adhesion to 10 per cent solution. bounce-back---spray rebound similar to blow-back, corrosion--oxidation; deterioration due to interaction boxing---mixing by pouring back and forth from one with environment. container to another. cracking--splitting, disintegration of paint by breaks bridging--forming a skin over a depression, through film to substrate. bright blast--white blast; See 4.4.2.4. cratering--formation of holes or deep depressions in brittleness--degree of resistance to cracking, breaking paint film. or bending. crawling--shrinking of paint to form uneven surface broadcast--to sprinkle solid particles on a surface, shortly after application. bronxe tools--non-sparking tools; used when fire haz crazing---development of non-uniform surface appear ards are particularly acute, ance of myriad tiny scales or cracks, bronzing--formation of metallic sheen on a paint film, creepage---see crawling. farushability--ability to be brushed, cross-linking--a particular method by which chemicals brush-off blast--lowest blast cleaning standard; see unite to form films. 4.4.2.4. cross-spray--spraying first in one direction and then at bubbling--a term used to describe the appearance of right angles. blisters on the surface while a coating is being curing---setting up; hardening, applied. curing agent--hardener; promoter, curtaining--sagging. e curtains--sags having appearance of drapes, caking--hard settling of pigment from paint, cycling (of pump)--interval between strokes. camouflage--the art or system for deception or con- cealment. D catalyst--accelerator; curing agent; promoter, deadman valve--shut-off valve at blast nozzle, operated cat-eye--hole or holiday shaped like a cat's eye; crater by remote control. ing. decorative painting--painting for appearance, chalking--powdering of surface. degreaser--chemical solution (compound) for grease checking--formation of slight breaks in the film that removal. do not penetrate to the underlying surface, delamination--separation of layers of paint films, chipping--(1) cleaning steel using special hammers. density--weight per unit volume, --(2) type of paint failure, detergent--cleaning agent. chlorinated rubber---a particular film former used as a dew point--temperature at which moisture condenses, binder, made by chlorinating natural rubber, diluents--see thinners. cleaner--(1) detergent, alkali, acid or other cleaning discoloration--color change. material; usually water or steam borne. dispersion--suspension of one substance in another, (2) solvent for cleaning paint equipment, distensibiiity--ability to be stretched, coal tar pitch--black residue remaining after coal tar distillation--purification or separation by volatilizing is distilled. and condensing. coal tar-epoxy paint--paint in which binder or vehicle is doctor blade--knife applicator of fixed film thickness, a combination of coal tar with epoxy resin, double regulation--regulation of both pot and gun air coatings--surface coverings; paints; barriers, pressure. coat of paint--layer of dry paint resulting from a single drier--chemical which promotes oxidation or drying of wet application. paint. A-2 I DUP030043761 drift (overspray)--spray loss. drop (scaffold).--one vertical descent of the scaffold, drop doth--protective cover. dry film thickness--depth of applied coating when dry, expressed in mils (l/lOOO in.), dry spray--overspray or bounce back; sand finish due to spray particle being partially dried before reaching the surface. drying oil--an oil which hardens in air. drying time--time interval between application and a specified condition of dryness, dry to handle--time interval between application and ability to be picked up without damage, dry to recoat--time interval between application and ability to receive next coat satisfactorily, dry to touch--time interval between application and ability to be touched lightly (tack-free time), dulling--loss of gloss or sheen. e edging--striping. efflorescence--deposit of soluble white salts on surface of brick and other masonry, eggshell--between semi-gloss and flat, elasticity--degree of recovery from stretching, electrostatice spray--spraying in which electric charge attracts paint to surface. emulsion paint--water-thinned paint with an emulsified oil and/or resin or latex vehicle, enamel---a paint which is characterized by an ability to form an especially smooth film, epoxy resins--film formers usually made from bisphenol A and epichlorohydrin. epoxy amine---amine cured epoxy resin, epoxy ester--epoxy modified oil; single package epoxy, erosion---wearing away of paint films to expose the sub strate or undercoat. estimate---compute; calculated cost of a job. etch--surface preparation of metal by chemical means, evaporation rate--rate at which a solvent evaporates, evaporation rate, final---time interval for complete evapo ration of all solvents. evaporation rate, initial--time interval during which low boiling solvent evaporates completely, explosive limits--a range of the ratio of solvent vapor to air in which the mixture will explode if ignited. Below the lower or above the higher exposive limit, the mixture is too lean or too rich to explode. The critical ratio runs from about one to twelve per cent of solvent vapor by volume at atomospheric pres sure. extender--pigment which can contribute specific prop erties to paint, generally low in cost, extension gun---pole gun. external mix---spray equipment in Which fluid and air join outside of aircap. F fading--reduction in brightness of color. fallout (spray)---overspray fanning (spray gun technique)---arcing; moving the spray gun away from the work, fan pattern--geometry or shape of spray pattern, feather edge--tapered edge. feathering--(1) triggering a gun at the end of each stroke; (2) tapering edge. Federal specifications--Government specifications for products, components and/or performance, ferrous---iron containing, field pointing---painting at the job site, filler--extender; bulking agent; inert pigment, film build--dry thickness characteristics per coat, film-former--a substance which forms a skin or mem brane when dried from a liquid state, film integrity--degree of continuity of film, film thickness--depth of applied coating, expressed in mils (1/1000 in.), film thickness gauge--device for measuring film thick ness; both wet and dry gauges are available, filter--strainer; purifier. fineness of grind--measure of particle size or roughness of liquid paint; degree of dispersion of pigment in the binder. fingers (airless spray)---broken airless spray pattern, fire-retardant paint--a paint which will delay flaming or over-heating of substrate, fish eye--see cratering. flaking---disintegration in small pieces or flakes; see scaling. flammability--measure of ease of catching fire; ability to burn. flame cleaning--method of surface preparation of steel using flame. flash point--the lowest temperature at which a given flammable material will flash if a flame or spark is present. flatting--loss of gloss in coating film, flexibility--ability to be bent without damage, floating--separation of pigment colors oh surface, flooding---see floating, flow--a measure of self leveling. fluid adjusting screw--a screw on a spray gun which con trols the amount of fluid entering the gun. fluid flow--a measure of flow through a gun with atomi zing air shut off. fluid hose--specially designed hose for paint materials; usually black. fluid nozzle--fluid tip with orifice ; in a broader sense it means needle and tip combination, fluid tip--orifice in gun into which needle is seated, foaming--frothing, fogging,--misting. forced drying--acceleration of drying by increasing the temperature above ambient temperature using an oven, infra red lamp or other heat source, fungicide--a substance poisonous to fungi; retards or prevents fungi growth. furane resins--dark chemical resistant resins made from furfuryl alcohol, furfural, and phenol. A--3 DUP030043762 G galvanized steel--steel plated in a molten bath of zinc, gat checking--fine checking; wrinkling, frosting under certain drying conditions; said to be caused by rapid oxygen absorption or by impurities in the air. gel--a jelly-like substance. gelling (gelation)--conversion of a liquid to a gel state, glazing (puttying)--setting glass. gloss--shininess; lustre; ability to reflect in mirror direction. gloss retention--ability to retain original gloss, grain---surface appearance, usually of wood, gray blast cleaning--commercial blast. See 4.4.2.4. grind gauge--instrument for measuring degree of pig ment dispersion in liquid paint. Hegman is a com mon proprietary instrument, grit--an abrasive obtained from slag and various other materials. ground wire--a wire attached to dissipate electrostatic charge in airless spraying, guide coat--a coat similar in composition to the finish or color coat, but of a different color to help obtain complete coverage. gun distance---space between tip of gun and Work. H hardener--curing agent; promoter; catalyst, hardness--the degree to which a material will with stand pressure without deformation or scratching, hazing--clouding. heavy centered pattern--spray pattern having most paint in center, less at edges. hiding power--ability to obscure underlying surface, high boiling solvent--a solvent with an initial boiling point above 302F (loOC). high build---producing thick dry films per coat. High flash naphtha--aromatic solvent having a high flash point, (min. 113F, 45G). hold out--ability (or property) to prevent soaking into substrate. holiday--pinhole; skip; discontinuity; void, holiday detector--device for detection of pinholes or holi days. See spark testing. hot spray--spraying material heated to reduce viscosity, humidity--measure of moisture content; relative humid ity is the ratio of the quantity of water vapor in the air compared to the greatest amount possible at the given temperature. Saturated air is said to have a humidity of 100 per cent. hydraulic spraying--spraying by hydraulic pressure. (See airless spraying.) I incompatibility--inability to mix with or adhere to another material. indicator (pH) paper--a vegetable dyed paper indicating relative acidity or basicity (alkalinity). Inert pigment--a non-reactive pigment. inflammability--measure of ease of Catching fire; abil ity to burn; use of the word flammability is pre ferred to inflammability due to the possible misin terpretation of the prefix "in" as a negative, inhibitive pigment--one which retards the corrosion pro cess, inorganic coatings--those employing inorganic binders or vehicles. intermediate coat--middle coat ; guide coat, internal mix--a spray gun in which the fluid and air are combined before they leave the gun. intumesce--to form a voluminous char on ignition; foam ing or swelling when exposed to flame, iron phosphate coating--conversion coating; chemical de posit. isocyanate resins--Urethane resins. K. KB (Kauri-Butanol) Value--measure of solvent power, ketones--flammable organic solvents; commonly used ketones are acetone; methyl ethyl ketone (MEK); and methyl isobutyl ketone ( MIBK). Krebs Units (K.U.)---arbitrary units of viscosity. L lacquers----coatings which dry by evaporation of the solvent. laitanee--milky white deposit on new concrete, laminar scale--rust formation in heavy layers, latex--rubber like; a common binder for emulsion (wa ter) paints; there are natural and synthetic latexes, leafing--orientation of pigment flakes in horizontal planes. leveling---flowing out to films of uniform thickness; tendency of brush marks to disappear, lifting--softening and raising of an undercoat by appli cation of a top coat, livering--formation of curds or gelling, long o>l varnish--varnish with a high ratio of oil to resin; a resin having a large quantity of oil cooked per 100 pounds of resin (25 gallons or more per 100 pounds of resin). low boiling solvent--a solvent with an initial boiling point below 212 F (100 C). low pressure spraying--conventional air spraying. M MAC (maximum allowable concentration)--maximum con centration of solvent vapor in parts per million parts of air in which a worker may work eight con secutive hours without an air fed mask; the lower the MAC number, the more toxic the solvent, maintenance painting--(1) repair painting; any paint ing after the initial paint job; in a broader sense it includes painting of items installed during main tenance; (2) all painting except that done solely for aesthetics. mandrel test--a physical bending test for adhesion and flexibility. A-4 DUP030043763 masking--covering areas not to be painted, mastic--a heavy bodied high build coating. (MEK) methyl ethyl ketone--a strong flammable organic solvent. (MIBK) methyl isobutyi ketone--a strong flammable organ ic solvent. mil--one one-thousandth of an inch; .001"; 1/1000 in. mildew--fungus, mold. mildewcide--substance poisonous to mildew; prevents or retards growth of mildew, mild steel--structural steel; SAE 1020. mill scale--oxide layer formed on steel by hot rolling, mineral spirits--aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, miscible--capable of mixing or blending uniformly, misses--holidays; skips; voids, mist-coat--thin tack coat; thin adhesive coat, moisture and oil separator--trap on air compressor or in air lines. mottling--speckling; a nonuniform paint color, mud-cracking--irregular cracking of dried film, as in a dried mud puddle. multicolor finishes--speckled finishes; paints containing flecks of colors different from the base color, MVt (moisture vapor transmission)--moisture vapor trans mission rate through a known membrane. N naphtha--fiamable aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, near-white blast cleaning--see 4.4.2.4. needle (spray gun)--fluid metering pin, neoprene.--a rubber-like film former based on the poly merization of chloroprene. non-drying oil--one which will not oxidize in air, non-ferrous--containing no iron, non-flammable--incombustible, will not burn, non-toxic---not poisonous. non-volatile--solid; non-evaporating; the portion of a paint left after the solvent evaporates. O oil color--coloring (pigment or dye) dispersed in oil. oil length--gallons of oil reacted with 100 pounds of resin. oleoresinous--film former containing oil and resin, opacity--hiding power. orange peel--dimpled appearance of dry film; resem bling an orange peel, organic--containing carbon compounds, organosol--film former containing resin plasticizer and solvent, orifice--opening; hole. overatomized--dispersed too finely by use of excessive atomizing air pressure, overcoat--second coat; top coat, overlap--portion (width) of fresh paint covered by next layer. overspray--sprayed paint which did not hit target; waste. p PVA.c--See polyvinyl acetate. pvc--see polyvinyl chloride or pigment volume con centration, paint---all coating materials used in painting, paint failure--the loss of usefulness of the paint coat ingpaint heater--device for lowering viscosity of paint by heating. paint program--comprehensive painting plan, paint protect--single paint job. paint system--the complete number and type of coats comprising a paint job. In a broader sense, surface preparation, pre-treatments, dry film thickness, and manner of application are included in the definition of a paint system. painting--all operations required to use paints properly, painting materials--all materials required to adequately paint a surface, pass (spray)--motion of the spray gun in one direction only. passive defense--blending of colors to make structures less conspicuous. pattern length--length of spray pattern, pattern width--width of a spray pattern at vertical center. peeling--failure in which paint curls or otherwise strips from substrate. perm--unit of permeance; grains of water vapor per hour per square foot per inch of mercury--water vapor pressure difference. phenolic resins--particular group of film formers; resins made from phenols and aldehydes, phosphatize--form a thin inert phosphate coating on surface usually by treatment with phosphoric acid or other phosphate compound, phthalic resins--a particular group of film formers; alkyd resins. pH value--measure of acidity or alkalinity; pH 7 is neutral; the pH values of acids are less than 7, and of alkalis (bases) greater than 7. pickling--a dipping process for cleaning steel and other metals; the pickling agent is usually an acid, pigment grind--dispersion of pigment in a liquid vehicle, pigments--solid coloring agents. pigment volume concentration (PVC)--percent by Volume occupied by pigment in dry film, pitting--formation of small,, usually shallow depres sions or cavities. pin-holing--formation of small holes through the entire thickness of coating; see cratering, plasticizer--a paint ingredient which imparts flex ibility. piastisot--film former containing resin and plasticizer with no solvents, pock marks--pits; craters. pole-gun--spray gun equipped with an extension tube, polymer--a large molecule formed by polymerization, polymerization--chemical reaction in which small mole cules combine to form large molecules. A--5 DUP030043764 polyvinyl acetate (PVAc)--u synthetic resin used exten sively in emulsion (water) paints; produced by the polymerization of vinyl acetate, polyvinyl chloride (PVC)--a synthetic resin used in solvent type coatings produced by the polymerization of vinyl chloride. porosity--degree of integrity or continuity, pot-life-time interval after mixing of reactive com ponents during which liquid material is usable with no difficulty. pressure balance--in spray painting, relationship of pot pressure to atomizing air pressure, pressure drop--loss in pressure due usually to length or diameter of line or hose. pressure feed--fluid flow caused by application of air or hydraulic pressure to paint, pressure feed point tank (pressure pot)----fluid container in which fluid flow is caused by air pressure, pretreatinent--chemical alteration of the surface to make it suitable for painting, preventive maintenance painting--period touch-up painting or application of full coats of paint before deteriora tion starts. prime coat--first coat on a substrate, primer--material used for prime coat; usually a rustinhibitive coating when used over ferrous metals, production rote (sq. ft./day)--measurement of surface area cleaned or coated in one working day by one man. profile--surface contour of a blast-cleaned surface as viewed from the edge; cross section of the surface, profile depth--average distance between top of peaks and bottom of valleys on the surface, proprietary--available on open market under brand name, protective life--interval of time during which a paint system protects substrate from deterioration, pump ratio---multiplier of input pressure to indicate out put pressure; ratio of air piston area to fluid piston area. R reaching (spray gun)--extending spray stroke too far. rebound--paint spray bounce back. See bounce back, recoat time---time interval needed between application of successive coats. red label'--flammable or explosive materials with flash points below 80F. (26.7C). reducer--a material which lowers viscosity but is not necessarily a solvent for the particular film-former; thinner. reflectance--degree of light reflection, repainting--a complete painting operation including surface preparation. repair of surfaces--all procedures required to return the surface to a satisfactory condition for painting, resin--a material, natural or synthetic, contained in varnishes, lacquers and paints; the film former, respirator--safety breathing mask, rise--height. roller coating--the act of painting with a roller; the material used for roller painting, round pattern--circular spray pattern, runs--curtains; sags. rust--corroded iron; red iron-oxide deposited on metal; also other metal oxides formed by corrosion, rust bloom--discoloration indicating the beginning of rusting. S safety valve--pressure release valve preset to be re leased when pressure exceeds a safe operating limit. sandblast--blast cleaning using sand as an abrasive, sandy finish---a surface condition having the appearance of sandpaper; may result from overspray. saponify--convert to soap, scale--rust occurring in thin layers, scaler--a hand cleaning chisel, scaling--process of removing scale, seal coating--coating used to prevent excessive absorb- tion of the first coat of paint by the substrate; a primer. sealer--a low viscosity (thin) liquid sometimes applied on wood, plaster, gypsum board, or masonry, seeding--formulation of small agglomerates, separation--division into components or layers by nat ural causes. settling--caking; sediment, shade--degree of color in a tint. shelf-life--maximum interval in which a material may be stored and still be in usable condition, shop coat--eoating applied in fabricating shop, short oil varnish--a varnish prepared by cooking a rela tively small quantity of oil with 100 pounds of resin, quick drying; brittle; less than 25 gallons of oil per 100 pounds of resin. shot blasting--blast cleaning using steel shot as the abrasive. shrinkage--decrease in volume on drying. silicate paints--those employing silicates as binders; used primarily in inorganic zinc rich coating, silicone resins--a particular group of film formers; used in water-repellent and high-temperature paints; organo-silicoh polymers. silking--a surface defect characterized by parallel hairlike striations in coated films, skinning--formation of a solid membrane on top of a liquid. skips--holidays; misses; uncoated area; voids, slow drying--requiring 24 hours or longer before re coating is possible, solids--non-volatile portion of paint, solids by volume--percentage of total volume occupied by non-volatiles. soIubilHy.--degree to which a substance may he dis solved. solution--a liquid in which a substance is dissolved, solvency--measure of ability to dissolve. A-6 DUP03OO43765 H solvent---a liquid in which another substance may be dissolved, solvent balance--ratio of amounts of different solvents in a mixture of solvents, solvent pop--blistering- caused by entrapped solvent, solvent release--ability to permit solvent to evaporate, solvent wash--cleaning with solvent, spalling---the cracking, breaking or splintering of materials, usually due to heat or freezing, spark testing--detection of holidays (flaws). Using a special spark testing tool. See holiday detector, spark-proof tools--bronze beryllium tools, spar varnish--a varnish for exterior surfaces, specular gloss--mirror-like reflectance, spray cap--front enclosure of spray gun equipped with atomizing air holes. spray head--combination of needle, tip, and air cap. spray pattern--configuration of spray with gun held steady. spreading rate--area covered by a unit volume of coat ing frequently expressed as square feet per gallon. SSPC--Steel Structures Painting Council steam clean--a cleaning process using live steam, streaks--a surface defect characterized by essentially parallel lines of different colors or shades, stroke (spray)--a single pass with a spray gun in one direction. styrene-butadiene resin--& copolymer of styrene and butadiene. substrate--basic surface. suction feed (sandblaster)--one in which the abrasive is syphoned to the nozzle. suction feed (spray gun)--one in which the fluid is syphoned to the spray bead, surface conditioner---preparatory coating applied to chalked, painted masonry surface for bonding chalk to under surface. surface preparation--all operations necessary to prepare a surface to receive a coating of paint, surfacer--a paint used to smooth the surface before finish coats are applied, sweating--condensing moisture on a surface. T tack--degree of stickiness. tail line--short pieee of blast hose smaller than the main hose to permit better maneuverability, tails (airless spray)--finger-like spray pattern, tank white---good hiding, self-cleaning white paint for exterior metal surfaces. tapered pattern--elliptical shaped spray pattern; a spray pattern with converging lines, tape test--a particular type of adhesion test, test pattern---spray pattern used in adjusting spray gun. thermoplastic--becomes mobile or softens under heat, thermosetting--becomes rigid under heat and cannot he remelted. thinners--volatile organic liquids for reducing visco sity; solvents. thixotropic--a gel which liquifies with agitation hut gels again on standing. through dry--ability of film to show no loosening, de tachment, or evidence of distortion when the thumb, placed on film with maximum arm pressure, is turned through 90 in plane of film, tie coat--intermediate coat used to bond different types of paint coats. tint--a color produced by the mixture of white paint or pigment in a predominating amount with a non white colored paint or pigment, tone down--the process of reducng visual prominence of an installation by the application of external coatings; blending of overall color scheme with the surrounding environment. tooth--profile; mechanical anchorage; surface rough ness. top coating--finish coat. touch-up painting--spot repair painting usually con ducted after initial painting, toxic--poisonous. toxicity--degree of poisonousness or harmfulness, transition primer {block or barrier coat)--coating compatible With primer and with a finish coat, though the latter is not compatible with the primer, triggering--intermittent squeezing and releasing of trigger. two-component gun---one having two separate fluid sources leading to spray head, for spraying a coat ing and a catalyst simultaneously. U underatomized--not dispersed or broken up fine enough, unit cost--cost per given area. urethane resins--a particular group of film formers, i.e. isocyanate resins. useful life--the length of time a coating is expected to remain in service. v VM&p naphtha--varnish and paint manufacturers naphtha; a low power flammable hydrocarbon solvent. vapor degreasing--a cleaning process utilizing con densing solvent as the cleaning agent, vaporization--conversion from liquid or solid to a gaseous state. varnish--liquid composition of oil, resin thinners and driers, which converts to a transparent or trans lucent solid film after application as a coating, vehicle---liquid carrier; binder; anything dissolved in the liquid portion of a paint is a part of the vehicle. vinyl coating--one in which the major portion of the binder is of a vinyl resin, vinyl copolymer--resins produced by eopolymerizing vinyl monomers such as vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride. vinyl resins--synthetic resins made from vinyl com pounds such as vinyl acetate. A--7 DUP030043766 viscosity--a measure of fluidity, viscosity cup--a device for measuring viscosity, volatiles--fluids which evaporate rapidly, volatile content--those materials which evaporate; usually expressed as a percentage. w washing--erosion of a paint film after rapid chalking, wash primer--a thin rust-inhibiting paint which pro vides improved adhesion to subsequent coats, water blasting--blast cleaning using high velocity water, weld spatter--beads of metal left adjoining a weld, wet edge--fluid boundary. wet film gauge--device for measuring wet film thick ness. wet film thickness--thickness of liquid film immediately after application. wet spray--spraying so that surface is covered with paint that has not started to dry. wetting oils--products used to promote adhesion of applied coatings when all mill scale and rust cannot be removed. white blast--see 4.4.2A, blast cleaning to White metal, wire brush--a hand cleaning tool comprised of bundles of wires; also the act of cleaning a surface with a wire brush, including power brushes, wrinkling--a surface defect resembling the skin of a prune, wrist action (spray gun)--swiveling of Wrist without arcing forearm, Y yellowing--development of yellow color or cast, in whites, on aging. z zinc phosphate coating--treatment used on steel to im prove adhesion of coatings, zinc silicate--inorganic zinc coating, zinc yellow--commercial zinc chromate pigment. I I A-8 DUP030043767 DUP030043768 APPENDIX R. PAINTING RECORDS APPENDIX R-l. Project Planning Building No::___________________ _____ _-----Site. Interior Ceiling Walls Trim Floor Construction material ................... Finish: If Any........................... ............. Square Footage......... ............... Surface Preparation: Method ------- ---------------------------- ., Degree ................................... ............... 1st Coat: Paint ............... .................................... Color ........................ ......................... Total Paint _____ _______ gals.... Spreading Rate .... sq. ft./gal----Thickness......... .... Wet (mils) ... Dry (mils) ... 2nd Coat: Paint ..................................................... Color ..................................................... Total Paint ...____.... .gals.... Spreading Rate___ sq. ft./gal.... Thickness............ Wet (mils)... Dry (mils) ... 3rd Coat: Color ........... .......... ....................... .. Total Paint ........................ gals___ Spreading Rate ___ sq. ft./gal-----Thickness....... Wet (mils)... Dry (mils) ... Applied By; In-House .............................................. Contract _______________ __ Special Conditions___________ Hazards__;____ :____________ ___ Estimated Date ; Start---------:-------------- ;____ *_ Finish---------__________ Total Man Hours Required Remarks______________________ Exterior Walls Trim B--1 DUP030043769 APPENDIX B-2. Daily Project Report D a te B ld g . No. Project No. Project T itle M aterial A p p lie d W eather Condition Am bient Temp. VF) H um idity Temp. ( F ) 'SJ.'q---'f.'DOQ Add dmj, ?j w o SjVUL-- ssduqoi'i{li iVD/'M 'bs--nns SuipneiMg uoiivJ.vdou,tj aovfJLng fo adUx (%) nvwqns fo $U9$uoQ 9J,n$sio$[ aop/j,ns 2WU9!l0$\l gSvAoig UOiyipUOQ 99vJ.mg uoyyooyiddy Jfo poyjaffl B-2 Remarks Spec. Color 1 I DUP030043770 APPENDIX B-3, Performance Record Building No-------------------- ------- ------- ,-------*-- ------------------Site. Date____ ____________________ _--By- Interior Exterior Ceiling Walls Trim Floors Walls Trim Substrate ....................... Finish ...................... ................................ Condition: No change ...................................... Loss of gloss.......................... .. Soiled .............................................. Fading................................... .......... 1 Chalking ......................................... Checking......... ................................ Cracking ............................... .. Blistering .................... .. ................ Peeling ............................................ Busting ................ ........................... Other ...................... Describe : N = No change M = Moderate L = Light S = Severe Include (%) of total area affected Recommendations: No work required ...................... .. Spot-paint......... .............................. Complete repaint ...................... .. Other ........ ...................... ...... ... Next Inspection Date. I B~3 KlSSSasji WM DUP030043771 APPENDIX B-4. Historical Record C onstructed: 19 Size: X X Remarks Q ---- lOPUptOQ H -- dPH /PS l -- osnoji uj # joaCoug uofoodsui pooQ Jted ?/ -bs/iSOQ S -- fivuds a -- umou g -- ysnug P>OQ 'qsiwPti %VOQ 9$Vip9%tlA&lUI poop JbdWl&d uop -vJt'odaJjg aonfMig popiyod popm)# SOpOQ + 4; *W> fcl i B-4 Type of Surface Areas P a in te d 1 j i i >.** ^ DUP030043772 .1? DUP030043773 APPENDIX C PAINT AND CLEANING SOLVENTS Relative Evaporation time--The relative time required for the solvent to completely evaporate, based on an arbitrary value of 1.0 for ethyl ether. The higher the number the longer the time required for evapo ration. Flash Point--The temperature of the solvent in degrees Fahrenheit at which it releases sufficient vapor to ignite in the presence of a flame. The higher the value, the safer the solvent with respect to flash point. Explosive Limits*--There is a minimum concentration of solvent vapor in air below which it will not ignite or explode; likewise a maximum concentration above which it also will not ignite. These values are ex pressed as the percentage of the solvent vapor in the total volume of vapor plus air. They are also called Flammable Limits. Maximum Allowable Concentration (M.A.C.)--This is a meas ure of the concentration of solvent vapor in the air present, which can be tolerated during an 8 hour working day. Since these concentrations are very low, they are expressed as parts per million (PPM) of air. The higher the value, the safer is the solvent. Note that some common solvents such as benzol and carbon tetrachloride are extremely toxic with values of 25 PPM. C-1 DUP030043774 PAINT AND CLEANING SOLVENTS Solvent Relative Flash Explosive Limits Evaporation Point (% by Volume) Time CF) (Min.) (Max.) Max. Allowable Concentration (PPM) Acetone ..................................... ,....................... .. Amyl Acetate .................................................................. Amyl Alcohol .............................................. .. Benzene (Benzol) * ,.......... .............................................. Butyl Acetate....................................... .............. .. Butyl Alcohol (Butanol) ........................................ Carbon Tetrachloride*................................... ................ Diacetone Alcohol......... ................................................... Di-isobutyl Ketone (DIBK) ....................................... .. Ethyl Acetate ......... ....................... .. Ethyl (Grain) Alcohol (Ethanol) ...................... .. Ethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether (Cellosolve) ........... ............................................... .. Ethylene Glycol Monoethyl Ether Acetate (Cellosolve Acetate) .................................................... Hi-Flash Naphtha (Aromatic) .................. :. Isopropyl Acetate ................................... .......................... Isopropyl Alcohol (Isopropanol) ..._____________ Methyl (Wood) Alcohol (Methanol)**.............. .. Methylene Chloride................i......................................... Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK) ..................... .................. Methyl Isobutyl Ketone (MIBK) ............... ............... Mineral Spirits (Petroleum Thinner) ........... .. Refined Kerosene................................................................ Toluene (Toluol) .................................... ........................... Turpentine ......... ..................... ........................................... VM & P Naphtha (Benzine) ....................................... Water............................... ...................................................... Xylene (Xylol) ...................... ........................................... 4 50 100 8 30 70 8 200 150 8 20 100 32 io5 10 25 10 4 8 20 150 800 15 100 Z0 100 85 10 2.6 12.8 100 1.1 7.6 115 1.2 10.0 10 1.4 7.1 90 1.7 7.6 105 1.4 11.2 --Not flammable-- 145 1,8 6.9 140 0.8 6.2 40 2.5 9.0 60 4.3 19.0 110 2.6 15.7 130 1.7 No data 105 1.0 7.0 60 1.8 7.8 65 2.5 12.0 55 5.5 36.5 ---Not flammable--30 E8 10.0 65 1.4 7.5 105 0.8 7.0 150 0.7 5.0 46 1.3 7.0 105 0.8 No data 50 1.1 5.9 ---Not flammable-- 85 1.0 6.0 1,000 200 100 25* 200 100 25* 50 50 400 1,000 200 100 200 200 400 200* 500 200 100 500 500 200 100 500 .t.. 200 *Not approved **Deadly poison 1 DUP030043775 DUP030043776 APPENDIX D. Painting Material Specifications APPENDIX D-1. Product Specifications Table Page 1 Products for Surface Preparation.............................................. ............................................ .. .................... P-2 2 Products for Surface Repair................ ................................................................................................... .. P-4 3 Interior Products and Uses........................ ................................ ................................................................................ P-5 4 Exterior Products and Uses........ ........................................................................................................................... .. P-9 5 Products for Floors....................... P-15 6 Special Purpose Products and Uses........................ P-17 7 Products for Sign Painting........... ................ P-22 8 Products for Traffic Marking..................................... ...................................... ;............................................... ... P-23 D-1 DUP030043777 Concrete, M asonry, Glass, Iro n , Steel. Non-flam m able; fo r removal o f m u ltip le coats fro m ferrous metals, glass, con crete and masonry. 0s 8 1o 8 > 5 .gd IJ &o B g 8 B u sl c 3 cG 2 <G gg 801 u & >, KfMlN "L& `rt X! d to ' fts pH P* co M > *rt 2-- Ph W-H pH c d 2| ,g| 5^3 Ph d 3 h5 1 'W m - d < * g is 1 JS PHh 3 cq 8 w fo ej. *frLlilwM 8* 2, ta cS & a 2 <9 .2 w S'gP 2 p. . j2a p -qft o d IP H CO p5d o -t? ow d 22 o Z 3 o g? 8 8>2 ft +3 g a g Sa g-S I'S . ^C>^a4 'p^do .ddft 5 gn. rod> 8CS b^ -aUS pH a a >i t!-S s . a o4 43 > Ph <0 ns gO -g P a aO o AGQ X &J0 rXO ** .a g TJ 03 *XC? K I g.g a >, .1^ H .2 co D Q. flu v If*g 3 V) >> I dd aa 13 CO d a E? 42 T3 O .s* g" O g:Ph g t s PP P o Ik * t $ gJ> M O &a 1Oo IM d I ii 1 l $ t?. s (jn cl 5 5 5 g % 9UH 3 6 .. O *3 Tg*3 t8Hu 5,2 U I! *6SS7 1-3 rill |3 a <* S i cSol 53 0co 1 1dg _ T! J | -<8j 89o: o ft ^-*- ft* -d S *. tflt 5I o' 'ft!$p*> <&.) 23 2 r-> a !3 a a sd o M *8 (0 ^ S g t s *> o 85 J m a a <1 p4 --H1 p^H N "* O gw d sd pP 0-v fit{ . 2fi 53 ns . 8 58 3 *.ss ^I 0Q 1s ow ^<2 pH m t; ^o O 'S a'K C7O< I a $"a a JIc_s .s si Tor3j rog6H f8e .V 33 msa D>EF->G-*H ;?T<Ao?;f =@"Bod>C@ TIo3IITJSTJ B3g3 HPP>u P>H* >ft a a Jl P .ft CO** *o$ jdH H w -o a * CO pa rp2H .8tj aa u p^ *O5Hs3 a m I > ;54 aw Ph a* 9 5 1 s 9 S, E-i CO EH 00 oSO *F ork9 1 o T* 1-0 1| Sj* Ph Ph eli Ek EH &1< Ei H E-i Ei <orN> l cOo ft? 3 E-< e^ Eh D--2 Class 2. F o r alum inum and other nonferrous alloys. T T -R -2 4 3 --------- Reinover, P a in t (A lk a li-O rg a n ic Solvent Type). DUP030043778 no P3 8 .S I K I 5a g6JJ CHfDt ,,d0=*) ioos$ .2S?' *"O w G> x0i) a2, u * J$ *9s a g *s bo PS ft' jaoft ft <L> U CD "S a m a S& -g 5 O O S JSi> **} 0(n5 2S k .SS* fo! '}j m > ifOfmit H ft M 0) ft W ft > > >* 2 -H H e h o A M Wc2s W *3 to wu *> o 15 H IS ft . ^033 'g bo <S CoJ bff I I rM O^n I 3<1 ft 45 I ft e o m ft a bo oH ft I o f<t9 UeaS 00i CO o 0T---3( C<* CO io i 4 2 3xn 3hi i ,i EEhh hH H- a sS D--3 DUP030043779 o CL 3/> TO3J *t3 Cos> E <N bne 1 MHD oas f>>t *4. f S _tgo oft aft ill awH ^.Bf ffftl ^tfot .8 E-i E-i o S JI3'SO S d" So i|2 u S CB ooa j?s 3 ho o fl O a g TJ *rt I? "3Psf2t J"2 J 1$ e .a ff3tt ^f8fltj* s- >, S fS s & 'O oo o PS.. O 0) bp Q) *02 f>t >ft S eg Eh Eh o 3 H * fo be s " jj JosN2 U) .^o*Na*j 3 S3 "* - T3 5 "S P co pa gft tS3oS ii1 O M JI5 60 k<j O .Na5 1P-l hMS 3 *<3 E1 CfOt 0CO2 D--4 6 e* E-> 1 i Eh 4 E-i a in a S' g f+Jt aI * m gg |T<Pg Pgga g o 2m H g | .g P3 a 'Sa t~ <N C<3 m *1-* .Hs EEhh 14 2 a> &O fo3uc! 3* T.fo~8St ^2 gS -d g *NS Ao g <2 1 a> o <8 e aha0) H o CO a's ,, K KC I1 I a .2 E-< eh ft O O t il +J ^ffl* g8c S$ Oo ^ 0 ,o 1 cu rH 1 1 !o M S'? 43 O2jfl scb8-o OP* Q) m MSHe 4O*--*2SO3J -+P2* &I"! .f & 'Pgaas0 ft^u S g> S ,W9 -w6 '"' M aT .S -S 3|soPa> CO . id 2 . gs aS fSi<h afSst f&at *2 jd 3*s** S'^J-'S'S a <o o o00 GOOjt mi 3 EEhH s li DUP030043780 4 I'S R n fart 33 os 43 cS S>> S *" 0) *R 03 El *d 0 1 2 8 1 * to Co * p u> $ o c-o *0 S3 a c8 _ U 2I/) 3 ^n -o o? a O `?Io 1--g1 ft ft P > R 05 <iPt A cS S J43 a>.Sl3 3 2 sj a * s-R O ^ .. fgt *"3 S18 oa u R 02 w > R O 05 '< CO H3 *o o i3 $ J3 05 JS3f< oCO 8 68 % u * S3 T3 > o oo 11ti *55 * 3 -R R 11 50 0)S3 .,> -5 iS # a OP R pJ3 m *50J5J o S3 0* CO H T3 ^< I& 05 3 H2 ,, 05 CO 4S4 os 13:r 2 s o . ^R 1Wo S3 'o W S &fi R . S ^3 4* 1oS1| S3 o CJ ^oS o 3f3t.a2 ft-- 2.s ^ a TS -QR a <3 2 ' * -g Cfl a' I 9 .1,8P H e3 a ft.S H R a *3 . II 4> M 9^ aR *T3 0 1 03 * a !" I *d o R S3 o * Up 4S , 8| 2w 2 P ft a R o + ORS 2 6 0x5a 0O033^ O-8od 3 TS 43 ^M co S3 SB 3 T3 4* 2 ^ ~ 3 f* s gl ^3 ocoT 03 ^S s.a 3 oS S " S2 R > ! ft . -g a3 -gR Rw to a "O Sa **-c CO r CcoO o r U a ^3 jH:3 O 3 &o *X3 CO R R <OR rOH J W ^ sO 4 -R fcJO > R, 3 g-' fCaS x s J3 R *Q> R ' sa &-o a i*^ rej CO 8 iiS ^CS. > * *T3 O 'S * R cj i .2 *.R .03 R ^ c `43 <8 O TOO3 * . *. * * *, *s cS 43 g to 0 5s a CW O g c >> .a _ * a ?55 P< &S H o .2 a R IS Jj ,, 8 8ft 6o .t> - ft tUD R *Ti o +3 O * io 5fl O ftW J> O S3 ci . s r <1> fc> S .3 T3 i13? 8sm f"3t 3M v. o to hS a g w 43 Ji o goS o to >R Rh rri. o * r S3 Afa . |& " rf0t* 1 >M2 5A s S V 2 (NI : a3 **? CO fot j CO CO Mrt oCsO .] 05 bB 0 a ' >a a > 6h gfe p * C3 O HH 35 -.32 ^ & 3 03 gl 4J CO R $a .S *|43 ^R*g p "CJ s * a CO * > a > ts 02 R del -.40-3 O oHS R Eh os M -K a S** #g I?-s CO .. OS l-H CQ a fS s s `g ft *R Cg 'w O *d 3 o tRt P? _ bpw (3 HI |a S3 w B sos a P &' w -d 44 CS ss: zQoaa> o1IGAO1 Ehh otlS< HcS11 H OetLa11}< EEhH o1 iX 0t0 ? 3 j T pf &H Eh Eh Eh EEh-t 0050 T LOu1 p? pf EEhh EEhh D--5 DUP030043781 der, White and Colors....................................................................................................... ter-repellent. Decorative, protective, w a Generally goodleveling. TT-P-35 . . . . . . . Paint, Cementitious, Pow- Cement . . . . . . . . . . . F la t.............. . . . . Concrete ...... . Wallboard** TT-P-30......... Paint, Alkyd, Odorless, In- Alkyd . ................ Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plaster,** Concrete,** For walls and ceilings. 9 iT3 Q to % 8 11 ? --*t S.JJ. .. _5w3 U I'TSoPS 2 C5 &P< <oP. ns ^ $ . *s?i g w eh 2S 7SM3 *" -23 IRO 'S?< *.-8 o o I I6" * A 02 %i 1 <3 . O ^ rj M s|M x03s3 t m? CJ l-^H 4ocO92n _I9&s~5 *RO303 60 " S gg H 03 Ci P ^ r{ b> Hf Jlf -c3 Sm jaM Sto oP. S3 &> S& Atmo3 . ^>5.*%4H-) gcO3.. N p, *B5 *B03$ .'S xa 2 wS <o 6S ^. 2S g| 3 . S is *8 a o * g *".*, 01 8 $ 3 8 gs w fa S<2 5b ^(5 O K s ' SW 3>Hw 2s-S* (fi*rt4 iSOf3 >: .!Sa a *0 *c*J 3 <P *& Pb S -3o rOoo ** . oc hIO II 4-5 CJ ss *<a</A>> 3 "O cD 1 WW o v9oo fc. 3 Xoo3, I ?4 7-23 _-'S35 S Ph 03 % 1 in ...s Oo JHOL3 rtro **4^ **u * * #*r-Jfc (4 B cO ss .2 aiS xsj if m m o VI u To 13 o W in T3 *" *n * Si -S g o 5 pu TOo3 jJI _ *~ 8 J ^ BO rMS t> P Ph C9 E 5a) u1 h-a 3eO3T {t>>a >5 0 & 4H>P*> M jg J3 is a g u 1 '*4 H tu-i * seS fl mm 3 m 45>* i S3 w .2 Ch2 T<a3 H5aH E.-.5ah -mBa amoi aa 4P T4>*J5> 4e--<R4h < WoT 0ton3 OXoJ 3 m ou * 3 `HSdiHf Eh .SP 5IQ I -J 9 oCIPi> f? o100 4 oUoP 4 PLoP>3 i Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh EH %4*J -TCJ &:2 o -d 1 la Wa s c IP1 E-* TM>3* c oI ip rH Cjl 1 'V Eh 5h Eh -(au>< >A +^5E.4tc54ho>j McJj TJs} >1 .-2 ge B* Jsr P'S- *** > { Eh Eh D-6 terior, Flat, White and Tints DUP030043782 s Sa 51 5i JcSA M * "g u 03 8 I:: j h ,1 ft ro 3 j-= 6 O T3 s c3 S3 w a g- g *> s -s g rowU *ag*S* -002h33 feis . J ^ fi-S.fa a a s *pTH.1 * .sg -'-Cl S'-S 2a E GO u $ ft '". t . H 5CD ^H || 1 5 S p U Ph 0ph EH &> i.g 11 3 P OT ft -S .jj < m 6 ft ^ p p p 2 I 1 JS Pk 3 p? > 2 P3 B 1 p2 ^ ns rfl Ia Ph OO us 2 I p 4 H HH H HH S '?I.p I to " II c8 <w . 8 ,,fH aa " "l<" l3 w 3 ft| 0 <L *0 5s 43 esi g 9 2bb 6m H ho gja fe0O 2 ja 1 2 S S50 n0s g-s 8 8o *2 s a3 I ~ gJ^ jg| S3W0f^e3 S0^e0>3. *20 SJ>. *a|-1 HW0J2 f.?. o Ph 0 ns 0 rt * pT -00g23 I& 00 g3 0053 pq ra rE*H *> s pSO M P0H OO B| 0^ P$ noS bO H m ^fo2 11 f 5; UfJ b<sg tg *? i-5 hi0 r1r5_?. "f C7L *H fi co {H * to - g f? 3 P0 t4oJ-l n43s ^0 og gH * 8w 02 Uo ^0 -3,, S sal ns cj o ppQ0H3 *o0 P$H S 0 Eh +0f nos ts 0 28 0 & 11 pC Eh I IS ^^ a i| gaa *-grfSt mc5 p2 ^ ** * <^HM * <u M a eJ 2 n HP |<S Ph p0 o |Na H-2ft .*0 *>0> Ph j h cT 2 1h s Jh m Ph 0 <N l *# ? ft 2PH 1 Eh H HH 0 3 <IA5 > 4 Eh H 03 g 0P03H p"S * to-4 nos *0r2t `+ou oL> 1 I *T ca 02 H Eh Eh H Eh Hr* D--7 DUP030043783 Table 3. Interior Products and Uses*--Continued 1 s *3 t feD J> IIw ft 7o03 * .0 M O) .&V2 " ^ ;*3 1 I*! rG CO "= r3g 1 & .. $ *a s *.. K. S 3 g>; *h<1> QS) Q PH M v 1o .2 S gM $ Ol &a 'S 7..3 7o3 7Oo3 is is h ih3 o> r--*043< P u3 O CO dT I fo 3 3 gc; a % o sVP>> S < .S I I b OcovcS< I '3 g P5 SPh H O > 2 n% ^ ^ P, sfl sH f4 c3 P> 3tj ^M o > rH fc 00 1 ft eh CQ H L ? 5 Eh ooCO % n* 1 II 3 I CcfO5t C3fOt ^MS' a F-* c3 'S tn nri tf >> I m# t- o rH i1 T? > *r pi Eh M H D--8 8 4fe0t Iu 73 1 7sa3 *fo3t Ift t 8 1 .1 S > 1 3? GO g ft 3 H &g g1 s I 8 73 '3 om 3 g ( p< a 0 I-4 # * * 4f * S5 I I DUP030043784 d _So umf0t Vi 8 <5 1 .55 I dR csS R ,R 5} 4* 054) t?-* '- I ostw: Rw rR 8O 3 . *1 a S.| 0^3 * Sg :S R .8 S 1 X rP M cCoO {J d b$ -g a .0_-8f4 8 M I 11 m cq & a -g 8 o54 ^.Sp4'0 ,,TR j -Bs ar2 rxa d(v3 5 g SH 38 m .8 03 88 | -8 .1 & *. 03 03 9 C3 03 2x 3o si i3 d R bfi R j a bb S .2 .g ?* 'S as 42 g 1, 8 g: .2 K , ^ 8 * I a d H g 5 d gj It-H . 1 ^R os o 0p42 'S S So ? 54 Q< R `3 A R O w .1 H HH 8M .8 '3 g 8 w S 4<-B3 4S 9 S -g * a sS ft os^ -f&t ci 'f a <v .*>. J E-< E4 " o X- 0J A w. '5 H 1 a e * 8m 3 09 8 5m -TcJ o 42 u 3 "OA hWS a2. 4"g 5m R G I -8 54 RO o x* _X3! ^ l?;f .8 3 8 a a --I Pn doo 3 +* 8 M. rR J-| >P w n3 IS CO * fe * do & * dT * 4s X3 Po jji 8 e 1^ Ro o 54 d .9 'o 4-J s co rH o 4^ -^r rS CS ca EE >> 54 d o * R3 ^. _ EQ 03 dR ^ '43 W) ^3 i cs S O o *k <u Xd LU CR Type A _a> .a +o3 -Q ia 55 d > R P o o3 Q m03 P3 1.5 S8 'SRi D3 PS ca w d g X 2 O: <U T3 8 -a HS Ma o VH K2 t--S3i Sg? pVi CQ JS* 54 H< f>>t ' COQ a'w O 5o4 ?4 fe -a ~s 8*ds 3d Xf! >> bio S 54 P 4<3'' 54 03 ^CO ,,.h o ra r-T 5-4 h *-tf i-fi g-W w H Uo &X 'g ^ Is "** 'So sOO CiQ p2 :PS ft ' M 1M rR (73 Ah 54 R 0 r4 S M83 S"to a -g -o I 0V_2_ R .54 qj .2 |-g hX P4 R ft J4 1R*4 < + 5O4 S03) :<SD O || it r S S J2 a 0$ 5i ! PR R ; liU| <C O00 1^7 n ! M W w-S 8 8 ! QJ ^j# _S 'f.t. E4:&) |&|h fn I8 0 2-5 ao w Rd 2 S Vi I-s s 3.^ >RH CQ 8s3 8 C1^P4 '5f-4s 73 a Vi E-i X a os 'Ms>>r'9rt Jf Oi I 1uCp 0c0 I4 o i t *? c* CQ 00 o I E-f 6h 3 Em H CM CM 2 t0A5 4 Eh H Eh r-t *? Eh Eh l io t- ? r P4{ Eh Eh Eh Eh H h D-9 DUP030043785 II m5 & 45 D <u0 8~ 1 *9 8 3 3ft M g a a a f< afi,0 HO & a .a " o SoCO % ts aO gows tO-i B 8305 3 *3 w3wu jj S 3 M 3 fee fa s 5& iM ss 2 ^ 43 1 1 sHai m g 9 ,3 Q 02 8 T3 3 rt fJtt ft l-a xt g -s o a 02 foi '?fi u 'S 2 1 3 31 l-o 2 P| # .3 A il13 S," 2 jw g g co c 0 2. i 3 c* o . Ya * IA o <A 3 -co o^ CO 1 S -o o2. -S O O -S O UJ 3 fa TT >> 73 O 3 3 S 3 h p* .1 I* ft H3 O , M * o* ,, S -oa S8 g iH O CO *,fjcyn h ^ SWft-I fHt-I lf>t-H w >u> 3 o03 3 a HP 02 g Ph ^3 3 3 33 o2 a --1 X i + -S 3 +9 fa 2 *rbHO a CQ * 2s m a T3 3 "O 3 3 o Ph ft-t 9 'So 'feio 02 6 a jf 2 3 O ** 03 3 8^1 .SOoa 43 fa.r^3H 'S w ra Q 3 n% J CO 03 so Oh 0SO3 Ma4> o* W 235 *>5. a < + ..'S cr 5 ni 'g > S A! 53 8 ft .s $ Inft n u o to *2! 'S5I,'^S3 02 3 && 3 3a a w3 -=J ^ pj ft ft ft ftov - O'g Lfe'o 3rH S S ft O ft&H p o 'O 3* PH eg P 02 1 .1 1j$ Ph J? O ,& R X S .. Jj S3 K Poc ."2 aft ,, a .ft 4-e ig ft 3^ . 2 IU `Tap *a 1& !_r '5 2 ,--, .--, 2 C3 H .H H M <B 0) o 4 R.Rft 4H -a ft eh Eh |o Pc r $ T3 av.^-H-( p3Cj ot 9 ! M 3 .3 o . SI r T3 fi HX *. * CO 23 .-a rO ft & rQ W See ^HH1 pH +05 I^VH Tah ca ffl -- AS g S3fg s 8 P .3 9 a? M9 -^g ft ft ft >>>> g | ^ ft.ft ft "fSt Oh | > Ph g mo 03 3 ou T3 ja a fa 3 na 1 1 1 -3 o 1 3 fe HP* CQ 5 ^ SS 9 9 9X 9H 9X 9 w 15 43 ft & S' | 9 H H a SOM ft 00 CO1 fa tS* fSt> 4 i> I 1C tic fT 1 ftt 'ffVttEH ?rH ift tafotf U5 f*fVtt D--10 DUP030043786 S elf cleaning. Use tw o coats on new w ork, th in ning 1st coat only. F o r &ft t ft ft i PJ-i O4 Eh !* 60 S ii fftt 3UpfCtuj m o o ft 4-> ft fSftt 'S2w -15 **HOO3 0) a * 31 f0t3 FOh CJ H o u .2u5 3fMt fmt Sf2ht *4<w3fl ofMt S CQJ _ III o **nOos & 4f5*t3 bfl .a 33 , a 'S F> ^ .a $ .>f1t TOO5 nft -2 A* ^J 80 .S r8t 'o 2 Ja) ^d Sg ,51 in 3 ^ *i g T3 g E"1 fl o - A Poi .00 H ^ I*.H-a58 Aad P <n 2 <J P>j. po H .^3 CO Tff5tt ft g &0 1 V CO Ar~>fHi Cj ffftt 4<*ffSf-h3t4)tt3 9yTO *H hrf ft .j5Sffff5tttt o Tffff33tttt "S M wg fot ^j +2 ft -g 3 p> - a 4O4 3C.r <33 JMfCSOt . -P *prgfHt o rfQt ft HffPtt o ft r+Tof4Ot V_rAff>t<t ft ft si OH CfOt CO goft Rfot Tf3t m. ^q ) ill P. So 31,4 44 Eh fgt!h! oo I 3M Eh *ft g >cPowft ja 'fNt O 11 o>ft ^ >f*t> p Rubber b a s e .............P la t, W h it e ____ . . . Concrete, Stucco, M asonry. i T T -P -97 . . . . . . . Paint, Styrene-Butadiene Solvent Type, W hite (F or E xterior Masonry). 4> Id If fftt .i33 I Uft "?ti -HS *r630 g S ^ f0t3 w "S H Eh & 03 Ph hJ 'O ,pq $3 O^ e Sft ft f-H fttirs--i 1OO |4f4i hfftt fig H^ : t3 c 11 M 4W oT hh m o S T? 1 O 3 ti -Cn iPi 84 2 .S h Pi (oM loO 4 Phii E-i Eh H Eh 53 Eh f<3t3 CO HM il SrH Crt a Is ;b*pJO3 - T>3 I , .M O + O T3 A< <J ao ffiftt + o4j *| 8 ft 6 i 4> 03 ft ft ft 6, & & & Pi Pi S1 ro ^ >>.> HHH 6 B E>h MS 9 O aft a * =IIII 5 n 3 |S 1 h FfHt ifltl | gu 2 03 w<13 0 A ft .aft "SI tS3 O___S__3 S3 4f3t 60 2v O ! Pm S S3 ft 3u, *3 .A _prs -r 5o ft ^ft 03 s y .a ^ n ~B .' g Eh Eh Eh N C3 <<OMD 42 Ph Eh EH Ei Eh Eh D--11 DUP030043787 T ra n slu ce n t ............. M e ta l ........................... . .. P re tre a tm e n t fo r m etal. Table 4. Exterior Products and Uses*--Continued Vinyl . . . . . . . . . . . . . coat fo r alkyd F o r m arine service. Notes ............. Semigloss, Y e llo w .. Metal ___ . . . . . . . . . . . . S u b s tra te ^a c I"! R aCQ n 8 I -a8S aa)) Q--n abOhQ''5SHaw3 *55 S Oo Md "0d3 bo a i g> P b :ote .+a 68 U tL g P jU *1 52 i gH a r-H8 0" s . $ Hs M aS O u rjdl 73 "l hO --^mj <H Ag gs O I1! i * m "d 0 Q 1 s 0) 2 c S*1 68 n 5 *3 *2 il-H 7 PH 4> S-R *w EH Tfl d >CS 5 6 I w * 73 T3 73 O O 0O r-H 1 g 5 g 2s u <8 * c8 a n o3 & -H CO os CO gj U ?H JQ fofl CaS 0 .a o 1 P5 ts I 50 so ^-i ? ,,p a fe ft-'" .3 11 > NJ bo W "c3 O .-t~5 'd 0o5 2 q .3 "ac5 --<tou S-t o 1 <o T; W CQ Ph ^ WQ ll-g .02 a 3 tjfl is ft ss B fi 2a H . on mg* BgSfwc02 a la I K- B j > B g I8 U3 'Oo S a >1 's's aT p O ei 0<m0 mm C<I8S t0o3 2h* gS.'go rH Q rH O gBy 2 : g wO S . Sd 73 cs s pco bn pi ^ Sto o CIQ H roH d P&H > .d F in is h Alkyd . . . . . Type Spec. No. T itle TT-P -645 .......... Prim er, P aint, Zinc-Chro- mate, Alkyd Type. D--12 sI 4 B BB d> B B (Form ula 117 fo r m etals). M IL-P-15328 .. Prim er, Pretreatment DUP030043788 topcoats below. 15328. Use v in y l alkyd H ot spray over M IL -C - M IL-P -15929 . . . P rim e r Coating, Shipboard, V in y l............... ..........F la t, Orange red. . .M e ta l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . fc- t- fc- <o 3 1P CB CM 03 03 03 I 03 03 03 03 03 rH *? 03 03 rH 03 03 rH 11Eh s . !A COD S2 foXc0u) & s$O a 8'S 50 <1 s 1 r? *2 S-ei 0) c3 3 c$ *3 a> >o <33 CO cS *3 I rO>oCS 03 2 <13 0 1 *8 Taa/x> cb i i g Sa>3 CQ rSn 13 3Q)) co 03 3 &MO O s w 03 o $ . 800 ci 03 ? A Pi cB urH Eh -4-3 CB 3 3uo *A+H <y <S ^ -S u *o> 8 J, J 0oa2) aEOi S^g1 gE03 O O > * s $ m 1 >H E tomo W%&Br*3 3 i--* r-- 54 11 O a) .^5 aa 92 0033 o W hite > CsS s 2 E PcEBh 00w2 T3> <10a3 ^ rH W I7?F 2wE >fEfh, C|QP 03 O 19<123 C0--3 # & o 50Q93 & trH# & COQ o 50O03 l043 tt % 192 a o wOT ^if sbp >c> *3BE) O*4 CQ 3 2S wE T3 E (0^B) yi eB 5730 rt>E l--ooUH O t> O : : & <s fc >a >E Egl e3 . O <D 5 -S 3S mg 1.S u S> J3 !> Ph O * 3 j? $S T*m"JH 'T>i-- S.9 o> <EB CwO w 0 03 CO \0n1 C0toO5 T--I 1 T " 4 I 1 B | I 1 % & TJ JET 1! 1 1>a. > E s. a & 3, E >a X OPi H 55 % * o If S'a H3 CB ?3 O*2 V>> s"3 ^ <5 J8 2 i|--a>o* A2o>o> EM CO rs 2 i &is >. ,g o> I> =I 3If1 .2 IIS m . S3 H *S3 +M2 * >> <atf >> H >E X .H - > S 03 c ^ wt? >C 3 ^ w +J *H wX >C ''H-) c1o- S3 Eg z^ .-J2ui3 *-rE>Hr> X > w t=- r. 5D ^ 'q ? St I! :EH X 0) I * HP-i.ac3 a i? aI" .3B -a CQ g O 03 o 1Tj< > 0CO5 iO CO 3005 CO 05 LO H rH rH o IO 0oto3 CO CO T-( rH i 333pm J, j. 00 CfcO- o tfco- CD CM rH iO sa o . rH 8 oIf E P 23 E a> ss 0) I E CB CD E 8H <3 W E 03 w o K 03*.o05 ^-<yy OS CO HH co 02 xxnn E AO Eh 03 s 3 .SS2fri 'we*4 Pl , m PO A 2 D--13 V in y l-B e d -L e a d . DUP030043789 1 42 0) ^P5 2B ss .5? 8 S"^ ft 1 4. Is S soft a0<y >0> o gg >> PofSt- s 5ei "-pa5 1 So S ft 2 52 *o O3ws Hw>-d,C^a 3 'g.'g S <u 513 g* S g .l f gj~ -D ;g o| SJ e | f S .8 | S p> as8 --'0-3OPi " +5 *4a35) a S3 g s *3 g8 as ft .ft % 48 .E 1 .>oaJ*h4 S s 1. IH fOt -o 3 IC 0 u 09 *JCSSQ C-X.<*OUj 1 *M U) 3 >> 8 C3 JS Jjtf u 3 s ~oa a> JC8O *1 & 0Uo32 AOg O d bo 0 1u CO m O I 'i 0&9 JeS bfi Sfo-H3 ft t--i 503) ft CCOD o fat sj> IS* ft e S' 4 1 I" HH .S' *4 *ft <S & to 6i s3 bo pt ^ 2 w -mt> O>< .*Srs r-tHu Hgfo"t*^38aNIollcs*8p *r ft p <D "oC8 . & 3 85 El o S ft H t? 0 fftt bB H.. .ti-HH ^W to = a60 OUP_ e<oSy iati jS m W3 Ph *U- "* 9* bO $ S B - u I MNH ttl .. g<D gg) go> PJJjjO^3 8 Eh H ft tfo 2> W Soft GS Q v 1 fft* oopo 3 tO b03 CO CO 6 03 09 ftI D--14 co ^ 2 iS to* 03 bo c3 fjtt O O CO 3 ID Bg ra? fs 3 ,8 'o* : g 't>J 503 1 a ^2 Jh 3 &0 o i"^ & s S3 ii C .s 3 V _ <8 g O I >> a *S .5 *w .S8 h ft > o PQ ->og _7<Sb ft CO / s cs V h w eo t p R S3 to pi > * A lso see Tables 13 th ru 16. ** Prim ed or previously painted. '* * U npainted o r previously painted w ith cement p a in t. ;* * M ay be used in lie u o f M IL -E -1 5 9 3 4 . DUP030043790  I I i 8-8H a> Ph I S 'w 4.4>*A?>! S =8 S | 3 fi o2^ . 4cSo 4Bcd " H 01 ^ rT a!-fgT32 3 gH wW *55 AoOn 4 ,2 M so cS *. 5 * C4 <2 * - &J>.2 : " ^ S g -W3 g x P< <D *S t p o u p<*H ?4 f,,t *48-3 18 . s t* o f 3 * m *4 g -S M -g o s S' +? WJ CO . S3 2p wS4 o fct1 p 4S3 CoR rrot S3 a|2a SSI* rS a 5 a P rJa5) m^ > CO W 0 .. .. g ^Kh fe rcP3 Eh a * Eh S s aCSO ' &h M g iT oo g # ,. 2" sg ->Ss P 00 roQ P4 > .< p Eh B ^ *s "b o a 03 Ph +O3 *P5 W- " `a 1 1- IUs CQ ,Jp CQ CQ g 9B'S.1 'S ^ cQ CO P sCO g,, a? S-81 3 S -9P ^ 9 2d SCiO Bf* 4ns 5^ So 'p .AS cf-Ho rRPP r0j p O CO *00 ns 1: CO p &O *W2 -S3 O &c3 ^Q *' 2 I S4 p J2 VI dt** i '$ n a Eh S3 S .&oo x CO co Jj ff3-l 44 g la-s p s! ?- -1W W.S 2 e* 1ag H sh fa 40J$ * tit O O ,o5 u 3 -o `1 fc. o 4-3 rOQ SJ 9<* p 5 5 |l> $4 a C*4O r'o2 *^t* O TJ O * 4 0> Ja * MCO pf_l5* r-BMjJ agB a gJ a fez S3 O 3 in ju a) 9Ji o <o isOf-J Ip >. . O 6m Q S ,,R "5 11S S2 p3 | S* 3 g s , *S O O a R QJ 4gJ fch Eh a >> H p P a 'g, K ns pcS X ** O PQ ns a >s K <s K CO _<->. e a ^ j h Eh f.ca38 ^ ns i* CaO 5310 ia ^ gW ' CO TS 4-> P 'S * p s co . 1(2 o .. W.. >-< MM a 2 > Sh P O o 1o g J3 p i u a >> m .a M.8 _P> aS {S aT CO ns >> P aj -jjg SM h41 -fe.' . C3SoS Gi 'S P M -g Ah p .a Im -^w a {> a >> 9" J .PB* CQ co COr O U _2 . p* rP PS -uhs *ar rpg9 nS 4-3 S3 p `S a p p p l=> s a co co 2tuD | PCPQ. ""CD O P : .^j ^3 ^ *i I R p pm Jaoo &o Ha3> X I "S ^ o O Sh rp co n3 >J> hs c>.. $B>> . gEHH 'GS-4 i_J Ph S4 rP O .gP a CS3 >> Eh f "R cQ & Ph <i is Ms fua CM lj p JA< Eh Co B l 00 t t~ 00 o t 1f f? *v B BB B BB 00 rH S 11 fai B Eh B Eh i rCHO CO 41 *v Eh B Eh B D--15 DUP030043791 N o t specified ___ ___ C lear, Gloss ............. W ood** ......................... F o r gym nasium floors.. jc3 -o2J 34ru9t rt 4hS , 82 Zfl a-S'53CQ *002 8sq ^a$s s2p"j 8 to fci O W *43 ^|H N J5 M in o.3 3 Ah Jh A *0 I| 8 O^ P || 5^ a P 1a og *H ;t tO ^ 2 *g i? w" is 2 I 8 *iy. l.pffaail l-acc g m .2 25 Ti--3 lfilg ,j >a * 1s<34 g &03 .4a25 Eo g.S *5 g S '3oM g S I" - C3 g8 8 ft- ^ Scc 63 Si? 0 *g O a I eg I u <l> I 9 T03 u0C to 1 *1 o29 ** u I c3 3 fe P n3 o I CO 0Oto9 3 S 0O0?2 fU Tb S 1 3 CO s a J .Ph + ie> _o> <a*> u 4.* Pm S v St l--H <s JO3 r 0HfH3i fc T) 63 S A3 >l 03 g O 0<M0 E c orSt* 35 # Q o *2 C1O3 &^ ^00eS22 f006 322'< - S.g ^<j is2 fe*w ft'13 o o 2IS J5H OO CO 'Si 8 * > ao Sfe 8 H :CC--O GtO1 ft CO EEhH iH i j *? >3 H TOo3 T3 8 CO >> g 0o2T 00c29 3 rbo a S GO Q 3 I h8 < Ah 8 & .. X H- . *s*>0 0 a A3 . a ooo ll w 8M g-g 'g'f .. 63 O P U-I f-ifg-fe t *h 4m? Crl M 03 0<3 I 3H H-4 a * 3 a 02 s c & t ft PH 4* - O Si Ph + *T3 r. P5 *s ft ft w -f M C3 E-* jM> 13 o 5Zi & o i .T3 0 rCj 0 9 p. 1 CO I S jr o ^|a% .8 .j. |.&He-s e a -pg j h 13 In > Eh -CS eNo 5 8 ^ wa -a I +6?T33 '3 w 0t 3H a ' bo *.82 4J gt Is `P g 3o Sfe- ai 14 HJ 5s-.Sf.f <2> S Rh3 05 'T? Pi 3a 3 4! g ? S 6o I '2: >> x < m l (S Eh .3 Ah * Ah W u P <D 0la 3 <H OO CrHO 1 2 P I 3 *t Al P Ah CO GO D--16 Maple Flooring Heavy D uty Finishes fo r M frs. Assoc. .. Maple, Beech and B irch DUP030043792 ,R~p02)n 4b3 jrSKr5t Twc*32 XJ m oP5 P *4 S +j rgPt 5^ 5 R goj s*p8 o^ <gH *>> rO b53 r.r*i! P * 0L2. * M to o 1P5 *+ < g ow -xst d a>) APO. <12 {M d P w 03 F-i S| 8 O P -0P) P 5 rj j- .2 8 05 02 p H u m 3"o 2d oS 8 .03 03 O w TO P :i Js .*in< in tPo .C53 t**-o>0jgM)* d02^ POSo .Sf * rsRo- 033 X3 P *d *.1WJ55j P 03 Sg 50.3. tIeC3* P^**> 29 too > *1PP-2 +0s*3 P `d Po 2P BP 5v I02 ;z; Pcfl .C3O 4P5^ * -d 1 A rP 5 \Mn 0 .2 .2 P Oj P ' ^g 3 if boj II 02 dSp.sH rd o. Ji fpfi -ro 03 ; P.s s* s Ato p_ ^o 4P 05 P -. M t=> >* a 9* s 4! ^'E b s * 53 .02 << $ l .2 g gfc' *t0PaoS2 -2 .Xto3p Oo^ > A 8^ 0 d ^ S 02" 1 s *a3* 8 H *8 o ~u3oa T3 ' pa Pp Qm3Oalm.. <u 5 pO I %a0un). d u cE33 ^ d *3 P,m m< oO n fe m O <S g A .ob ^ da; tg oa) A <s> AO 3o >> JAx| .+PP* C3 dS a -+2MJ pQ p > Po 2w >Utrt ri da^iml .3 g M'S Xti B0022 o P .*2155 a) o g oai s N sc3 15 <s u Pm O I ,i O i-M a fo ll * O d3 oIQ s 2 pP 0J-2i '73.5-.4ssi HO a> ^ P 03 I PM rP 02 co C o '+3 %-rC wsO gW X>A -f- 02 s rP-Hh O X2 ^ 40^3 .6CtOro^O0O .4PCJ h3 PP f m dp <3 03 &h dMb 0 *5dg d tp A o & S5 PPo W * i 2| S 1? 1< H> ^ P .. W S1 'BS Ss >> HH --t t 3 AA &HP MO. j *-C)33 WCcj 2 Eh B o too c :P3 4J c3 ffl s . o :3 ea O111 1Ll| QEH1 O Eh E-f CaO 1 ml &M EM D-17 DUP030043793 ? a I I u ** I , * M0 ,i3 *Ph I 000 05 1 1 1Cu .fe ~ 4W ToTO ,S3 CJ 0 oa- Qa. 0 g1 V Eh v> ^2 _ B* -Q .0 53 8 ? .2 $o rbo WS iS I% h *" a O bp S . TO CO m # 0T0O S3 02 o 0 Mg o J03 2s | s^ i1-`*H8 !'"' 1 4A3 1 002 1-3 000) t'S5. CWu 4P-> tf m0 ?3 % y 60 .5 t o j*}* ? 2u w ai 11 ug*3i s0m -42^1 J* 8 *isa >8. 4 1TTOO .T>rSwH.O. 'gKAf*uilg* s~S| g jf 1 9 % TO A in e a A S** *tfo* 1 J409^2 jfJ*4i4i)i 1 *i SS$ *53 a .as 10 a0O2S ** *& ss> .2 frs,o.>rs a| J8 ofl ,Xft aP? bwo*' *H T3 gm fc ji 3 *TSO 02 STO Oo 3 t*4o 1.0gh J'bSJT00O22 -s*. rQ OFt II S tip El <I) M a _ |j 4|T SS9* TO 0 TO S -.+Sg'*JAp O a* IMS3 ^** < 8 5 o 1e m. ^2 20 JO& s> w OM &^P*u Bt 0 a is ^ 02 +5- 0 3 E -TPO *!NH fe bO *T3 as S 54 w *% H i* s aT9S 8 4>4> X s S3 & o i5 X3 9 TO Pt haJj O o +s 39 jg I . 32S .S<b S.*- g.5 CM 9 Pi ts i'fe -W -P d9 I -a CM a .s M +> 9 "2 "g * <s 9 X .13 0-P TO 3* CM l/J .. 8S o,, < QM TO p0" *^c 0 rH TO ^ 4 TlO 54^ W$ q) *0 ^ e`| iS W0 . is tf'g 0 1 IQ 5 IQ (f Eh Eh o> o <M 03 as iai 4 4 v *v 4 Sf Eh Eh Eh Eh to o> IO t -4 ? m ei e!. Eh E- Eh Eh 00 05 o 03 2 2 eo Eh Eh *Evi Eh EEhh Eh H D--18 1 1 DUP030043794 s S bfJtD & s *0 a .52 cq 8 ft 45 ns s ,3 g ^4ft fot ^ I EPt a73 ^ s TO f.`g bO ft r a *> . 2ASi fMt W TO 88 gfc .rsft SW 03 2. cq jfl 3. B. o p* 0 ^ "B 3 iS *fl 3 -a * Li g a!H t 1? s * *mf>t t** .9 S H & 1oos <CaOu A ^0) -o ia a - S a 01 go g sS '-Sgga9i)-j eIwoSi g ft< g wsj421!i fc 2 g 13 ag ^ n3 10 *s f02t m p*2 H nHfO3t Tff3tt A"43 ft ft} ,} &0 J 4* i jrf fftt w^ si u * > P H wo Ah li ft 3g 1*5 ft ft nS ft nfCstQ ft p r*f8e^ftt! -*t3J 2 j."zjfwmt fot -ft 8 "2S ^ 'PpC ag ft ft *3 <w II u *> If I cf nocSq g;. ;I S fXt 4f-3t rOft 4g2j 8ft ft $4 4a ft H _< eft" _Q I % -I ft Hs ft wOh 41 fftt 8< w Sft sf pft 2? C &z X pQ Pft 4O3 ft ft 4- ^ bp SS nS 60 11 -*SS ^ r* as .243 `S a" u<y gt >:g 4o3 rH H H H W H W PQ o * uT &T CaO . G a o CO M g^ . 5 43 I ^a g-a^f ^ . 3i `S! &*c -^S J<o j j * ft ft 43 L as -a ^ I6S >ft <S to 1 ro a Ah 6 m HK > fat s 'Sb 43 to ^o Qw 0 5 s I a T>f3t Ah S aft np .5 i (2 ft , 3 ft I 02 ft i4 s I 3!L.& I P -S o ft . j . 60 J -2 g ft iS *a o fe a ,, ..1 eJ 2 311 O W D3 & ao s t o A c p>X> pfftt :o<A 13 .pOoi Ph bo a e ft- fot &i a S U aj a *43 oft o -*a o fgij CZ2 m Ht- >Hh a S .H H H aI- P< A II x ft ss?i ij bj a s ^a ft 5f2t PS PH |-B | I! a Pint? .. fu Qi 8 f 8 1 ^ >> !ft f&t -5 A A pi a 4 I3 1^ S ns A -nsj 3 |0 J CO 4ff-^tt A 48a JsChQ .4..3. JH >f1t AA 'S bco 00 I ? t r Eh Eh Eh Eh lO1 v Eh &i 3rH Ti T T 2 0tt H-3 tr- ml1 fit EH &H Eh EH Eh A Eh I .." -S " ^ c q ft 5 S3 is Q b& s s s .h aO H a 0 :f?Ht ,,co &0 .4O23Q *40a3) a co A ox "S ^A w^ij* -fOt 1 ' l3ut-p l 33 *-< 3 D--19 DUP030043795 i i* a P' 0 -ts * rt g*o .. I> jU * | > -M <j) SJR Hft .(3 o a -p 1 ft bem &2og'4a3 Ofe ^wj G M g | .S J s gH H S GR M ^ *> s _g OJ -2 60 gt^e m g t) & *r? S *.o.2 . *g ca n t2 Pt . SS si < e 2 11 SSI S -M PS Hi' nf> *oH GJ, a .3 to 2 * Ng I 2 3to g">j J> 66 6-.Se Hi I*0" -- ,3 -3 0 S *> .S523 Ep s"0S61 a1*p. jH p > 9 8 .S 6 8* " >. g 1 'S'l 7 Sa .>3 a'3 Pc 03 * T3 2 to P 53 &03 J8 ^1 G S3 8 03 *^1 zs to R I* o tf -> G Sm G c ft^H S- f * IH CS G g ^ o ft ^ to ? wi =S - i. 60 *J a u. S g .2 a-a s S ,h 5 -2 <,, g.fl G 8Sa t TJ 0 3 aH .5 ^H H H m co or-i & O **0&43G* cfl sO <0 M cS, *>> 8L *< tT) "S 3 <> g* JjJ ^ w ^ 3S H ft w ,, ^S23 - is-O'Ss ' '' CO pH r* I*fGS3t fiHto b $fPer' 1 PSc^ 3 ' 8 m- g t3 1rw...fJ2Mt ,p | % 11 g ;Sf w & moft <uoH rr< G ft MS s4g3i w CO .tf*g *3 Lu *2 W s? & AJ S $ B g S &H u 1 l l o -r T 3a A* d o B. *"* ft r^G3 c3 .HG * T.3 *5 o S5 6a0 oo Aeh O 1 H 1 3 s H >-- s I 8M & .W n wH H 02 H 8 .A33 G .r2w G 2 Sh Oo >a> -a s H&_ /*t2,, ii E t> A 43 P, h 1.1 . 3o g"S ra &goHJ5 4A3! V 60 ga. B_g C**aO2 ima0 | So o uo .SS 2^ .1 a-R ^_ R. ^Q, 60 Pc M 4* 3iw^ 2o Uo p1 Ah <o o> 6 J. M S CO 05 k tH Z 'S03 Ao CO <B s CQ & 03 15) t j `is g o 2 PS > o03 ft Q II P9 03 ^o T3 O II ft !* 6 .SgP8' *S2 M^5 )i A to 1 *8 a >-' 3 o, O G ss O hts'.g O I I uI IS bp ft TS .& 53 is 3a o^ O o00 00 00 o CD T4 f ao fti D--20 DUP030043796 <0 a> BB 2ft 1* H H " to 00 oo D f .* 53 * W^ 3 rH *W *o- nJ< m A* 13 PH S* 300? *H 45 5, pH Ji 8 HH a U <1) A > Eh . co . o |S glT & > 3 a oft *5A2 s ^^ *t3 <3 8 v oO *Ow ft_ oft '- +-> 3 ej " <3 Pj> S3 gI d .2 p? + I 8 I J50P3 wC_Oi. J43 5 iH 4) UP P a; 'd a) soQ** 3S 21 Efh tgl^! EH 4.1 oo |t 3 be bO g T * .5 a S s2 -5 .2g a .8 .3 0) 0$ CO I' a 5 t bO 8J IT gI W e^ M3 CD 3 s a 0*23 3a S'S is M p 1S ii PwP -4J . ?H SH a S s S "2 * as ;| -R i3 as 4 *3 ^*2M :H * 3 +* o ^ 43* *W u g XO P ao g S J3 65 gO. 4b3O^o cj iHO03 H WH co O i ~ s i? -8 ^ 11 II AO to PQ I 3 >4 *S I p > T3 3 ,, 3<3 s (k m^ *3 a O O bO 4aa Cm>O bO V 3 03 3 3 ti.W 3 ' oo ^ 3 o * a> ft H<0 O3O 'ouj H -M H c gw 0 s HH H M P.M 1-1 aM a -g tS*n EBh + EBh Efhi o B H 1g3 *-HS O .$ i g g| rt S Ph OK s s Sh tc,.*a,i -Ss^ 2J ^ 33 _.03. SH <0 SS ? > S sa fe +o3 jIgS iai Hg M5c>s< ,,a 5s )tH P< * CO Oo Si %> < fc & <s tI 5 -s 8-9 -n2p Ph ' *3 l 3 CM c c3 K> P5 St o fi g % O jfi 3 CI--< Ph tS3 3 CM . ^,* s g 8 rsHS M p O -- CJ >> oft (3 I & 13 o U ft .S *c3 W O) CM 11-1 > | l pH I 3 H .g 1 ags r^t3 <O "S 4-P 3 'c3 fiS 0o P0w2t !Mz D--21 DUP030043797 0 1 11 io & sign and r--J 11 1CO CO oAfHft toPHsfti *P6$ 1 1 rC-4O> OOt HS 4 EH g eePPuftii -MCePgfOftti EH -HS- % X p B Pi 3 3 M*c *CAO *S jCjO npesft Pi 1 u 3 2pa gQ I Pi 9 R 1 r-- . 8 p Pi tao 4 8 P .Ae1ft .9 i 0) 3eft PU "ePs. he .S 1 ! * 1 S Q i a <4H 9 & +P5 *.43 so .+0C>5Q ga , n8s A .gj ns $ o jH A I 4J 8 P 1Pm pfp"t Oc) V'C 'a5. & tso m w 1_ DM 1 u -.Oo oa o tpo .Sa > tO oo 6 nS -S t 1S1P o-8 S Eh !P $4 )6 t 0a3. fi* PH H 5to o 'S to 1 3> CO m m A at *1 1 03 ns J? ".J>tf nS p J&? n0 3 3 < 3 <! n<Ps 1 & g i? 5 msc^r g85.~5 .p..< rt &a CO 03 +eS\fe "P5m "S w" CM 'to 1<D CeQd uoos oo roeto<* t h os r-( O 3 32 Pm 2% 2PH 4 CL oL i i H t-H HH HH aa SM D--22 DUP030043798 Notes Use fo r m arking gym, ware- T T -C -5 4 2 ........... C o a tin g , P o ly u re th a n e , O il U re th a n e ...................Gloss, W h ite and W ood, C oncrete, Substrate F in is h Table 8. Products fo r Traffic Marking s-fc o c3 ^ |! . % I* H |f .s &1 tJo3 S2? O &o o --d 1OC0t 8-g &3 -*sTj-NP' bf) .S 8 J 1 ^I 34O0 ^g. IroMt d* to tz ^ u 5 s ao o 3O . % s pq .g5-ugS --P3 S Tf3l fe * &5 if fa * o 55 cf3t 40 <u S IUs Sp, S ft 35 &a fSt m O 4O-*- to MS3 c3 8 'si .8 a sS ^mrt a saraf o f&a0 5 42 '>S53 Ss3 ^ bo c -is d 3 1 ; " 3TSOH u ed d S d ^ g PO C5O^ gt, IP .4w3 fa 42 1 dO rf Q dCoO c4o^ aw gl S fH 5r-< M n 5 I 0s3 o+aS .13 1u ? M m e *3 a d uT 3 43 in i'fS fa T>3s d *a 03 e3 d bd ,d5 t a ''CS 1*2 a ! jj 6 T3 Is &j I e ^P Type T itle Spec. No. id OH xHt Hd fa1 bfa f* *v ffaa ffaa D--23 DUP030043799 APPENDIX D-2. Listed by Source Spec. No. Title FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS SS-P-450 ...................... Plaster, Patching, Gypsum, (Spackling). SS-W-110...................... Water Repellent, Colorless Silicone Resin Base. TT-C-490 ............. ....Cleaning Methods And Pre treatment of Ferrous Sur faces For Organic Coat ings. XT-C-492 ...................... Coating Compound, Paint, Antisweat. TT-C-535 ...................... Coating, Epoxy, Two Compo nent, For Interior or Ex terior Use on Metal, Wood, Concrete and Masonry. TT-C-540 ...................... Coating, Polyurethane, Clear, Linseed Oil Modified. TT-C-542 ................Coating, Polyurethane, OilFree, Moisture Curing. TT-C-545 ................ Coating, Polyester-Epoxy, Two Component, Non-Yel lowing, Acid Resisting Eggshell Finish (For In terior Use) White and Light Tints. TT-C-550 .......................Coating System, Glaze, In terior, for Masonry Sur faces. TT-C-565 ....................... Coating System, Textured (For Interior and Exterior Surfaces). TT-C-598 ........... Calking Compound, Oil and Resin Base Type (For Masonry and Other Struc tures) . TT-E-485 .............. Enamel, Semi-Gloss, RustInhibiting. TT-E-487 ...................... Enamel, Floor and Deck. TT-E-489 ______ Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss (For Exterior and Interior Sur faces) . D--24 Spec. No. Title TT-E-490 ...................... Enamel, Silicone Alkyd Co polymer, Semi-Gloss, Ex terior. TT-E-496 .......... Enamel, Heat Resisting, Black. TT-E-505 .................. ..- Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd In terior High Gloss, White and Tints. TT-E-506 ___ -Enamel, Tints and White, Gloss, Interior. TT-E-508 ....................... Enamel, Interior, Semigloss, White and Tints. TT-E-509 ............. Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd, In terior, Semigloss, White and Tints. TT-E-522 ................. Enamel, Phenolic Lustreless, Outside. TT-E-529 ........................Enamel, Alkyd, Semigloss. TT-E-543 ........................Enamel, Interior, Undercoater, Tints and White. TT-E-545 ................. ...Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd In terior Undercoat, Tints and White. TT-F-336 ...____ ....Filler, Wood, Paste. TT-F-340 ....................... Filler, Wood, Plastic. TT-F-1098 ..................... Filler, Surface Styrene-Bu tadiene, Filler For Porous Surface (Cinder Block, Concrete Block, Concrete, Stucco, etc.), TT-G-410 .......................Glazing Compound, Sash (Metal) for Back .Bedding and Face Glazing (Not For Channel Or Stop Glazing). TT-L-190 ................ Linseed Oil, Boiled (For Use in Organic Coatings). TT-P-19 ..............,........Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Ex terior. TT-P-21 ........................ Paint, Cement-Water, Pow der, White and Tints. I I 1 1 DUP030043800 Spec. No. TT P 25 ............. Title (Undercoat for Wood, Ready Mixed, White and Tints). TT P 26 ............. Tints, Fire Retardant. TT P-28 ............. sisting (1200F). TT P-29 ............. ....... Paint, Latex Base, Interior, Flat, White and Tints. TT P 30 .......... terior, Flat, White and Tints. TT P 34 ............. ant. White and Light Tints. TT-P-35 .............. White and Colors (For In terior and Exterior Use). TT-P-37 ......... .... Trim, Deep Colors. TT-P-38 ............. Mixed. TT-P-61 ............. ______Paint, Oil, Interior, Flat, White and Tints. TT P-52 .............. Shakes and Rough Siding. TT P 55 ............. Emulsion, Exterior. TT-P-57 ............. Oxide-Base, Ready-Mixed. TT-P-81 ________ Exterior, Medium Shades on a Lead-Zinc Base. TT P-85 ............. for Airfield Runway Mark ing (Drop-In Type). TT P 86 ............. Mixed. TT-P-91 ......... ;. ..... Paint, Rubber-Base, For Con crete Floors. TT-P-95 ........... .. ming Pools and other Con crete and Masonry Sur faces. TT-P-97 ............. vent Type, White (For Ex terior Masonry). Spec. No. Title TT-P-102 ......................Paint, Oil: (Titanium-LeadZinc and Oil, Exterior Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints). TT-P-105 ........... Paint, Oil: Chalk-Resistant, Lead-Free, Exterior ReadyMixed, White and Tints. TT-P-110 ...................Paint, Traffic Black (Non reflectorized) . TT-P-115 ......................Paint, Traffic, Highway White and Yellow. TT-P-320 ..................... Pigment, Aluminum, Powder and Paste, for Paint. TT-P-381 ...... ........... .... Pigments: In-Oil, Tinting Color. TT-P-615 ......................Primer Coating: Basic Lead Silico Chromate, ReadyMixed. TT-P-620 ........... Primer Coating, Conditioner For Free Chalking Exter ior Surface. TT-P-641 ......................Primer Coating: Zinc DustZinc Oxide (For Galva nized Surfaces). TT-P-645 ------- ------- -- Primer, Paint, Zinc-Chro mate, Alkyd Type. TT-P-650 ........... Primer Coating, Latex Base, Interior, White (For Gyp sum Wallboard). TT-P-659 ... --,___ Primer-Coating and Sur faces Synthetic, Tints and White (For Metal and Wood Surfaces). TT-P-791 .................... Putty; Pure-Linseed Oil (For Wood Sash Glazing), TT-P-1046 .......... Primer Coating, Zinc Dust, Chlorinated Rubber (For Steel and Galvanized Sur faces) . TT-P-1181 .................... Paint, Styrene-Acrylate Sol vent Type, Tints and Deep Tones (For Exterior Ma sonry) . TT-R-230 ........... . Removes-, Paint (Alkali-Type For Hot Application), TT-R-243 ........... .....Remover, Paint (Alkali-Or ganic Solvent Type). TT-R-251 ......... .......... .. Remover, Paint (Organic Sol vent Type). D--25 DUP030043801 Spec. No. Title XT-S-176 ____ ....... Sealer, Surface, Varnish Type, Floor Wood or Cork. TT-S-179 ...................... Sealer, Surface: Pigmented Oil, Plaster and Wallboard. TT-S-227 ................ ...Sealing Compound; Rubber Base, Two Component (For Calking, Sealing, And Glaz ing In Building Construc tion) . TT-S-230 ........... .. Sealing Compound, Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Com ponent, Chemically Curing (For Calking, Sealing, And Glazing In Building Con struction) , TT-S-711 ......... .............Stain, Oil Type, Wood In terior. TT-V-71 ____ ........ Varnish, Interior, Floor and Trim. TT-V-81 .................... ..Varnish; Mixing, For Alu minum Paste. TT-V-85 .........................Varnish, Oil, Flat, Brush or Spray. TT-V-109 ......................Varnish,. Spar, Alkyd-Resm. TT-V-119 ............... .. Varnish, Spar, Phenolic. TT-W-571 .................... Wood Preservation; Treat ing Practice. MILITARY SPECIFICATIONS MIL-E-698 ......... ...........Paint, Deck, Black. MIL-E-699 .................... Paint, Deck, Gray, Outside. MIL-V-1174 ..................Varnish, Spar, Water Resist ing (Formula 80) , MIL-P-2852 .................. Paint, Striping, Blue (For mula No. 43). MIL-P-2853 ..................Paint, Striping, Yellow (For mula No. 42) . MIL-P-2854 _______... Paint, Striping, Green (For mula No. 39). MIL-P-2856 ..................Paint, Striping, Black (For mula No. 38). MIL-P-2934 ..................Paint, Striping, Red (For mula No. 40). MIL-C-4556................. Coating Kit, Epoxy for In terior of Steel Fuel Tanks. D--26 Spec. No. Title MIL-W-5044 ... .........Walkway Compound, Non slip. MIL-E 5557 ,... eeryl Phthalate. MIL-M-10578 ,............Metal Conditioner And Rust Remover (Phosphoric Acid Base), MIL-P-12742 ......... Primer Coating; Phenolic, Water Immersible, MIL-S-12935 ..,____ . Sealer, Surface; For Knots. MIL-P-13818 .............. Paper Board, Refleetorized. MIIi-P-14105 ..............Paint, Heat Resisting, Olive Drab (For Steel Sur faces) . MIL-P-14504 ... ___ _ Primer Coating, Pretreat ment, One-Package Wash Primer (For Steel, Alu minum, And Magnesium). MIL-P-15144 ... der for Anti-Sweat Coat ing) (Formula No. 34). MIL-E-15145 . . . ......... Enamel, Zinc Dust Pig mented, Fresh Water Tank Protective. MIL-P-15149 ... MIL-P-15159 ... MIL-V-15196 ... ------- Vermiculite, Expanded (Pig ment), MIL-C-15203 ... .....Coating Compound,. Bituminous, Emulsion Type, Coal Tar Base. MIL-P-15328 ... MIL-P-15929 ... ......... Primer Coating, Shipboard, Vinyl--Red Lead (Formula 119--For Hot Spray). MIL-P-15930 ... Chromate (Formula 120-- For Hot Spray). MIL-E-15932 .. . (Vinyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-15933 .,. ___ .Enamel, Outside, Dull Black (Vinyl-Alkyd). MIIi-E-15934 ... nyl-Alkyd). MlL-E-15935 ... nyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-15936 ... ..........Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vinyl-Alkyd). I I DUP030043802 Spec. No. Title MIL-E-16188 ............. Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vinyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-16501 ............... Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-16502 .................Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd) . MIL-E-16738 .................Enamel, Exterior White MIL-P-18210 ............. Paint, Deck, Interior, Red, Formula 23/54. MIL-E-18214 ................Enamel, Deck, Interior, Dark Green, Formula No. 19, MIL-C-18480 ......... ...Coating Compound, Bitumi nous, Solvent Coal Tar Base. MIL-C-18969 ................Calking Compounds, Metal Seam And Wood Seam. MIL-P-20090 ................Paint, Striping, Brown (For mula No. 41). MIL-C-22750 ________ Coating, Epoxy-Polyamide, Chemical and Solvent Re sistant. MIL-P-26915 ___ ____ Primer Coating, Zinc Dust Pigmented, for Steel Sur faces. MIL-P-38336 ............... Primer Coating, Inorganic Zinc Dust Pigmented, selfCuring, for Steel Surfaces, MIL-G-38427 ................Coating Kit, Topcoat, Pig mented, For application Over Inorganic Zinc Prim er-Coated Steel Surfaces. MIL--R-46073 ................Remover, Paint ; Organic Sol vent Type. Spec. No. Title MIL-C-46081 ......... Coating Compound, Thermal Epoxy Insulating (Intumescent). MIL-P-52192 ________ Primer, Coating,. Epoxy. MIL-P-52324 ............. .. Paint, Oil, Alkyd, Exterior, White and Light Tints. MIL-C-81346 ................Compound, Deck Covering, Non-slip, Lightweight, MIL-E-82401 ............... Enamel, Exterior, Vinyl-Alkyd, Red. NAVAL FACILITIES ENGINEERING COMMAND NAVFAC-34Y ....... Coal Tar Coating Systems for Steel Surfaces. NAVFAC--47Y ....... Protective Lining and Treat ment for Concrete Storage Tanks for Petroleum Fuels. DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR VR-3 ............................... Vinyl Resin Paint. VR-6 ........... Vinyl Resin Paint. STEEL STRUCTURES PAINTING COUNCIL SSPC Paint No. 5.... Zinc Dust, Zinc Oxide and Phenolic Varnish Paint. SSPC Paint No. 8___ Aluminum Vinyl Paint, SSPC Paint No. 16... Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Paint. MAPLE FLOORING MANUFACTURERS ASSOC. Heavy Duty Finishes for Maple, Beach and Birch Floors. D--27 DUP030043803 APPENDIX D--3. Numerical List Spec. No. Title VR-3 ...............................Vinyl Resin Paint. SSPC Paint No. 5___ Zinc Dust, Zinc Oxide and Phenolic Varnish Paint. VR-6 ...............................Vinyl Resin Paint. SSPC Paint No. 8___ Aluminum Vinyl Paint. SSPC Paint No. 16... Coal Tar Epoxy-Polyamide Paint. TT-P-19 .........................Paint, Acrylic Emulsion, Ex terior. TT-P-21 ............. .. Paint, Cement-Water, Pow der, White and Tints. TT-P-25 ........... ......Primer Coating, Exterior (Undercoat for wood, Ready Mixed, White and Tints). TT-P-26 ........................ Paint, Interior, White and Tints, Fire Retardant. TT-P-28 ........................ Paint Aluminum, Heat Re sisting (1200F). TT-P-29 ......... ...............Paint, Latex Base, Interior, Flat, White and Tints. TT-P-30 .........................Paint, Alkyd, Odorless, In terior, Flat, White and Tints. TT-P-34 .................. Paint, Exterior, Fire Retard ant, White and Light Tints. NAVFAC 34Y _______ Coal Tar Coating Systems for Steel Surfaces. TT-P-35 .................... .. , Paint, Cementitious, Powder, White and Colors (For In terior and Exterior Use). TT-P-37 ........................ Paint, Oil-Alkyd, Exterior Trim, Deep Colors. TT-P-38 ........................ Paint, Aluminum, ReadyMixed. NAVFAC 47Y......... .. .Protective Lining and Treat ment for Concrete Storage Tanks for Petroleum Fuels. D--28 Spec. No. Title TT-P-51 ........___ Paint, Oil, Interior, Flat, White and Tints. TT-P-52 ........................ Paint, Oil (Alkyd-Oil) Wood Shakes and Rough Siding. TT-P-55 ______ _______Paint, Polyvinyl Acetate Emulsion, Exterior. TT-P-57 ........................ Paint, Zinc Yellow-Iron Ox ide-Base, Ready-Mixed, TT-V-71 .................... .... Varnish, Interior, Floor and Trim. TT-P-81 ........... .. Paint, Oil: Ready-Mixed, Ex terior, Medium Shades on a Lead-Zinc Base. TT-V-81 ................ .. Varnish; Mixing, For Alum inum Paint. TT-P-85 ............ Paint, Traffic; Reflectorized for Airfield Runway Mark ing (Drop-In Type). TT-V-85 .... Varnish, Oil, Flat, Brush or Spray. TT--P-86 ...................... Paint Red-Lead-Base, ReadyMixed. TT-P-91 ........................ Paint, Rubber-Base, For Concrete Floors. TT-P-95 ........................ Paint, Rubber; For Swim ming Pools and other Con crete and Masonry Sur faces, TT-P-97 .......... ..............Paint, Styrene-Butadiene Solvent Type, White (For Exterior Masonry). TT-P-102 ................ ...Paint, Oil: (Titanium-LeadZine and Oil, Exterior Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints). TT-P-105 ...................Paint, Oil: Chalk-Resistant, Lead-Free, Exterior ReadyMixed, White and Tints. TT-V-109 ...................... Varnish, Spar, Alkyd-Resin. SS-W-110 .................... Water Repellent, Colorless Silicone Resin Base. I 1 a i * DUP030043804 Spec. No. Title TT-P-110 ...................... Paint, Traffic Black (Nonreflectorized). TT-P--115 ......................Paint, Traffic, Highway White and Yellow. TT-V-119 ........... .....Varnish, Spar, Phenolic. TT-S-176 ______ _____ Sealer, Surface, Varnish Type, Floor, Wood or Cork. TT-S-179 ...................... Sealer, Surface: Pigmented Oil, Plaster and Wallboard. TT-L-190 .................. Linseed Oil, Boiled, (For Use in Organic Coatings). TT-S-227 ............... ...... Sealing Compound; Rubber Base, Two Component (For Calking, Sealing, And Glazing In Building Con struction) . TT-R-230 ............. .. Remover, Paint (AlkaliType, For Hot Applica tion) , TT-S-230 .......................Sealing Compound, Synthetic Rubber Base, Single Com ponent, Chemically Curing (For Calking, Sealing, And Glazing In Building Construction). TT-R-243 ...................... Remover, Paint (Alkali-Or ganic Solvent Type). TT-R-251........... .......... Remover, Paint (Organic Solvent Type). TT-P-320 ...................... Pigment, Aluminum, Powder and Paste, for Paint. TT-F-336 ...................... Filler, Wood, Paste. Spec. No. Title TT-C-490 ...................... Cleaning Methods And Pre treatment of Ferrous Sur faces For Organic Coat ings. TT-E-490 .................... .. Enamel, Silicone Alkyd Co polymer, Semi-Gloss, Ex terior. . TT-C-492 ....... Coating Compound, Paint, Antisweat. TT-E-496 ....................... Enamel, Heat Resisting, Black, TT-E-505 ....................... Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd In terior High Gloss, White and Tints. TT-E-506 ...................... Enamel, Tints and White, Gloss, Interior. TT--E-508 ...................... Enamel, Interior, Semigloss, White and Tints. TT--E-509 ....................... Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd, In terior Semigloss, White and Tints. TT--E-S22 .......................Enamel, Phenolic Lustreless, Outside. TT-B-529 .............. .Enamel, Alkyd, Semigloss. TT-C-535 ..................... Coaling, Epoxy, Two-CompOnent. For Interior and Ex terior Use on Metal, Wood, Concrete and Masonry. TT-C-540 ........... Coating, Polyurethane, Clear, Linseed Oil Modified. TT-C-542 ......................Coating, Polyurethane, OilFree, Moisture Curing. TT-F-340 ______ ______Filler, Wood, Plastic. TT-P-381 .......................Pigments--In-Oil, Color. Tinting TT-G--410 ...................... Glazing Compound, Sash (Metal) for Back Bedding And Facef Glazing (Not For Channel Or Stop Glazing). SS-P-450 ....................... Plaster, Patching, Gypsum, (Spackling). TT-E-485 .......................Enamel, Semi-Gloss, RustInhibiting. TT-E--487 ........... -- Enamel, Floor and Deck. TT-E-543 ....................Enamel, Interior, Undercoater. Tints and White. TT-C-545 ......... ............. Coating, Polyester-Epoxy, Two Component, Non-Yel lowing, Acid Resisting Eggshell Finish (For In terior Use) White and Light Tints. TT-E-545 ...................... Enamel, Odorless, Alkyd, In terior Undercoat, Tints and White. TT-C-550 ........... .....Coating System, Glaze, In terior, for Masonry Sur faces. TT-E-489 ................ Enamel,Allcyd, Gloss (For Exterior and Interior Sur faces) . TT-C-555 ............... ...Coating System, Textured (For Interior and Exterior Masonry Surfaces). D--29 DUP030043805 Spec. No, Title TT-W-571 .................... Wood Preservation; Treat ing Practice, TT-C-598 ...................... Calking Compound, Oil And Resin Base Type (For Ma sonry And Other Struc tures). TT-P-615 _________ Primer Coating: Basic Lead Silico Chromate, ReadyMixed. TT-P-620 .................... . Primer Coating, Conditioner For Free Chalking Exter ior Surface. TT-P-641 ................Primer Coating: Zinc DustZinc Oxide (For Galvan ized Surfaces). TT-P-645 .................. Prime, Paint, Zinc-Chro mate, Alkyd Type. TT-P-650 ..................Primer Coating, Latex Base, Interior, White (For Gyp sum Wallboard). TT-P-659 ........... .......... Primer-Coating and Surfacer, Synthetic, Tints and White (For Metal and Wood Surfaces). MIL-E-698 ----------------Enamel, Alkyd, Deck, Black. (Formula No. 24). MIL-E-699 ....................Enamel, Deck, Gray, Exterior (Formula No. 20). TT-S-711 .................... . Stain, Oil Type, Wood, In terior. TT-P-791 ...................Putty; Pure-Linseed Oil (For Wood-Sash-Glazing). TT-P-1046 ....................Primer Coating, Zinc Dust, Chlorinated Rubber (For Steel and Galvanized Sur faces) . TT-F-1098 .................... Filler, Surface Styrene-Bu tadiene, Filler For Porous Surface (Cinder Block, Concrete Block, Concrete, Stucco, etc.). MIL-V-1174......... .. Varnish, Spar, Water Resist ing (Formula 80). TT-P-1181 ....................Paint, Styrene-Acrylate Sol vent Type, Tints and Deep Tones (For Exterior Ma sonry) . MIL-P-2852 ..................Paint, Striping, Blue (For mula No. 43). D-30 Spec. No, Title MIL-P-2853 ..................Paint, Striping, Yellow (For mula No, 42). MIL-P-2854 ................. .Paint, Striping, Green (For mula No. 39). MIL-P-2856 ................... Paint, Striping, Black (For mula No. 38). MIL-P-2934 ................... Paint, Striping, Red (For mula No. 40) . MIL-C-4566 . ............. Coating Eit, Epoxy, for In terior of Steel Fuel Tanks. MIL-W-5044 ........ Walkway Compound, Non slip. MIL-E-6567 ................ Enamel, Heat-Resisting, Gly ceryl Phthalate. MIL-M-10678 _______ Metal Conditioner And Rust Remover (Phosphoric Acid Base). MIL-P-12742 ................Primer Coating; Phenolic, Water Immersible. MIL-S-12935 ................Sealer, Surface; For Enots. MIL-P-13818 ................Paper Board, Reflectorized. MIL-P-14105........... ..Paint, Heat Resisting, Olive Drab (For Steel Sur faces) . MIL-P-14504 ............... Primer Coating, Pretreat ment, One-Package Wash Primer) (For Steel, Alu minum, And Magnesium). MILr-P-16144................Paint, Fire Retardant (Bind er for Anti-Sweat Coat ing) (Formula No. 34). MIL-E-15145 ..............Enamel, Zinc Dust Pig mented, Fresh Water Tank Protective (Formula No. 102). MIL-P-15149 ................Paint, Stencil. MIL-P-16159 ................ Preservative Coating. MIL-V-15196 ..............Vermiculite, Expanded (Pig ment) , MIL-C-15203 ......... Coating Compound, Bitumi nous. Emulsion Type, Coal Tar Base. MIL-P-15328 ........... Primer, Pretreatment. MIL-P-15929 ............... Primer Coating, Shipboard Vinyl, Red-Lead. MIL-P-16930 ................ Primer Coating, Vinyl-Zinc Chromate (Formula 120 For Hot Spray). I 1 DUP030043806 Spec. No. Title MIL-E-15932 ............. Enamel, Outside, Gloss Black (Vinyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-16933 _______ Enamel, Outside, Dull Black (Vinyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-15934 ____ ... Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd) . MIL-E-15935 ............. Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd) . MIL-E-15936 ...........Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-16188 ....... Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd) . MIL-E-16501 ....... Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd). MIL-E-16502 ......, Enamel, Exterior, Gray (Vi nyl-Alkyd) . MIL-E-16738 ....... Enamel, Exterior, White. MIL-P-18210................Paint, Deck, Interior, Red, Formula 23754. MIL-E-18214 ------- ... Enamel, Deck, Interior, Dark Green (Formula No. 19), MIL-C-18480 ........... Coating Compound Bitumin ous, Solvent Coal Tar Base. MIL-C-18969 ................Calking Compounds, Metal Seam and Wood Seam. Spec. No, Title MIL-P-20090 ............. .. Paint, Striping, Brown (For mula No. 41). MIL-C-22760 ............. Coating, Epoxy-Polyamide, Chemical and Solvent Re sistant. MIL-P-26915 ............... Primer Coating, Zinc Dust Pigmented, for Steel Sur faces. MIL-P-38336 ............. Primer Coating, Inorganic Zinc Dust Pigmented, Self Curing, for Steel Surfaces. MIL-C-38427 ............... Coating Kit, Topcoat, Pig mented, For Application Over Inorganic Zinc Pri mer-Coated Steel Surfaces. MIL-R-46073 ........... .Remover, Paint; Organic Solvent Type. MIL-C-46081 .................Coating Compound, Thermal Insulating (Intumescent). MIL-P-52192 ................Primer, Coating, Epoxy, MIL-P--52324 ........ Paint, Oil, Alkyd, Exterior, White and Light Tints, MIL-C-81346 ............. .. Compound, Deck Covering Non-slip, Lightweight. MIL-E-82401 ............. Enamel, Exterior, Vinyl-Al kyd, Red. D--31 DUP030043807 APPENDIX D-4. Recommended Coating Systems Table 9 Recommended Coating Systems for Interior Wood.......... ......... .................... ...................... 10 Recommended Coating Systems for Interior Concrete and Masonry............................ 11 Recommended Coating Systems for Interior Metal--........... ....................... ................. .. 12 Recommended Coating Systems for Interior Plaster and Wallboard......................... 13 Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Wood.........................,............................ 14 Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Concrete and Masonry.................... 15 Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Iron and Steel......... ................. .............. 16 Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Metal {Non-ferrous & Misc.)......... 17 Recommended Coating Systems for Wood Floors.,..............................,............... .. 18 Recommended Coating Systems for Concrete Floors............................... .. 19 Recommended Coating Systems for Metal Floors______ ________ ................... .......... Page P-33 P-34 D-35 P-36 P-37 P-38 D-39 D-41 D-42 P-43 D-44 I I D--32 DUP030043808 s <3 1s93>4> >n9 T3 J2 TO O -g i I trno TOOJ c (A a A ajfii 43 I H IS t3 g5 m TV +J w -- 5fe3BBo .445-"> *>^oi c11>' oi T3 S) T3 Ss3 sQ99 sas sw94 3 3 2223 * ** *&*eoA4opH4, >0M0iS >g2T 4^"? EE-h< EEhh EHh >0o> *oH &5j HHoOLAoJ1 H&0IoAh41s! WoL<Ah1(o 1H0ot*0>)1H1 H &h H H i os* ion* Hf P" EEHh EEhH CM UCEEuhh11 tt H- 1 hH g LCAO* *oEE?hhi 03 o1Ai bLOLAAL* EEhh EEhh UC) u'oo? c<ocD 0O5 OTi* "FT*? >>;^ t _l i g Eh Eh Eh &< Eh Eh Eh ou Q ,' d3& I sl O <! P cd> | Eh Eh uCT?OIf M UIJ wC*3Ot4 wWxjIt WEEhh EEhh HE?h HEh LHlAA1 HLLTAtA1* EEhh EEhh OJ 3 EEhh JtTt->"4< J1--,I g 0LoLAA511 03 LA 61 EE-h< ,Eh A--4 >, s5 50o)i <VUi P H 'PjoSa=>h3J oft P XCA JaBt 1-si .3 f-i cfl d A 'bHo *3 2 44 CP CQ 02 o S o "bb mSv 0rUfii NC<3S> 1 0 3 IVu* P*PoPH4h o PS3 d2> os > TOo3 ag) D--33 DUP030043809 Notes P la t ..................... L a te x -f- O il. . . . . T T -P -2 9 . ............ T T - P - 5 1 .............. W h ite and tin ts . Topcoat* Table 10. Recommended Coating Systems for Interior Concrete and Masonry M 4S jg S3 PS S3 `43 `43 b *43 42 S3 53 STOsTiO O gt o Eo .gw *4!f f3l **H4ff3l>43 4i-ll o0-4-r3H ^,3 rfj ,^J3 ,^=) a ^ 4T3O -Tt Oo hw-> t+o* .S3 S S3 *43 *43 51 *43 T3 SC33 id ac3 t: SK T3 SC33 3 i jg ji js j S ^ ^ P- ^ ab a '43 53 -t o d d td BgtOB n5 .*3 .&-1{3 *:5j| o <f TcTO$O oTT3OO cTTO3O o oyr--i fH --l 05 r-i 1C 00 0<M5 CD C4 W CO W lO lfl pi pi Ph W h H Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh HH HHH . . A XI 05 tO o a 0:9 *??*?*? PnfcHH Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh to to to 05 05 05 pH pH pH EH EH Eh H Eh Eh to CO US 6 Fh Eh * *re2 too us up 44 Eh Eh Eh Eh 05 fHtO 05 05 05 Ojl CjlCO OjJ Ojl Cjl Ph PjtP-l A A Ah H fit&h B h HEh H g-< 5h 05 O O C5 ojj cji ca cja ssss 13 .ere crc?IS U3 IS t PH Ph ft Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh SO 3 Eh Eh t 9 + + x x - s S - c3 O a) c3 pp pp <1 t < .1: T>3. gH>3 ;HH t+ .S pIs + : + + PSx3 3x" _3 xx &d SCO h3 h3 (h sSh tBi -3ss -HPs3 -.BQs .PS PS PS HP. tN-t>o#-r u--uuapsi Uu,u; sSs 6 u p> i> Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh H S *8 at *s ?*s* Sr3t 0) V A% J3 *i 4J +5 fc> 53 55 oo 3 !> M O fe 02 O f,3HewS| OMo I at * N -f* 09 (0 3E I PS t sa> 23 Q ei tS at 3 I 203 to CO EH B 2 s Eh *.SaJ A at e p i p t u 1 05 Ct S3 tf Sa3t aS3t 1 2 . eo3 -d ast SKJ S03 (H f-H 1o Io CfcHt ti 1a3t 1a3t S3 S3 ? ^ co vo 13 2 j E * Sat to to H -W 2 TO " EH Eh Eh Eh * Ig y 14 o S *3 >>f C&L >} SOh <J <3 .T3 to ^*Sh cfl*j A H S3 S8 "m s81J38 p Prim er Type F in is h General Purpose . . . . . Use D--34 J DUP030043810 Table 11. Recommended Coating Systems lo r Interior Metal X3 9 > era 42 42 8 .5 2 .5 oo XosIj of2/rxJcrt *s^3 A ~ pC rCS ^ ^^ `4P3 1 $$ 22 A & .f 4g2 4a2 *43 *43 Sc<33 S033 $ 2 2 fa CO CO CoO3 CaOs OO o A i vS> oCO * Q oS3 S3. SP 42 "8 Eoh .5 ft <8 pQ X5 X b03e .Sfi Mft ." so <u Pi c vj CO 0 #HP ONOOO f1i0 Wll ft jsa h pq:H i1i1 Eh Eh 5h Eh R E-< .EH 5 k LO IO 11 P1 Eh Eh Eh Eh ** l 1 P^Ph Eh Eh Eh Eh l> CQ ? 6 A EH ? IHNjl to 6 Eh 0e0o &D7j e2i2p PpT-4 HEh + Eh :E-< H l00 7 4 EEhh IO <D 0 C-0TOjl O4 ? Pf P*7h P*7j, EEHh EEhh EEhh ft xJ TJ T? "*5? X &r** 3^3^3 * & < 5| 5j 5j <1 -3 ft e S3 3 Pi Pi O -HO' k k CO so pI *I Eh Eh H EH d in ;5p4 ge n<-s! 41 -. oft & OO o to I E ^ C0 o ft uS3 Ph pnhaH>s OaS3) cEao> ta--i 46Hhh 0C2O CO 3O a H -S <u P ft PH o OXJ c3 p E M -tj g 'S g P. g " Sh 8 *H *P`i.al .S 3 to .E3 tJ M s g 0 8to tj j II .E a &8 "sE> B1K 1> 3 cftr tr, <N Sf4t- CoS3O 'S2g: lh in 3 D--35 DUP030043811 _____L a te x ................ .. T T -P -2 9. . . . . . . . T T -P -6 5 0 . . . . . . T T -P -2 9 _______ W h ite and tin ts . Table 12. Recommended Coating Systems fo r Interior Plaster and Wallboard D--36 Prim er Use F in is h Type P la s te r W allboard Topcoat* Notes General Purpose . . . . . F la t . . . . . . P rVti *rJ (m tn "S |rt |*3 |p |p *43 *43 *43 *43 m--& 0Ou0p 0uCM5p OuCpO 3HEh 3EEhh 3EEhh &a maN> W 05 loO pH pii W EH Eh Eh B Eh Eh Eh Eh io VW XY ?? ? Ph Ph cy Eh Eh Eh Eh H H 05 ***Ucp5 ***wcp ***wcp 2 Pd a Eh Eh Eh H Eh Eh Eh oSi C& ci Eh & EH Eh Eh Eh g__ 0t-5 0t5- >05 ***w ***io ***w 222 Eh Eh Eh Eh EH EH :Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh Eh <*<<<(' +++ "F 'S 'P ^ <j | -[-+-+ h*-J ** aIH> Uo Ha> C* a^PS eg P P5 PS PS [30> 1 co O r-7 CO ga) *-* I.s~.H. f.l.) Pt_-o4 to O Ph co 0 PS O*x5o>3 0g 0) Q) 9a Ic <oS oooS og 1a uu SI XJ So *rt 0o$ co$ XC3 Xfa3i .^ ft +j W U5 OO inI inj 1 f! uf?B77Ed Eh Eh 11 Pi Eh Eh *to 3-g, a -b g <8 Om CM g *H .g O Jh t H Ph > C o3 , 1 I DUP030043812  CQs.4s2 I tf 481 02r IHI &H TOOJ : 4 - *<-S30 I 8 --Ss 'g. 'o. *m3 t -4 so * S S a * r _*E3j 73 S3 eS rt #%om * % | I 23^S.S ^u* P< fli ft -5g *Xri H fe & .. ^03 V. CO 2<8 E g 8^-8S I J-9 7.pl. p4 Pl< Ph pU fc- Ohl .i0a3 P* i JLO i eh H eh ft :s &H Eh E-f to D) '43 otoj.eajuiC9jieuj.elaji IP 9 iPPjl IP P^l ^ U 3 <v Ei & ei. !* "O<1 I H H H < H H E-t EH EH c 0 IE E o h4 u O' >E a+ a' Eh o %& ao + + % J + OO3 a o c* * _a> 3 o -s5 i S3 bO 1 o CQ o 3 73 t <0 t<o0 &S3 Ph Osa bo .5 OS ^3 W 73 as 13 9$ Oh 50 0) A. I 3 S3 <g * s o D--37 DUP030043813 Type I I , W hite and colors. Resist- chalking and fading. TT-P-55 . . . . . . . ...................... L a te x (A c ry lic ) ..........T T - P - 1 9 * * ..........T T -P -1 9 . ............ W h ite and colors. R esistant to 55 ias 1s f*cuO.5j3-e5g . S3 .to 2 d +2 .Scj CO $ 8 S <2 p< oo *o2 Notes Table 14. Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Concrete and Masonry D--38 Use F in is h Type P rim er*** Topcoat* General Purpose ....................P l a t ........................... L a te x (P V A c ) ............. T T -P -5 5 * * . . . . . t- 0rH0 r-f lO kO Ift IP `TT f f pj Ph a, Ph 4I1 <? <* EEhh EEhh EEhh EEhh Ei Eh & Eh Eh Eh UiaICaS1tS EH Eh * * 00 *to us * * kfi> IP 2222 6 2i *T *1 i Eh Eh Eh Eh HHHH <35 2 Eh \ Q Eh Eh Eh 3 P5 > W 1 S3 8 *4 S-i P I S I P & A* g ft) CQ To P Ip O ea> 32 ft w T3 u 10 Z*3 1 830o)) l p- I T3 PcO pP W !e p * r,2 I s 0> 1 ft -OcO CD g efi w g'P DQ CoO CM CQ fOlO P- CM 0 J EEhi <H ^ s V5 <mU CVDi i= srj 0 S *2-1 O tg &H O I I DUP030043814 prim er. ____ Same as R u ra l use 2 coats o f S tru c tu ra.l. . . .____. . . Glass 2 o.r. 3. ..........Same. as R u ra l.. See R u ra l b u t Same as R u ra l. || * S3 u + *> B -0 g 13 IS w Cl! rt g 3 & A 0) "5 Jh fIt 48.3 221 ft 9 9 S *=PSj tn '* n * O <N . co e ao <Nv Mgj "? rH m? b CO fot SEh JH.'VH Eh g Eh ft gi ft o T ,o 4- .03 \ CO j4 ft Efth eI-eh EH X 1U 0 HH i 4R E^ $in Eh SI t,>- 33 >> M o I--I 0) ci 4- *>C o 4* ra o u fH *. o ft HH *9 9 4s gH ?H CO oo ,r 4' e!. R Eh Eh fa>t > Eh + gsS n>3> * -ii ctf +a ->d* ft f2jaat> 4< 'ft CQ 53 +J *d w >* 44 S CQ _d T3 4) ~ca 1 <u Ift < E ! o Oh u & 3<u .-S 3* T3 U*> CL"Z[\ *02t be 50s1s,, <m354 1"3 S3) . T3 13> I'S wm Q00i O 03 7 s3 Eh Eh ft t*-s >H-T CO-fHtT iH. *H KH J* " "Jf "a, JP 4>fy 2O.T.I ZO 9I r &Eh Eh ^ Eh Eh 2 s I*5 8r-H a + ^CQ _J_ T) T3 !>> r%s 1" 44 < <) a S m i bo _ _n a J13 53 s to M sOo w i -0 Eh ft .oq> 9 C3 s r ,*" I .0*3fi*3 0 C0 c3 ft 8 ft .OroHf T3 >> rtf . S js 3* OJ gH pH ft t-i 9 Eh lO 0 lO s pel O Ph Eh Eh 6h Eh Eh I ft I j l 03 i Eh R 03 4 R^1 R 4R S s2 , J sEH (ft t>- KKHHI gf h IJGi,> ,-j.2. -? I * io > g" T tca a. <o (i. ?- a EH^ EH EH eh E^ m E1 Eh |h Eh EH g 9 R Eh IQ rH OCOs 3fQt. m S + +1 ^ *d ^iy m Sh +o o f<ai> 4*>d4 fool . . +Q O frt ft ft + 'o C OV .C9 AQj ft a '% a o CO CQ rt ^cs QO Class 3 Smooth Marine or M ild ly Corrosive I2 !3 1 ft 0d> CQ D--39 DUP030043815 Table 15. Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Iron and Steel (Continued) D-40 Environm ent Marine or Moderately Corrosive. Substrate Preparation* Type Prim er Topcoat** Notes Structural .....Class 3 . . ........Vinyl+ Vinyl- MIL-P-15929 .. MIL-E-15932 .... Black, semigloss. alkyd or MIL-E-15933 .... Black, fiat. MIL-P-15930 .. MIL-E-15934**** Gray #7. & 1.-2 bO 1BQ i. n ; N.a . 0Cfc--O0 oi-l CD HHPrg J.J. 0 1 gS H C O ? H tri la in . Pfi. 5 g g 1; ,. .. #** .. . NCOOi CWO CO5 0ct>0o Ho^ TH HV H11H4 H? Rh h w B o 'bo Abo s >*, oos 3* 3 H i 4to o 03> coo LO o H 4Eh S h j, 2 Eh Eh 1S^?t& 'oEl a2 4So) S,,H3 W3C0).8ar5t ni 2 T I8 ** uf. t, -_ ft < TgO fr* TO o .72 3 .H fj p lT-t T3 I s 50$ * 11 ! 1 s I* QQ I jd> -g * s J . + 4 `S + j? 4f t> S ca ti 0c) O J-- *w b S > CO w * fc3? i s | >TS tH TQS) .a 3I S I s I H I ITosO i mis S,, 3_ I'|h g IH & Su0 g. a S !I 0) to 1s 2 g b-H 0- z I (N o3 w S +ft gft 3 g *M P**ii$? B*** W**** DUP030043816 Notes Topcoat** Preparation Pretreatm ent* P rim er Table 16. Recommended Coating Systems for Exterior Metal (Non-Ferrous and Misc.) faIJt -p ->PAnft m S^ .u A & c3 .0sg3 ^uM ft .03 * 1| ft x5 .2 02 O A > bo A p. 'S ft|JSM |. i i a. | OV 6O: cMAhs <eC 2C jgSP 3s su <A oo*3j c3 O <! <$ D 3 ^ 2 S3-H ; ooa : ? w _&-gA I"O T3 J W s P l-A 11 w1 01 bo a A | !O> rO EH : eh rH ' + rjt 00 r~i 0i--<5T0O0) IH SH lr* Eh Eh H H H Eh H i AO i o *t4--3H u * a yi *E tH .m02 m O Q ***T^-i **CO o 7T cEHi` *EVH Eh Eh a & Ma < fufott O pST Ei -T 02 A" 3 S a M 1e 5 <5 bfti . *S A 02 X5 a .N s u j> A *3 ft ft OQ T3 Ao1 <M Ph O 4-> rH aS , it ; .03 ^ u % Pfmt .t}e? 5s X S3 oH o * 2 S1 nfc3t3 A sji e a g 02 & U a 02 Substrate t-KiWM D--41 DUP030043817 a a J . a o bo * 2P m o .J a> h o (3 o 03 I nj O 2: ,2 g tpsj -OsS $| 8 m c^H sC>J <u I I a> r--a>< JjJ U g oI COs5S TP33 fn*i< _oo E rH o t- 5 "O O * *T o o !> .1~1 1 T U1 H o ! i Eh 1 Eh 5 Eh Eh Eh Im *2 E<A < <> C- t00 rH ti 61 f EH EH Eh V) Oh Eh EH Eh frct*- 00 ,h o s *T ? 33 >h a aa oS iH-Pi 8 83-$ *? T t 33j . Hr< hH HH aaa (M hh| f 2 %< u a.Eh Eh O fe Eh 03 H1--41 "T o| OS S Eh EH H to 5o5o a"? (&? rJ. !a :sa OS 03 a OS oo 00 *? T T H Ph H Ji i hi aaa HP hH l-i IS *? 8T V& hSo.ie5>? b 2 w US .. I OS s Eh H Eh *W g W) ac ' O o u "O u a> a s & o S3 fi eat E o u ts0c) a a 2 o *< & IP o A Sf-3( & 0$ <3> S3 as O `C tn fi *g .g S h Pm fM Jh * ' c c 4W> -4O-S3 TaJs a, .2 ioa tjsh Ph <1 o 3 .N.Sa? 4J 3 Q CG fgfl a T3 3 w (3 --ns _d3 1 3 jS X0f) s*pas>< f-4 o OctSt 53 S3 P > 5 as : *4 a8 1 T3 .0) a(733s I o P fc 10*3 . XJ 02i g 5? P< cO to-2 | s xs gCJ PQ oT 1 .a s o .o *^ %CO 2s -ma gE to > *8 0 8 fi N >* OS C3 pa D--42 1 1 I DUP03004381S ill ___ iV' ^ 68 jXj. ' 2 02 Q, J4 S'S 33 C8 68 03 *T3 t `5a5) j638 T3 gl I III i < -4-9 43 * g.S I . -a m 43 Sa 5tSQ 2"9 twi *3 uHJS sSt'w t, gi * a a"o S3 So p 440--9>2 *53 ^2*j hw*.O(3 2 `S3 ogg * 43 .A 9 ^ s! oo & nH 68 5 +9 c8 '3 cFh3 rQ <! g 8l C8 Jj g I I O 55 Tfi >M 02 $h 0) o H H * gIg fi 4? a 9g 89<#tg ?" |* " g .8 t. lp 20 43 o u. t> 00 u7 9 Oa U 1H **t* h-t e O & Q Ph VI CQ u> E oo T sv o> c I o .2 09 a sa> -o a <D 43 g * c HH W Q> E E 8 aos 0*0 <0<XHAwr0ti g & 1 l pu0Q 3 0 21--c *g 1 Eh 0Q2Q o 0o<D2 up< a s 0 o eV*h E-i 4> s 0us> 0 ^3 to g Ph a c 63 fl K * g& w CO r-< O & O ASCOQh 1 OP4 w 6 E-h 3 o C ^5 1 fl D-^43 DUP030043819 *'O *2S?. .fc u ou f5^fatt r3frratt o.A2i P I--< <y H H 2 6&& fe H * a. Ta3>. .MJcSl ^pJ >ft. P3 fi=W O w I P3 * I fomt *o p p oo to 00 50) Eeh, H7 Ee!h s oJft *^H 0fr0* C<MO 0C0i OC5) Hi Hi iCD 7CO pH H H H MHMH H H HH saa* IA Wl 00 E >. it EHh (A f*Oo- u T0J> fotti foftt a, 8 .S2-2x -g H fig c0o> E Eou I A'S! :.w &. + U.jS sa u . < 73 *PR `p mPft &o * O03 3 1 CiO <7P$PA0f39t 0m 'bo 4O0 & CO <7P3ft pp & 0 .5? OOPH3f4 "S CJ I Pft o 73. Mft 1 wa p 05 , U P$ fi mo I I 73 *Q i c8 r'SpPoMft *.7spfpat5 ^7>3 PfOt 7f3t ^ CS iiQs ^" |m m ?G .^^*3 J*+5g3 W*-D*pW3 *PfgSt 7PU3 Pt<Hu o *fKt O(M 73U -J SI si po g nfst 7gf3t fSt-ts<oH fato-rP-\ *.EH I I I m o PfPt .O O^ * CM 03 00 05 Saia0r-04 0rH0 OCO 0C5D ssss fP>t> 41 eP a Eh o Jz; o MPCOh CO o . eo Ta 4 8. h-4 tH 7f3t 73 73 .& rft ft _Q O ft O 2 w S*3 Ei^ Eh E > 2 > >2 7 * f T y f<iV. EhS*fV!. SH 0fl,,- &EHfV(J, Eh Eh Eh Eh sa *-< 4 e: eE* ^ U>. >hH ? <D 0f0 <0 *9 pi'Si*V S&4 j! E&Hh 7 Eh Eh ^ JS s s g .liii 5< x g X S H|oH &P bOft ft ft `ft ft *4 sft ftp s .s ^ ft t< &w .2 *4pS^ ns oft H *3 l+B g3 1ft ! pes rft 0fHt 'fOt P .2 *0 . fpt + ?P?-t 1 g !? a S 2 P <7ppKAPf3tf 4Od 0c3 "5S2o C1O 10 C2O <-Pfftt ppa09 O *f06t 3s l H g : a g P5 1 S"> ICJ a?fgt wHr. n-sS>1 *| I5 IH Cl w pft ft p fopt *g C2O fot & D--44 work DUP030043820 DUP030043821 INDEX A Aluminum paints--continued Oleoresinous ............. ......................................... 6.2.10 Abrasion ..................... 1.4.4.1 Preparations of, for use........... ............... 7.4.2.2 Of coatings by high wind velocity............. S.2.3.4 Phenolic ........................ 6.2.11 Repainting coatings subjectto.......... 5.1.6.3 Rubber-base ............................ 6.2.13 Abrasion---resistant finishes........ .................... 10.2.2.1 Use of,, to prevent bleeding on treated Abrasive blasting. See Blast cleaning. wood ....................... 8.4.12 Abrasive blasting helmets............................-- 3.1.2.3 Abrasive, effect of............................. .. 4.4.2.5 Use of, to prevent blistering....................... S.2.7.2 Aluminum paste....___6.2.10, 6.3.3.2, 6.3.5.2, 7.4.2.2 Abrasive materials, finishes which Aluminum silicate _______ ________ __ ________ 6.3.4.1 resist ............ 10.2.2.1, 10.2.2.4 Amines, toxicity ............. ........ ................. ......... . 3.4.1.2 Acid cleaning ..................... 4.4.B.4 Anti-corrosive pigments in primers for iron Concrete and masonry....................... 4.4.3.4b and steel ............... S.2,4.3 Dermatitis ............. 3.4.1.2 Anti-corrosive primers.............................6.3,4.2, 8.2.4.3 Hazards ................................. 3.1.1.2 Anti-sweat coatings : Iron and steel................... 4.4.3.4a Purpose ............................... 10.2.2.2 Safety measures .......................... 3.1.2.5 Application ......................................................... 10.3.2.1 Acoustic tile coatings ................... 10.2.4.1 Appearance changes ........................................... 2.2.5 Adhesion: Of exterior paints........................... 5.1.2.1 Effect of incompatible preservatives and Of interior paints............... 5.1.3.1 paints ................. 5.2,4.2 Appearance of Coatings __________ ...... 1.2,5, 2.2.4 Effect of insufficient dry between coats... 5.2.6.5 Effect of application method on.................. 4.6.1.4 Effect of surface contaminants. .................. 4.4.1 Appearance, testing ................. 4.2.2.2 To chalked paints..................... .................. .... 5.1.2.2 Application of paint, effect of: Hse of conditioners to improve................. 4.4.5 Environment ....................... ....................... .. 4.6.1.1 Use of phosphate treatments to Excessive, on abnormal deterioration.... 5.2.6.4 improve ................................................ 4.4.4.1, 4.4,4.2 Insufficient, on abnormal deterioration,.. 5,'2.6.3 Use of wash primers to improve................. 4.4.4.3 Skill .................................................................... 4.6.1.5 Administration areas, odorless paints for... 10.2.2.9 Surface ................... 4.6.1.2 Advantages of programmed painting...... 2.1.2.4 Type of coating........................ .......................... 4.6.1.3 Air conditioning equipment, painting of.... 10.2.3.1 Weather .......................... 1.4.3 Air, effect of, on deterioration of exterior Application of paint, effect of, on coatings .................................. 5.1.5.1 appearance ............................. 4.6.1.4 Air field landing mats, coatings for............... 10.2.3.2 Application properties, testing........................ 4.2.2.2 Air regulator, use of, in spray application.. 4.6.5.2 Arid areas, use of cement paints,.................. 6.2,3 Airless spray ....................................... 4.6.6.1 Asphalt, cause of alligatoring on,................... S.2.4.2 Alkali: Atmospheric contamination .................. 5.2.3.2 In concrete, mortar, stucco andplaster... 6.2.2.3 Atomizing pressures............. ............ 4.6.S.2 Paints sensitive to Alkyds ............. Oil .......................... 6.2.2 6.2.8 B Alkali cleaning........................................ 4.4.S.2 Dermatitis ...................... .............................. . 3.4.1.3 Basic Lead--silico--chromate ........... .. 8.2.4.3 Use .............................. 4.4.3.2 Bead glazing ............. 4.5.S.4 Alligatoring ................. 5.2.4.2 Benzol (benzene), toxicity................................. 3.4.1.1 Caused by insufficient cleaning.................... 5.2.6.1 Binders, paint .............................. 6.2.1 Aluminum: Toxicity ......................................... 3.4.1.1 Avoid acid cleaners................. 4.4.S.4 Bituminous finishes .......................................... 10.2.2.3 Avoid alkaline cleaners......... .................... 4.4.3,2 Cause of alligatoring on........... .. 5.2.4.2 Characteristics ........................ 5.2.2.2 Bituminous impregnated surfaces, coatings Use of Wash primers........... ,................... 4.4.4.3 for...................................................... 10.2.4.2 Aluminum mixing varnish.................................. 6.3.3,2 Blast cleaning: Aluminum paints..................................... .. 6.2.1, 6.3.5 Classes ................. 4.4.2.7 Heat-resistant .............................. 10.2.2.6 Degrees ............. 4.4.2.4 S-1 DUP030043822 Blast cleaning'---continued Hazards .............. ............ ....................... .. 3.1.1.2 Precautions .................................................... .. 4.4.2.6 Procedures ......................................................... 4.4.2.B Safety measures ..................................... ........ 3.1.2.4 Vacuum ........................................................... ,. 4.4.2.B Wet............................................. 4.4.2.B See also Water blasting. Bleach, use of, to detect mildew----------------- 5.2.3.1 Bleeding; By preservatives ......... ,..................... 5.2.4.1,. 8.4.1.2 Use of sealers to prevent......... .............. 4.4.5 Blistering ................. 1.4.3, 6.2.6.4e Excessive paint application........... ..... B.2.6.4 Faulty structural conditions....................... 5.2.7 Insufficient dry between coats............ B.2.6.B Rapid temperature changes........................... B.2.3.3 Blistering, painting to prevent----------- 5.2.7.2, 8,4.3.6 Bosun chair, equipment check and use..... 3.2.2.1d Boxing paints ............. 4.3.2.2 Brass, finishes for interior................................. 7.1.S.2 Brick. See Concrete and masonry. Broadcast application of grit in non-slip Coatings .......................... 9.4.3.1, 10.2.2.8 Brush application ................................. 4.6.3.2 Brushes, artists ........................................ 11.1.4, 11.1.5.1 Brushes, paint ...................................................... 4.6.3.1 Brush-off blast cleaning....................... 4.4.2.4 After steam cleaning.....------- 4.4.S.3 Classification .................................. 4-4.2.7 Procedure ....................................................... ,. 4.4.2.B Buddy system ----------- 3.1,2.$ Bulkheads. See Waterfront bulkheads. Bulletin colors...........................................11.1.4,, 11.1.5.1 C Cables, equipment check and use..................... 3.2.2.1e Calcium carbonate ........------........--------- $.3.4.1 Calking compounds, on exterior surfaces application ...................... .......... 4.5.2.1, 8.3.2.7, 4.5.5 Camouflage coatings ............................................. 10.2,2.10 Carbon tetrachloride, toxicity..................... 3.4.1.1 Carelessness, hazards ..................3.1.1.2, 3.1.1.3, 3.2.1 Caustic soda ............................................................ 4.4,3.2 Ceilings: Brush painting .......... 4.6.3.2 Roller painting ..................... 4.6.4.2 Cement asbestos surfaces. See Concrete and masonry. Cement--water paint: Preparation of, for use................................ 7.4.2.2 Application ........................ 7.3.3.3c Centrifugal blasting............................................ 4.4.2.5 Chalking ......................................................... ........ 5.1,2.2 Of Cement paints............................ 6.2.3 Effect of, on color retention.......................... 5.1.2.1 Resulting from atmospheric contamination ................................................ 5.2.3.2 Chalking paint, tinting........................................ 4.3.3 Use of non-, in humid and wet environments ................................................ 8.1.4.4 1-2 Chalky painted surfaces: Adhesion of latex paints..........................................6.2.7 Repainting. ..........................................5.1.2.2, 5.1.6.1 Soiling ............ 6.1.2.1 Use of conditioners......... ................................ 4.4,6 Channel glazing .................... .............................. 4.5.5.4 Checking ........................................................... .. 5.1.2.2 Resulting from humidity and rainfall.... 5.1.5.1 Chemical treatments: Exterior ....................................... 8.3.2.6 Interior ................................ 7.S.2.6 See also Acid cleaners; Alkaline cleaners; Pickling. Chipping hammers ............................................. 4.4.2.1 Coastal areas ........... 8.1.4.3 Abnormal deterioration in......................... 5.2.3.2 Corrosion in ......... ............................................. 5.1.5.1 Coatings, Special Purpose .......... ................ 10.0 General .......................................................... ,. 10.1 Types of coatings used for special purposes____________ 10.2 Surface preparation and coating application ............... 10.3 Coating type, effect of, onapplication______ 4.6.1.3 Coding, color ........................... ............................. 1.2.4 Cold storage rooms: Paints .............................. .............. ....... .............. 10.2.3.4 Procedure for painting................. 10.3.2.5 Color: After boxing ................. ......... ........................... 4.3,2.2 Retention in exterior finishes.,........... .. 5.1.2.1 Retention in interior finishes..... ................ 5.1.3.1 Colors: Effect of, on illumination ............ ................ 1.2.3 In flooor finishes _________________________ 9.13.1 Functional use..................... 1.2.5 In interior paints............................... 7.1.3.2 Special ............. 4.3.3 Tinting------------------------------ -------------------- . 4.3.3.1 In traffic paints.................................................. 11.2.2.3 Use of, for safety and efficiency................ 1.2.4 Compatibility with old painted surfaces .................................... ...............B.2.4.2, 7.1.3.1 Compressed board .............................. 7.1.3.1 Concrete and masonry: Characteristics ............................ 5.2,2.3 Effect of, on normal deterioration............. 5.1.5.2 Primers for exterior.............. ............. 8.2.4.2 Repainting exterior .................................... 5.1.6.1 Selection of coatings for interior.7.4.1.2 Surface treatment........................... 7.S.2.2 Concrete block: Finishes for interior................. 7.1.3.2 See also Concrete and masonry. Condensation, prevention of............................ 10.1.2 With anti-sweat coatings_________________ 10.2-2.2 Conditioners ............................................................ 4.4.5 Conditioning ........................ 1.1.3.3 Contaminants. See Surface contamination; Atmospheric contamination. Contractors ................ 2.2.2.2 B DUP030043823 Controlled chalking ........ 5.1.2.2 Discoloration of paints, causes of: Conversion treatments ........................ 1.1.3.3, 4.4.4 Bleeding ............................................................ 5.2.4.1 Cooking, moisture from......... ....................... .. 5.2.7.2 Poor construction .................... ........................ 5.2.7.1 Cooling equipment, painting.......... .................... 10.2.3.1 Disintegrated paint. See Paint, old. Copper: Characteristics ................................................ 5.2.2.2 Finishes for interior.............. .......... .. 7.1.3.2 E Copper naphthenate, cause of abnormal deterioration........... .................. 5.2.4.1 Emulsion paints. See Latex paints. Enamel undercoaters ........... ................... 6.3.4.2 Corrosion: Enamels ........................ ........................................... 6.3.4 In coastal areas....................,................... - 5.1.5.1 Application ........... ......................................... .. T.4.3.3 Resistance of epoxy paints............... 6.2.4 Color change of, on exterior exposure.... 5.1.2.! Resistance of vinyl paints.................... 6.2.17 Flatting of, on exterior exposure........... 5.1.2.1 Corrosive environments ..................................... 8.1.4.5 Use of, to resist mildew.............................. .. 5.2.3.1 Costs, painting .......................... 2.1.2.3 Environmental conditions ............. ...............1,4.4, 2.2.4 1 Example ........................................... 2.1.2.4 Effect of, on normal deterioration......... .. . 5.1.5.1 Cracking of coatings................................. 2.1.1, 5.1.2.2 Effect of, on paint application........... .. 4.6.1.1 Due to excessive paint application------- ... 5.2.6.4 Hazards .............................................. ................. 3.1.1,4 Due to humidity and rainfall........ ............... 5.1;5.1 In interior painting....................................... 7.1.3.3 During exterior exposure............... 5.1.2.2 Safety measures ...................... 3.1.2.2 During interior exposure.........--------- 5.1.3.2 Environments: Crawl spaces, importance of, in abnoromal Abnormal exterior........... .......................... 1.4.4,3 deterioration of coating........................ 5.2.7.1 Contaminated with industrial fumes......... 8.1.4.2 Crawling .............................. 5.2.4.2 Interior ..................................................____ 1.4.4.1 Due to insufficient cleaning............. 5,2,6,i Normal exterior........................ 1.4.4.2 Creosote, effect of, on abnormal See also Corrosive environments; Humid deterioration ..................... 6.2.4.1 environments; Industrial environments; Creosote impregnated surfaces, coatings for 10.2.4.2 Marine environments; Rural Crew, in-house ........................ 2.2.2.2 environments. Crumbling of coatings..................... 5.1.2.3b Epoxy coatings ............... 6.2.4 Cure of paints: Applying two-component ............. 7.4.3,3 Effect of improper, on abnormal Preparation, before use ................................. 7.4.2.2 deterioration .................................. 5,2.2.3 Toxicity ............... 3.4.1.1 Effect of improper..................................... 6.2.3 Equipment: Cleanup, after use....................... 4.6.7 Safe handling .............................. ..................... 8.1.1.3 D Erosion .................................... ......... ....... 5.1.2.3 Dacron rollers ........................................... ..... 4.6.4.1 Dampness, effect of................................. 1.4.3 Dark room coatings......................................... 10.2.3.5 Decorative painting ................................... 1.2.5 Defense, painting for passive.......................... 10.2.2.10 Definition of terms................. 1.1,3 Degradation: Exterior coatings ...................... ..................... 5,1.2.2 Interior coatings ................... 5.1.3.2 Degreasing solvent ..................... 4.4.3.1 Dermatitic paint materials............................... 3.4.1.2 Safety measures .............................................. 3.4.2.1 See also Skin irritants. Due to atmospheric contamination....... 5.2.3.2 Etching, chemical ......................................1.1.3.3, 4.4.3.4 Ethyl silicate paints........... .. 6.2.6 Exhaust systems ........................................................3.1.2.2 Use of, to remove moisture............. ............. 5.2.7.2 Explosion hazards, precautions and prevention ...................................................... 3.3.2 Exposure direction, effect of, on normal deterioration......... ........................ 5.1.5.1 Extenders, paint .......... 6.3.4.1 Exterior Painting. See Painting, Exterior, Exudation, resin, use of sealers to prevent.. 4.4.5 Eye protection .............................. 3.1.2.4 Detergents, use of: Acid cleaning ............................................... 4.4.3.4 Cleanup after painting..................... 4.6.7 F Steam cleaning ........... 4.4.3.3 Fabric, coatings for., --............. ................. .... 10.2.4.3 Deterioration of coatings............. ................ 2.2.5, 5.0 Face glazing __________ _______ __________ _ 4.5,5.3 Abnormal ............................ 5.2.1 Fading in exterior paints......... ............ 5.1.2.1 Normal .............................. 5.1.1 Fast drying paints, application ...................... 4.6.S.2 Dirt: Carried by winds...................... ....................... 5.2.3.4 Fences, painting ...................... ___________ ... 4.6.4.1 Fiberboard, use of, to fill crevices.................. 4.5.5 And mildew ............... 5.2.3.1 Pickup of, on exterior coatings.................... 5.1.2.1 Fiberglass, use of, to fill crevices............ . ... Field testing ........................................4.2.2.2 4.5.5 1-3 DUP030043824 Fillers, masonry..........................................,4.4,5.3, 6.2.3 In painting ........... .................................. 7.3.2.2, 7.3.2.6 Fillers, wood........................................................... 4.4,6.3 Application ..................................... 7.3.2.6 Film thickness (build).......................... ............ 1.3.4 Checking, when repainting.......................... , Control of, by chalking.................................. Effect of, on checking and cracking------- 5.1.6.1 5.1.2.2 6.1.2.2 Effect of excessive, on paint deterioration .................... ........................... .. Effect of excessive thinning....................... .. 6.1.1 4.3.6 Inspection of, during application............. .. 2,2.4 In spray application.................................... 4.6.5.1 Vinyl finishes ............................ 6.2.17 Fire fighting equipment location....... 3.3.2, 3.3.2.1 Fire Hazards ........ Flame cleaning ............................................. 3.3 4.4.2.3 Storage ............................................. ,. .4.2.3.1, 4.2.3.4 Use of paint removers........................ 4.4.3.6 Fire-retardant paints .......................................... 10.2.2.5 First aid ................................................................. 3.4.2.2 Flaking of Coatings, causes............................... 5.1.2.8 Faulty structural conditions............. .......... 5,2.7 Insufficient cleaning ............... 5.2.6.1 Flame cleaning ............... 4.4.2.S Classification .............................. Flammable materials: 4.4.2.7 Hazards ...................... 8.1.1 Safety measures .......................... 3.1.2 Flammable vapors, safety measures for .... 3.1.2.5 Flash point of cleaning solvents........... 4.4.3.1 See also Solvents. Flashing, effect of improper installation of, on abnormal deterioration..................5.2.7.1, S.2.7.3 Flat finishes: Effect of pigment concentration......... .. 6.2.1, 6.3.4.1 Flat paints, applying........... .................... 7.4.3.$ Flatting (Loss of gloss) in: Exterior paints ............. 5.1.2.1 Interior paints .................... .............. 5.1.3.1 Flatting (Loss of gloss), causes: Humidity and moisture.......................... .. Rapid temperature changes ............... .. 5.2.3.1 5.2.3.3 Flatting pigments ............................... .. 6.3.S.4, 6.3.4.1 Floor finishes ...................... ........ ............ ............ 9.0 General ........... ....................... ........................... 9.1 Types of products available.................... Surface preparation and repair.,........... .. 9.2 9.3 Selection, preparation and application of coatings ____ _______________________ . 9.4 Foam, use of, to fill crevices............................. 4.5.5 Food storage areas, odorless paints for......... 10.2.2,9 Fresh air blowers................................................... 3.1.2.3 Frit-silicone paints............. ....................... 10.2.Z16 Frost, effect of..................... 1.4.3 Fumes: Corrosive....... ............ 1.4.4.3 Hazards ............................ 3.1.1 Safety measures ...................... 3.1.2, 3.1.2.2, 3.4.1.1 Fungus, See Mildew. 1-4 Galvanized steel: Characteristics .................. .................,........... 5.2.2.2 Painting ..................,............ ............... .8.2.4.4, 8.3.2.4 Use of wash primers........... ............................ 4.4.4.S Glare, reduction of................................................ 6.3.3.4 Glass: Painting ................................ 10.2.4-4 See also Glazing compounds. Glaze coatings _________ _________ _. 6.2.4, 6.3.7 Glaze, concrete, removal by acid cleaning.. 4.4,3.4 Glazing compounds .......................... 4.6.4 Application ..................................... 4.5.5 Gloss ................. 6.3.4.1 After boxing...... ..................................................... 4.3J2.2 Gloss, effect of, on: Improper cure ................................................... 6.2.2.3 Pigment concentration .........................6.2.1, 6.3.4.1 Gloss, loss of: Exterior exposure .. --................. 5.1.2.1 Interior exposure ...................................... 5.1.8.1 Glossary................................................ 1.1.4, Appendix A Gloves, use of, in blast cleaning................. 4.4.2.6 Goggles ................... 3.1.2.4 Use of, in blast cleaning................................. 4.4.2.6 Grain raising, prevention of............................. 6.3.3.3 H Hardboard ..................................... 7.1.3.1 Hydrogen gas in ready-mixed metallic paints ...................... 6,3.5.3 Hydrogen sulfide: Effect on abnormal deterioration........ 5.2.3.2 In industrial environments............... .. 8.1.4.2 Hypochlorite bleach, solution, for mildew removal ..................................... 10.3.2.5 I Illumination and visibility.............. ........... 1.2.3 Immersed structures, bituminous finishes for .......................... 10.2.2.3 Impact cleaning tools............. .......................... 4.4.2.2 Industrial environments .......... 8.1.4.2 In-house crew.............................. 2.2.2.2 Inspection ........................................................... 2.2,1 Job ................................. ........------------------ 1.3.3 Paint deterioration........................................ 5.1.1 Paint materials ........ 4.2.2.2 Instructions: Adjusting spray viscosity............... ........ 4.6.S.2 Mixing .......................... 4.8.2 Multi-package paints _________... 7,4.2.2 Patching materials ........... ..................... .. 4.5.6.6 Potential hazards and precautions....... 3.3.2 Thinning .................................................. 4.3.5 Interior painting. See Painting, interior. Intermediate coats, tinting.,................... 4.3.3 Iron. See Steel. Iron phosphate treatment.......... ........................ 4.4.4.1 Issue of paints............................................... 4.2.3.2 1 sms | i i DUP030043825 J Joint cement.................................................. .. 4.5.6.S Joints, masonry, use of calking compounds and sealants in......... ..................... .................. 4.5.2 K Kitchens: Painting ................................................ ...... 7.1.1 Odorless paints ......................................... 10.2.2.9 Knife grade compounds..................................... 4.5.5.2 Knot sealers ............................., .4.4.5.2,. 7.3.2.1, 7.3.2.6 Knots, characteristics ............... ,................. 6.2.2.1 l Label instructions. See Instructions. Lacquers ........ Application ................................ Fire hazard ............... Vinyl .......................... Ladders: Check and use,......... ............................... .... Hazards ............. Safety measures ................... Lifting ............... ........................................... .. 6.3.2 4.6.1.3 3.3.1.3 6.2.17 3.2.2.1 3.1.1.3 3.1.2.1 5.2.4.2 M Masonry fillers. See Fillers, masonry. "Maximum Allowable Concentration" in cleaning solvents .......................... ................... 4.4.3.1 See also Solvents, toxicity. Mechanical surface preparation: Categories ................. 4.4.2.7 Exterior .................... S.3.2.6 Interior ........... 7.S.2.6 See also Blast cleaning; Flame cleaning; Hand cleaning; Power tool cleaning. Metal: Characteristics ................................................ 5.2.2.2 Effect on normal deterioration......... .. 5.1.5.2 Selection of exterior coatings........... 8.4.1.4, 8.4.1.5 Selection of interior coatings..................... 7.4.1.3 Surface preparation ................... 7.3.2.3 Metallic paints......... ....................... 6.2.1 See also Aluminum paints. Methyl (wood) alcohol, toxicity............. ........ 3.4.1.1 Mildew, causes : Condensation .................................................. 10.2.2.2 Faulty structural conditions..................... 5.2.7 Humidity and moisture................... 5.2.3.1 Mildewcides ........................ 10.2.2.7 Mildew, removal of............................ 10.2.2.7, 10.8.2.5 Mildew-resistant paints ........................ 10.2.2.7 Mildewed surfaces: Cold storage areas,..................................... 10.3.2.6 Showers and laundries............. ......... 10.3.2.6 Swimming pools ........ 10.3.2.9 Fabrics ................................ 10.2.4.3 Mill scale, removal of: Blast cleaning .................. .......... ................. Hand cleaning ................. , ........................ Pickling ............................................................... Power tools........... .................................. Mold. See Mildew. 4.4.2.5 4.4.2.1 4.4.3.5 4.4.2.2 N Nails, non-galvanized ............... ....................... 6.2.7.1 Nitric acid, pickling iron and steel........ 4.4.3.5 Non-Ferrous metals: Characteristics .............................................. S.2.2.2 Primers ......................................... 8.2.4.4 Surface preparation .......................... . 8.3.2.4 Non-slip floor paints: To promote Safety......................... .................. 9.1.2 Types ...................... 9.4.3.1, 10,2.2.8 Non-sparking tools .....................____ 3.1.3, 3.3.2.1 O Oakum, use of, to fill crevices............ .. 4,5.6 Odorless paints ..................................................... 10.2.2.9 Alkyd .................................................. 6.2.2 Latex ............................................. ..... 6.2.7 Oil and grease. See Grease. Oil and grease removal: Alkali cleaning ................. 4.4.3.2 Prior to acid cleaning-., .................... 4.4.S.4 Prior to blast cleaning................................... 4.4.2.6 Prior to flame cleaning................................... 4.4.2.3 Solvent wiping ........................................... 4.4.3.1 Oil-modified resins ............. 6.3.3 Oil-modified urethanes ........................................ 6.2.16.1 Oil paints : Chalking ................... 5.1.2.2 Color change .......................... 5.1.2.1 Fire hazard ..................................... ................. 3.3.1.2 Flatting .......... 5.1.2.1 Lifting ........... ................................ ..............., 5.2.4.2 Soiling (dirt collection) . 5.1.2.1, 5.2.3,2 Old paint................................. 1.4.2 See also Repainting. Old paint removal: Acid cleaning ........... ........................................ 4.4.3.4 Alkali cleaning ............................................ 4.4.3.2 Blast cleaning ............................................. 4.4.2.5 Hand cleaning ..................... 4.4.2.1 Power tools ............. 4.4.2.2 Steam cleaning ................... 4.4.3.3 See Paint and varnish removers. Operations, painting ...................... 4.0 Paint shop................... 4.1 Paint materials............. ............ 4,2 Paint conditioning and mixing.................... 4.3 Preparation of surfaces .............................................. 4.4 Repair of surfaces................................... 4.5 Paint application ............... 4.6 Operator carelessness, hazards.......3.1.1.2, 3.1.1.3 1-5 DUP030043826 Overhangs: Chalking under ................................... Dirt collection under........... ............................ Effect of omission on abnormal deterioration ................. Surface preparation under.......................... Overspray ............................................................,. Effect of overthinning............................ 5.1.2.2 5.1.2.1 5.2.7.1 5.1.6.1 4.6.5.1 4,6.5.2 P Paint and varnish removers........................... 1.1.3.3 Dermatitis ...........................,............... .. 3.4.1.3 Use ............................................................. 4.4.3.6, 7.3.2.S Paint brushes............. ........................................... 4.6.3.1 Paint brush cleaners, dermatitis.................... 3.4.1.3 Paint containers .............. 4.2.3.3 Paint failure, premature.......................... 1.1.3.5 Paint inspector: Familiarity with signs of deterioration., 5.1.1 Sampling .............................................................. 4.2.2.2 Paint, leftover ............................ 4.2.3.3 Paint materials ................... 6.0 General ......... ........ .............. ................. 6.1 Hazards ................... -- 3.1.1.1 Mixing procedures .......................................... 4.3.2 Paint binders ........................ 6.2 Procurement ______________________________ 4.2.1 Sampling and testing..................... 4.2.2 Storage ..... .................. .......................... .4.2.3.1, 4.2.S.4 Thinning ................... 4.3.5 Types of paints........... ............................. 6.3 Toxicity ........................ 3.4.1.1 Paint removers. See Paint and varnish removers. Paint shaker........... ............ 4.3.2 Paint shop ............................ 4.1 Safety precautions ...................................... 3.3.2 Use for pickling................................................ 4.4.3.5 Paint solids, effect of hot spray___ ....... 4.6.5.1 Paint system ...................... 6.S.4.2 Paint, useful life....................................... 1.1.3.4 Painted surfaces, inspection............. .. 2.2.1.1 See also Repainting. Painting, exterior .......... 8.0 General......... ................ Types of products available................. 8.1 8.2 Surface preparation and repair............ .. 8.3 Selection, preparation,, and application of coating systems....................................... 8.4 Painting, interior (except floors) .................... 7.0 General ............ 7.1 Types of products available.......................... 7.2 Surface preparation and repair.................... Selection, preparation, and application of 7.3 coating systems....... ............ 7.4 Painting, programmed........... ...................... 2.0 General ............................................................. 2.1 Procedure ........................ 2.2 Painting costs ............. 2.1.2.3 Painting crew ........... ................................ 2.1.2.2 Safeguarding . .......................... .................. .. 3.1.1.5 Painting operations. See Operations, painting. Painting priority .............. 2.2.2.1 Particle board . .............................................. 7.1.3.1 Passive defense, painting for.................... 10.2.2.10 Patching materials ................................. 7.S.2.7, 4.5.6 Applications ...................... 4.S.6.6 See also Joint cement; Patching plaster; Plastic wood; Portland cement grout; Spackle. Patching plaster ............... . ...1.1.3.3, 4.5.6.1, 7.S.2.4 Peeling ........................................................ 2.1.1, 6.1.2.3 intereoat .............................................................. 5.2.4.2 Painting to prevent......... ................. 8.4.3.6 Prevention in floor finishes, .......................... 9.4.3.2 Problems from insufficient cleaning........... 5.2.6.1 Pentachlorphenol ...................... 5.2.4.1 Personnel, relative experience required for different methods of application................. 4.6.1.5 Phosphate treatments ............................. 4.4.4.1, 4.4.4.2 Pressurized equipment: Check and use............. .......... ............................ 3.2.2.1 Hazards .......................... 3.1.1 Pretreatment .................... .............................. 1.1.3.3, 4.4.4 See also Wash primers and phosphate treatments. Preventive maintenance painting___ _______ 2.1.2.1 Order of priority......................................... 2.2.2.1 Use of records................. 2.2.8 Primers .................................................. 6.3.4.2 In repainting ........................ 5.1.6.1 Mixing ............... 8.4.2 Types ................. 8.2.4.3 See also Wash primers. Primer-sealers .......................................... 6.3.4.2 Application ............................. ............................ 7.4.3.3 Priority in maintenance painting.......... 2.2.2.1 Problems in spraying......................... 4.6.5.3 project preparation ......... 2.2.2 Propeller mixer ................... 4.3.2 Protective clothing .............................................. 3.1.2.5 Putty ...................... 4.5.3 Use in painting........................ ................. 7.3.2.1, 4.5.5 R Radiator coatings .......... 10.2.3.8 Radioactive areas: Abrasion-resistant finishes ........................... 10.2.2.1 Coatings ........................ 10,2.3.9 Rainfall: Effect on normal deterioration___ ...... 5.1.5,1 Heavy............................ 8.1.4.4 Washoff of dirt..................... 5.1.2.1 Rayon rollers ................................. 4.6.4.1 Ready-mixed aluminum paints--------- ----------- 6.3.5.1 Ready-to-mix aluminum paints...................... 6,3.5.2 Records, painting ........... ........ ..................... Appendix B Project planning .................................Appendix B-l Daily project report..................... Appendix B-2 1 I 1 ill CSgFKgsi DUP030043827 Records, painting--continued Performance record ............. .............Appendix B-3 Historical record ........... ..................Appendix B-4 Red Lead: Primers .............................. 8.2.4.3 Toxicity ............... 3.4.1.1 Reflectorized traffic paints..................11.2.2.1, 11.2.5 Removal, paint: Very old exterior paint................,............... 8.3.2.5 Very old interior paint........... 7.3.2.5 See also Old paint, removal. Repainting ........... , ............ .... 5.1.6 Chalked paint ..................................... 5.1.2.2 Importance of surface preparation........... 4.4,1 Frequency ..................... 2.2.8 Priority ............. ,................... ............................ 2.2.2.1 Problems from high wind velocity............. 5.2.3,4 Removal of efflorescence before.,.............. .. 5.2.2.3 To prevent deterioration ...........................5.1,1, 5.1.2 Repairs: Effect of improper, on abnormal deterioration ................... B.2.6.2 Reservoirs. See Storage tanks. Resin hardeners, dermatitis..................... 3.4.1.2 Resinous areas, sealing............................. .. 7.3.2.1 Safety--continued Check-off list ............................................. 3.1.3 Non-slip floors, finishes for................... 9.1.2 Use of signs.................................... 11.1.1 Use of traffic paint......................................... 11.2.1 Safety helmets. See Abrasive blasting helmets; Hard hats. Sagging, due to excessive paint..................... 5.2.6.4 Salt-laden atmosphere ........... 8.1.4.3 Effect on abnormal deterioration................ 5.2.S.2 Sanding ................. 1.1.3.3 Eye protection ............................ ...........3.1.2.4, 4.4.2.2 Interior surfaces................. 7.3.2.1 Wood floors .............................. 9.3.2.1 Scaffolding: Brushing technique with,.................. 4.13.3.2 Check and use..--------- ------------ 3.2.2.1 Hazards ---------------- 3.1.1.3 Safety measures ..................................... 3-1.2.1 Scalers: Hand ............... 4.4.2.1 Needle ...................................................... 4.4.2.2 Rotary .................................................................. 4.4.2.2 Scheduling of painting with respect to deterioration .................................................. 5.1.1 Scrapers .......................... ,..........................4.4.2.1, 7,3.2.6 Resinous-materials, in wood........................ 5.2.2.1 Sealants ................. 4.5.2.2 Resins, dermatitis .......................... ................... .. 3.4.1.2 Application ............. ..................... .............8.3.2.7, 4.5.5 Respiratory protection .................... .3.1.2.2,. 3.1.2.3 Seal coating ........................................................... 1.1.3.3 Blast cleaning ................. 4.4.2.6 Sealers ............. ............................ ..... ................. 6.3.3,3 Rigging: Seasons, effeet on scheduling exterior Equipment check and use........................... 3.2.2.1 painting ................................... 2.2.3.1 Hazards ..................................... 3.1.1.8 Semigloss finishes. See Gloss finishes. Safety measures ........................ 3.1.2.1 Service of interior paints. .. ............ ................ 7,1.3.4 ^ ' 'j Roller application ........ 4,6.4 Shoes, Safety ................. 3.1.2.5 Rollers, paint, types.........................................., . 4.6.4.1 Ropes, check and use..................... 4.2.2.1e Roughness of paint, effect on soiling of exterior paints .................. 5.1,2.1 Rubber-base paints ........... ................ 6.3.2 Application ............. 7.4,3,3d Runs and sags, effect of excessive thinning. 4.6.B.2 Rural environments ................... 8.1.4.1 Rust, effect on coatings....................................... 5.2.2.2 Rust removal: Acid cleaning ..................................... 4.4.3.4 Blast cleaning ............................ 4.4.2.5 Hand cleaning ...... 4.4.2.1 Pickling .............................................. 4.4.3.S Power tools .......................................................... 4.4.2.2 Rust prevention by phosphate treatment... 4.4.4.1 Shower rooms ,................................... Coatings .................................. Moisture .............................. Painting ........... ................................ .. 1.4.4.1 10.2.3.10 5.2.7.2 .7,1.1, 10.3.2.6 Signs and traffic marking...................... Signs ............. .......... ........................................... Traffic marking '....,............... References and standards................... 11.0 11.i 11.2 11.3 Sign substrates ................. Silica .......... 11,1.2 6.3.4 Silicated alkali......... ........................ .... 4.4.3.2 Silicone water repellants: Application ............... Cause of crawling.......................... 8.4.3:3 5,2.4.2 Skin irritants: Effect on health..................... 3.1.2.1 Paint materials ..................................... 3.1.1.1,. 3.4.1.2 S Solvents ................... 3.4.1.2 Surface preparation materials................... 3.1.1.2 Safety .................................................. 3^0 Solvents ..................................... ..,................. Appendix C General ........................ 3.1 Specifications .......................... ................. Appendix D Accident hazards ................................... 3.2 Products ................................. .... 1.3.1, Appendix D-l Fire hazards................................ 3.3 Listed by source................................... Appendix D-2 Health hazards................. 3.4 Numerical list .............................Appendix D-3 Health services............. .................................. 3,5 Recommended coating ...................... Appendix D-4 1-7 DUP030043828 Spot-cleaning ............. .................................... ... 4.4.2.1 Spot-Painting ... .2.1.2.1, 2.2.2.1, 2.2.5, 2.2.8, 5.1.6.1 Spot-priming ............................................. .......... 7.3.2.3 Spray application of acid cleaners................. 4.4.S.4 Spray booths ......................................... Cleaning ............. 4-1.2 4.1.3 Spray equipment: Application ............................ 4.6.5.2 Grounding ...................... .......... .3.2,2.1f, 3.3.1.1 Problems ..................................... 4.6.5.3 Types ........................ 4.6.5.1 Spray gun controls.............. 4.6.5.2 Spraying: Fire hazards................................ Hazards .......................... Safety measures ..................... Vinyl finishes ............. 3.3.1.1 3.1.1 3.1.2 6.2.17 Spray room, safety measures,............... 3.3.2 Stage, swing. See Swing Stage. Stainless steel: Acid cleaners, not to be used on.,............ Alkali cleaners, not to be used on................ Wash primers ............. 4.4.S.4 4.4.3.2 4.4.4.3 Stains, wood Application .................................................6.3.6, 7.4.3.4 In interior painting............. ,................. ,6.3,6, 7.2.3 Use with wood filler.......................................... 4.4.5.3 Standpipes. See Storage tanks. Steam cleaning ......... .................. ......................... Exterior surfaces ............... Hazards ......... ..................... ................................ Procedure ............ Steam lines, hazards............................................ 4.4.3.3 8.3,2.6 3,1.1.2 4.4.3.3 3.1.1.4 Steam, protection against.............. 1.4.4.1 Steel : Characteristics ............... 5.2.2.2 Effect on normal deterioration............ 5.1.5.2 Painting ............................. App. D-4, Table 15 Primers ...................... ..............................6.3.4.2, S.2.4.3 Repainting ............... 5.1.6.1 Surface preparation ........... ......................... 8,3.2.3 Stone* See Concrete and masonry. Storage tanks : Coatings for fuel and oil......... ...................... 10.2.3.12 Coatings for water....................... ,.10.2.3.11 Painting ........................ 10.3.2.7 Stresses in paint film, cause of checking and cracking ........................ 5.1.2.2 Stucco, characteristics .......................... ^Styrefte-acrylate paints ............ 5.2,2.3 6.2.13 Surface! preparation ............ In repainting ................................ 4.4.1 5.1.6.1 Surface ^preparation materials, hazards. ... 3.1.1.2 Surface repair .......................................... . .4,5.1, 8.3.2.7 See als^ Operations, painting and Repairs. Surface type, effect on paint application... 4.6.1.2 Swimming, pools: Coating^ ................................................... .10.2.3.14 Painting' ............................... .............................. 10.3.2.9 Swing stage, check and use................................ 3.2.2.1d T Talc ................... 6.3.4.1 Tank roof paints,.................................................... 10,2.2,8 Tanks, storage. See Storage tanks. Temperature changes, effect on: Abnormal deterioration ............. 5.2.3.3, 1.4.4.3 Checking and cracking..,.,...,............... 5.1.2.2 Normal deterioration ................. 6.1.5.1 Temperature, effect on: Application .................................................... 4,6.2, 1.4.3 Blast cleaning ..................... 4.4.2.6 Storage ........................................................ 4.2.3.1 Temperature, extreme ......... .............,............ 1.4.4.3 Effect on phosphate treatment., ........ 4.4.4.2 Textured finishes: Application .......................... 10.3.2.4 Use .......... 10.2.2.11 "Threshold Limit Value'', See "Maximum Allowable Concentration", Solvents, toxicity. Tile-like coatings. See Glaze coatings. Tinting paint. See Colors. Tone-down painting --........................ 10,2.2.10 Toxic materials: Hazards ................................ ..................3.1.1.1, 3.4.1.1 Safety measures ..............................., .3.1.2.1, 3.4.2.1 Toxicity .................................................... 3,1.1.1 Paint materials -------------------- 3.4.1.1 Paint removers ..................................... 4.4.3.6 Safety measures ......... -- ........-------- - 3.1.2.1 Solvents ..................................................................... 4.4.3.1 Towers, rolling, check and use........................ 3.2,2,1c Traffic control .................. ....,.......... 11.1.1 Traffic marking. See Signs and traffic marking. Trim, painting .............................................. 4,6.3.2 Trisodium phosphate 4.4.3.2 Use for mildew removal............... 10.3.2.5 Tropical climates .................... 8.1.4.4 Normal deterioration ........................... 5.1.5.1 Treatment of wood............................................ 8.4.1.2 W Wash primers ....................................... 4.4.4.S Wood alcohol. See Methyl alcohol. Wood decay due to poor construction........... 5,2.7,1 Wood fillers. See Fillers, wood. Wood floors: Surface preparation ............................................. 9.3.2.1 Wood grain, effect on cracking..... .5.1.2.2, 5.2.2.1 Wood, open grain, use of fillers............... 4.4.5, 4.4.5.3 Wood, treated, selection of coatings.....................8.4.1.2 Wrinkling: From improper paint application............. .. From rapid temperature changes............. In painting ................. Wrinkling, avoiding, when applying dear 5.2.6.4 5.2,3.3 7.1.3.1 finishes ................. 7.4.S.2 1-8 m g I 1 DUP030043829 Wood: % Application of dear finishes........................ Characteristics ............................ .. ............. Cracking of coatings...------- ........... Selection of coatings for interior............... Moisture content ............................................. Preparation for painting.. ......................... 7.4.3.2 5.2.2.1 5.1.2.2 7.4.1.1 7.3.2.1 7.3.2.1 Zinc chloride and phosphoric acid. See Phosphoric acid and zinc chloride, Zinc chromate: In anti-corrosive primers............................. In wash primers............................................... 8.2.4.3 4.4.4.3 ) Primers for exterior................... ................... 8.2.4.1 Repainting ............................................. 5.1.6.1 Toxicity .............. Zinc dust ................. 3.4.1.X S.2.4.3 Wood, effect on normal deterioration........... 5.1.5.2 Zinc dust paint....................... 6.2.6 Zinc naphthenate ............................................... , 5.2.4.1 X Zinc oxide, use of, to prevent mildew.5.2.3.1, 10.2,2.7 Xylene (Xylol): Cause of lifting................. .......... .................. In rubber-base paint........... ....................... 5.2.4.2 7.4.3.S Zinc phosphate treatment.................................. Zinc-rich paints ................................................. Application of ............................ 4.4.4.! 8,2,4.3 8.4.3,5 U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE? 1989 O,_____317-412 1-9 -WO:::;:*-:. DUP030043830 U. S. Dept, of Defense. Paints and protective coatings. 1969. DATE 3^7! ISSUED TO 3 Gu ri. own u o DU P030043831